Connect America Fund; A National Broadband Plan for Our Future; Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers; High-Cost Universal Service Support, 78384-78447 [2011-31924]
Download as PDF
78384
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 10–90, 07–135, 05–337,
03–109; GN Docket No. 09–51; CC Docket
Nos. 01–92, 96–45; WT Docket No. 10–208;
FCC 11–161]
Connect America Fund; A National
Broadband Plan for Our Future;
Establishing Just and Reasonable
Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
High-Cost Universal Service Support
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the Federal
Communications Commission
(Commission) seeks comment on several
issues related to Eligible
Telecommunications Carriers
obligations, the funding mechanisms for
rate-of-return, price cap and mobile
carriers, and a Remote Areas Fund. The
Commission also seeks comment on
several issues related to bill-and-keep,
end user charges, IP-to-IP
interconnection, and call signaling
rules. This is information will help the
Commission to comprehensively reform
and modernize the universal service and
intercarrier compensation systems to
ensure that robust, affordable voice and
broadband service, both fixed and
mobile, are available to Americans
throughout the nation.
DATES: Comments on the matters
synopsized in paragraphs 1–303 of the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION and
proposed 47 CFR part 54, subparts L, M,
and N are due on or before January 18,
2012 and reply comments on the
matters synopsized in paragraphs 1–303
of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION and
proposed 47 CFR part 54, subparts L, M,
and N are due on or before February 17,
2012. Comments on the matters
synopsized in paragraphs 304–406 of
the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION are due
on or before February 24, 2012 and
reply comments on the matters
synopsized in paragraphs 304–406 of
the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION are due
on or before March 30, 2012. If you
anticipate that you will be submitting
comments, but find it difficult to do so
within the period of time allowed by
this FNPRM, you should advise the
contact listed below as soon as possible.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by WC Docket Nos. 10–90,
07–135, 05–337, 03–109; GN Docket No.
09–51; CC Docket Nos. 01–92, 96–45;
WT Docket No. 10–208; FCC 11–161, by
any of the following methods:
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• Federal Communications
Commission’s Web Site: https://fjallfoss.
fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions
for submitting comments.
• People With Disabilities: Contact
the FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: (202) 418–0530 or TTY: (202)
418–0432.
For detailed instructions for
submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process,
see the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
section of this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Amy Bender, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418–1469, Victoria
Goldberg, Wireline Competition Bureau,
(202) 418–7353, and Margaret Wiener,
Wireless Telecommunications Bureau,
(202) 418–2176 or TTY: (202) 418–0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
synopsis of the Commission’s Further
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(FNPRM) in WC Docket No. 10–90, GN
Docket No. 09–51, WC Docket No. 07–
135, WC Docket No. 05–337, CC Docket
No. 01–92, CC Docket No. 96–45, WC
Docket No. 03–109, and WT Docket No.
10–208; FCC 11–161, released
November 18, 2011. The complete text
of this document is available for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours in the FCC Reference
Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th
Street SW., Room CY–A257,
Washington, DC 20554. The document
may also be purchased from the
Commission’s duplicating contractor,
Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th
Street SW., Room CY–B402,
Washington, DC 20554, telephone (800)
378–3160 or (202) 863–2893, facsimile
(202) 863–2898, or via the Internet at
https://www.bcpiweb.com. It is also
available on the Commission’s Web site
at https://hraunfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_
public/attachmatch/FCC-11-161A1.pdf.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.415,
1.419, interested parties may file
comments and reply comments on or
before the dates indicated on the first
page of this document. Comments may
be filed using the Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS). See Electronic Filing of
Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,
63 FR 24121, May 1, 1998.
Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
■
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accessing the ECFS: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
one copy of each filing. If more than one
docket or rulemaking number appears in
the caption of this proceeding, filers
must submit two additional copies for
each additional docket or rulemaking
number.
Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
■
All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. All hand deliveries
must be held together with rubber bands
or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes
must be disposed of before entering the
building.
■
Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
■
U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express,
and Priority mail must be addressed to
445 12th Street SW., Washington DC
20554.
■
People with Disabilities: To request
materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large
print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Consumer & Governmental Affairs
Bureau at (202) 418–0530 (voice), (202)
418–0432 (tty).
I. Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
A. Broadband Public Interest
Obligations
i. Measuring Broadband Service
1. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, adopted concurrently with the
FNPRM, the Commission adopts a rule
requiring that actual speed and latency
be measured on the access network of
each eligible telecommunications
carriers (ETC) from the end-user
interface to the nearest Internet access
point, and requires that ETCs certify to
and report the results to the Universal
Service Administrative Company
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(USAC) on an annual basis. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should adopt a specific measurement
methodology beyond what is described
in the USF/ICC Transformation Order
and the format in which ETCs should
report their results.
2. The Measuring Broadband America
Report concludes that a standardized set
of broadband measurements can be
implemented across a range of ISPs and
scaled to support detailed regional
assessments of broadband deployment
and performance. The Commission
notes that commercial hardware and
software as well as some free, noncommercial options are available.
Should the Commission adopt a
uniform methodology for measuring
broadband performance? If so, should it
be uniform across different
technologies? The Commission notes
that it has requested more information
on measurement approaches for mobile
broadband in Comment Sought on
Measurement of Mobile Broadband
Network Performance and Coverage, 75
FR 33303, June 11, 2010, and seeks to
incorporate that proceeding’s record.
How should wireless providers measure
speed? Should the Commission require
fixed funding recipients to install
SamKnows-type white boxes at
consumer locations to monitor actual
performance in a standardized way?
3. Should the Commission specify a
uniform reporting format? Should test
results be recorded in a format that can
be produced to USAC and auditable
such that USAC or the state
commissions may confirm that a
provider is, in fact, providing broadband
at the required minimum speeds?
4. Should providers be required to
provide the underlying raw
measurement data to USAC? Are there
legitimate concerns with confidentiality
if such data are made public? Is it
sufficient to have a provider certify to
USAC that its network is satisfying the
minimum broadband metrics and retain
the results of its own performance
measurement to be produced on request
in the course of possible future audits?
5. Should the Commission consider
easing the performance measuring
obligations on smaller broadband
providers? If so, what would be the
appropriate threshold for size of
provider before granting relief for
measuring broadband? If so, how can it
ensure that their customers are receiving
reasonably comparable service?
ii. Reasonably Comparable Voice and
Broadband Services
6. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission directs the
Wireline Competition Bureau (WCB)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
and Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau (WTB) (together, the Bureaus) to
develop and conduct a survey of voice
and broadband rates to compare urban
and rural voice and broadband rates.
The Commission seeks comment on the
components of the survey.
7. With respect to determining
reasonable comparability of voice
service rates for universal service
purposes, should the Commission
separately collect data on fixed and
mobile voice telephony rates? Should
fixed and mobile voice services have
different benchmarks for purposes of
reasonable comparability?
8. In the landline context, the
Commission has previously surveyed
the basic R–1 voice rate. What would
the equivalent basic offering be in the
mobile context? How should the
Commission take into account packages
that offer varying numbers of minutes of
usage and/or additional features such as
texting?
9. With respect to determining
reasonable comparability of broadband
services, should the Commission
separately collect data on fixed and
mobile broadband pricing and capacity
requirements (if any)? For purposes of
that analysis, how should the
Commission consider, if at all, data
cards provided by mobile providers?
10. For fixed broadband offerings
subject to the Commission’s initial
Connect America Fund (CAF)
requirements of 4 Mbps downstream/1
Mbps upstream, should the Commission
survey advertised rates for such service,
or the closest available offering in urban
areas? How should the Commission take
into account promotional pricing that
may require a specific contractual
commitment for a period of time?
11. Should fixed and mobile
broadband services have different or the
same benchmarks for purposes of
reasonable comparability?
12. The Commission also seeks
comment on how to compare mobile
broadband to fixed broadband as
product offerings evolve over time.
13. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission also determines
that rural rates for broadband service
would be reasonably comparable to
urban rates under 47 U.S.C. 254(b)(3) if
rural rates fall within a reasonable range
of the national average urban rate for
broadband service. The Commission
seeks comment on how specifically to
define that reasonable range for
broadband.
14. The Commission notes that in the
voice context, today it requires states to
certify that basic R–1 voice rates for
non-rural carriers are no more than two
standard deviations above the national
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78385
average R–1 rate. Would using two
standard deviations be the appropriate
measure for reasonable comparability in
the broadband context, or should the
Commission adopt a different
methodology for establishing such a
reasonable range? Do unregulated
broadband prices show relatively small
variations, making another methodology
more appropriate? For example, would
prices normalized to disposable income
be appropriate?
15. Should the Commission adopt a
presumption that if a given provider is
offering the same rates, terms and
conditions (including capacity limits, in
any) to both urban and rural customers,
that is sufficient to meet the statutory
requirement that services be reasonably
comparable?
iii. Additional Requirements
16. Some commenters propose to
require CAF recipients to comply with
certain interconnection requirements.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether the Commission should require
CAF recipients to offer IP-to-IP
interconnection for voice service,
beyond whatever framework it adopts
more broadly. If so, what would the
scope and nature of any such
requirement be? Should any obligations
be based on the requirements of 47 CFR
251(a)(1), since, as ETCs, the providers
subject to these requirements will be
telecommunications carriers? How
would any such obligations be
enforced?
17. The Commission also seeks
additional comment on the proposal of
Public Knowledge and the Benton
Foundation that CAF recipients be
required to make interconnection points
and backhaul capacity available so that
unserved high-cost communities could
deploy their own broadband networks.
How would such a requirement operate?
Is it sufficient to require CAF recipients
to negotiate in good faith with
community broadband networks to
determine a point of interconnection? If
there are disputes, who should resolve
them? Should there be reporting
requirements associated with such an
obligation (i.e., should CAF recipients
be required to report annually on
unfulfilled requests for interconnection
from community broadband networks)?
What benefits might such a requirement
bring that the Commission’s other
universal service policies are not
meeting? What would the costs of such
a requirement be, on funding recipients
and on administration of the
requirement?
18. The Commission also seeks
comment on the proposal of Public
Knowledge and the Benton Foundation
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78386
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
that the Commission should create a
fund for a Technology Opportunities
Program to assist communities with
deploying their own broadband
networks. How much money should the
Commission set aside for such a
program? Are there any legal
impediments to the Commission
running such a pilot program out of the
universal service fund? The
Commission acknowledges the
important role that WISPs, non-profits,
and other small and non-traditional
communications providers play in
extending broadband in rural America,
including in areas where traditional
commercial providers have not
deployed. Are there other things the
Commission should be doing to enable
such entities to further extend
broadband coverage, particularly in
currently unserved areas?
B. Connect America Fund for Rate-ofReturn Carriers
19. In response to the USF/ICC
Transformation NPRM, 75 FR 26906,
May 13, 2010, the Rural Associations
(NECA, NTCA, OPASTCO, ERTA, and
WTA) proposed the creation of a new
broadband-focused CAF mechanism
that ultimately would entirely replace
existing support mechanisms for rate-ofreturn carriers. Subsequently, the Rural
Associations provided draft rules that
provide additional context regarding the
operation of their proposed CAF. The
Commission now seeks focused
comment on this proposal and asks
whether and how it could be modified
consistent with the framework adopted
in the USF/ICC Transformation Order to
provide a path forward for rate-of-return
or carriers to invest in extending
broadband to unserved areas. The
Commission sets forth in Appendix G of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order the
draft rules, modified to take into
account the rule changes adopted in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, and
seeks comment on those draft rules.
These rules, as modified, are not
reproduced here, but are available in
their entirety at https://transition.fcc.gov/
Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2011/
db1122/FCC-11-161A1.pdf.
20. Under the Rural Association Plan,
loop costs would be allocated to the
interstate jurisdiction based on the
current 25 percent allocator or the
individual carrier’s broadband adoption
rate, whichever is greater. This would
have the practical effect of reducing
over time the size of legacy support
mechanisms, like HCLS, that offset
some intrastate costs. The new interstate
revenue requirement would also include
certain key broadband-related costs (i.e.,
middle mile facilities and Internet
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
backbone access). In conjunction with
this proposal, the Rural Associations
also propose that their authorized rateof-return be reduced from 11.25 percent
to 10 percent. CAF support would be
provided under this new mechanism for
any provider’s broadband costs that
exceeded a specified benchmark
representing wholesale broadband costs
in urban areas. In particular, under this
proposal, CAF funding would be
computed by subtracting the product of
an urban broadband transmission cost
benchmark times the number of
broadband lines in service, from the
actual company broadband network
costs (which would be the sum of last
mile, second mile, middle mile, and
Internet connection costs). The
broadband transmission benchmark
would have a fixed component that
would increase from $19.25 in the first
year to $24.75 in the eighth year, and a
variable component that is tied to an
individual company’s broadband take
rate. In addition, there would be certain
provisions to mitigate the impact on
companies that would receive reduced
support under the modified mechanism.
The purpose of the transitional stability
mechanism would be to ensure that no
study area would experience a
reduction in total support of more than
five percent, on an annual basis, which
would be funded by carriers that receive
a net increase in support.
21. The Rural Associations explain
that their plan is calibrated to aim for a
budget target of $2.05 billion in
combined funding for USF and their
suggested access restructure mechanism
in the first year of implementation, and
may grow to $2.3 billion by the sixth
year. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopts an
overall budget target for rate-of-return
companies of $2 billion over the next
six years. Given that, how could the
Commission best accommodate the
Rural Association Plan within the
Commission’s budgetary framework? If
savings are realized in other
components of the CAF—for example, if
competitive bidding leads to less
support being disbursed through the
CAF for price cap areas than has been
budgeted for—should those savings be
used to increase funding for rate-ofreturn carriers under the Rural
Association Plan? Could the
Commission more quickly transition
existing support mechanisms to the
framework proposed by the Rural
Associations to stay within the overall
budget? The Commission seeks year-byyear financial projections of any new
mechanisms and the related impact on
legacy support mechanisms, as well as
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the associated data and assumptions
supporting those projections.
22. With respect to plan specifics, the
Commission seeks comment on the
benefits and the costs of providing
support for middle mile facilities and
access to the Internet backbone under
the Rural Associations’ proposal. On
average for smaller carriers,
approximately what proportion of the
costs to deploy broadband networks and
provide broadband services are
attributable to middle mile and Internet
backbone costs today? Commenters are
encouraged to provide factual
information to support any projections
they submit into the record. Consistent
with the overall framework adopted in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order to
impose reasonable limits on recovery of
loop expenses, how could the
Commission impose a constraint on the
recovery of middle mile costs under this
proposal?
23. The Rural Associations propose
that costs be shifted to the interstate
jurisdiction based on an individual
carrier’s Broadband Take Rate, which
equals its total broadband lines divided
by its total working access lines. Should
this calculation be limited to residential
lines? The Rural Associations define
Broadband Line to include any line that
supports voice and broadband, or only
broadband, at a minimum speed of 256
Kbps downstream. The Commission
seeks comment on that proposal, and
asks whether broadband lines should be
defined consistent with the broadband
characteristics required in its public
interest obligations. What would be the
impact of a more stringent definition of
a broadband line in this context? If the
Commission were to adopt this proposal
but shift costs to the interstate
jurisdiction only for loops that provide
speeds of at least 4 Mbps downstream
and 1 Mbps upstream, how would that
affect the financial projections regarding
this proposal? Are there any legal,
policy or practical implications to
providing CAF support for lines where
the end user customer does not
subscribe to voice service from the ETC?
The Rural Associations’ Plan
contemplates that rate-of-return carriers
may offer standalone broadband; to the
extent they do so, absent any other rule
changes, what would be the impact on
USF support for rate-of-return carriers?
What rule changes would help provide
appropriate incentives for investment in
broadband-capable networks, while
limiting unrestrained growth in support
provided to rate-of-return companies?
24. How does the Rural Associations’
proposal to alter the current 25 percent
allocation of loop costs fit within, or
inform, the Federal-State Joint Board on
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Jurisdictional Separations’ ongoing
work to reform the separations process?
Are there components of the Rural
Association plan that should be referred
to the Separations Joint Board and
examined directly in that ongoing
process?
25. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopts a
requirement that rate-of-return carriers
offer speeds of 4 Mbps downstream and
1 Mbps upstream upon reasonable
request. Should the Commission adopt
a rule that rate-of-return carriers are not
required to serve any location within
their study area that is served by an
unsubsidized competitor and will not
receive support for those lines to the
extent they choose to extend service to
areas of competitive overlap? How
would the Commission implement the
Rural Associations’ proposal in
conjunction with such a rule? In
particular, what would be the
methodology for removing the
broadband costs associated with areas of
competitive overlap from the
calculation of the proposed CAF
support?
26. Is a broadband urban wholesale
benchmark the right approach to
determine support under a new rate-ofreturn mechanism, or would another
approach be more in keeping with the
statute and prior precedent? How does
comparing wholesale urban costs relate
to the Commission’s obligation to
ensure that rural retail rates are
reasonable? Should such a benchmark
be based on the wholesale cost of
providing broadband, or another metric?
Can wholesale broadband costs be
calculated reliably, particularly where
wholesale broadband services are not
typically offered in urban areas? As an
alternative, should the relevant
benchmark be set based on the price of
comparable retail services in a sample of
urban areas?
27. The Rural Associations’
benchmark proposal contemplates a
fixed and variable component of the
rural benchmark. How should the
Commission establish the levels for
those components, and should there be
a company-specific component of the
benchmark? If the benchmark is tied in
any manner to the National Exchange
Carrier Association (NECA) tariff rates
or another industry metric, does that
proposal bear any risks of
gamesmanship by carriers to raise or
lower individual rates to maximize
universal service receipts?
28. What information would the
Commission need to require from
carriers to evaluate and implement that
Rural Association proposal? Prior to
implementation, should the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Commission, for instance, require
carriers to submit analyses showing
their broadband adoption trends for
service at varying speeds for the last five
years for us to develop reasonable
projections regarding broadband
penetration in the future? What
information should the Commission
obtain regarding their middle mile costs
to better understand the implications of
the proposal to include middle mile
costs in support calculations?
29. How would the proposed
transitional stability plan mechanism
operate? What would be the
distributional impact of this proposal in
terms of the number of companies that
would see increases in support,
compared to the number of companies
that would see decreases in support?
30. The Rural Associations propose
that incremental broadband build-out
commitments would be tied to an
individual company’s ability to receive
incremental CAF support for new
investment, subject to prospective
capital investment constraints and the
budget target adopted by the
Commission. If the Commission were to
adopt such an approach, what specific
metrics or build-out milestones should
be established, and what reporting and
certifications should be imposed to
improve the Commission’s ability to
enforce such commitments? How
should CAF associated with intercarrier
compensation reform be incorporated
into any rate-of-return CAF mechanism?
Would the public interest obligations for
CAF associated with intercarrier
compensation reform be updated to
reflect any new obligations? The
Commission seeks comment more
broadly on how its universal service
policies can best accelerate broadband
deployment to consumers served by
rate-of-return carriers, many of whom
reside in rural America. In the long
term, should universal service support
for rate-of-return carriers be distributed
through separate mechanisms from the
mechanisms used to distribute support
for other types of carriers, or is a
uniform national approach preferable to
achieve its universal service objectives?
The Commission seeks comment on any
other proposals to transition areas
served by rate-of-return carriers to CAF,
or any other analysis or
recommendations that could facilitate
this process.
C. Interstate Rate of Return
Represcription
31. As explained in the Order, rate-ofreturn carriers will continue to receive
for some time a modified version of
their legacy universal service support.
The level of support they receive
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78387
depends, in part, on the interstate rate
of return allowed for plant in service. As
a result, the Commission concluded it
was necessary to evaluate the
authorized interstate rate of return for
rate-of-return carriers, which has not
been updated in over 20 years. Three
major associations representing rate-ofreturn carriers, as well as the State
Members of the Federal-State Joint
Board on Universal Service, have
proposed a reduction in the current rate
of return, which is currently set at 11.25
percent, in the context of overall reform.
The Commission agrees that it is
appropriate at this time to reexamine
the rate of return as part of
comprehensive reform of the universal
service fund. The Commission seeks
comment more generally on how this
prescription fits within the broader
reform framework for rate-of-return
carriers, and specifically in what
manner this prescription process should
be linked to other proposals in this
FNPRM, including the separate CAF
support mechanism for rate-of-return
carriers.
32. With respect to the prescription
process itself, the Commission’s
statutory authority under 47 U.S.C. 205
provides the power to determine and
prescribe those elements that make up
the charge, including the interstate rate
of return. The rate of return must be
high enough to provide confidence in
the financial integrity of the carrier, so
that it can maintain its credit and attract
capital. The return should also be
commensurate with returns on
investments in other enterprises having
corresponding risks. On the other hand,
the return should not be higher than
necessary for this purpose.
33. The Commission last prescribed
the authorized interstate rate of return
in 1990, reducing it from 12 percent to
11.25 percent. The Commission believes
fundamental changes in the cost of debt
and equity since 1990 no longer allow
it to conclude that a rate of return of
11.25 percent is necessarily just and
reasonable as required by 47 U.S.C.
201(b). The rate-of-return carrier
associations proposed a reduction in the
interstate rate of return from the current
11.25 percent to 10 percent. The State
Members of the Federal-State Joint
Board proposed that the rate be reduced
further to 8.5 percent. The State
Members highlight that the interest rate
on a three month Treasury Bill has
fallen from 7.83 percent in 1990 to 0.15
percent in January 2011. Further, the
Commission observes that the average
10-year treasury constant maturity rate
has declined from approximately 8.1
percent in January 1991 to
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78388
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
approximately 2 percent in September
2011.
34. The Commission finds compelling
evidence that its presently applied
interstate rate-of-return, 11.25 percent,
is no longer reflective of the cost of
capital. The Commission believes
updating the rate of return is necessary
for rate-of-return carriers to both attract
capital on reasonable terms in today’s
markets and encourage economically
sound network investments. The
Commission welcomes input from state
regulators that may have insights from
conducting intrastate rate of return
represcriptions in recent years. The
Commission also invites comment on
how the Commission can ensure that
the rate of return over time remains
consistent with changes in the financial
markets and cost of capital. The
Commission seeks comment on means
by which the rate of return can be
adjusted automatically based on some
set of financial triggers, and how any
such triggers would operate.
35. When it last initiated an interstate
rate of return prescription proceeding in
1998, the Commission sought comment
on the methods by which it could
calculate incumbent LECs’ costs of
capital. The Commission seeks
comment on the issues raised in the
1998 Prescription Notice generally and
asks parties to provide the data
responsive to the previous requests. In
particular, the Commission seeks
comment on the following:
36. WACC. Weighted average cost of
capital (WACC) identifies the rate of
return required to maintain the current
value of a firm; alternatively, it is the
minimum rate of return the firm needs
to offer to investors to maintain access
to its current supply of capital. WACC
is the key component for prescribing the
rate of return. The Commission seeks
comment on how to calculate the WACC
for the relevant companies. The
Commission asks whether the formula
to determine the WACC in 47 CFR
65.301–305 is the proper framework for
this represcription, and whether any
modification or update to the formula or
inputs is warranted or necessary.
Specifically, the Commission’s rules
provide that WACC is the sum of the
cost of debt, the cost of preferred stock,
and the cost of equity, each weighted by
its proportion in the capital structure.
Does this remain the correct approach?
Should the Commission augment, or
replace, its WACC calculation with any
other analysis or approaches? Looking
to the WACC calculated for an entire
company, rather than for a specific line
of business, is appropriate, for example,
when thinking about setting an allowed
rate-of-return for an entire company. In
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
contrast, this overall WACC would not
in general inform a business as to
whether to undertake a specific project.
Typically, specific projects that have
greater risk and therefore a greater cost
of capital than the entire company are
only undertaken when much higher
rates of return are expected. Given that
many rate-of-return companies have
diversified beyond regulated voice
services, for example to offer broadband,
video, or wireless services, should the
WACC be computed for only the
regulated portion of the company’s
business, or at the level of the entire
company? The Commission seeks
comment on this analysis, and how, if
at all, it should impact its rate-of-return
calculation, and use of WACC for these
purposes.
37. Data. The Commission seeks
comment on the appropriate data and
methodologies the Commission should
use to calculate the WACC. The
Commission notes that some of the
formulas in the rules rely on ARMIS
data, which are no longer collected. In
the absence of ARMIS data, what
additional data should the Commission
require and rely upon, and who should
be required to file the data? Are there
other publicly available data that could
provide the necessary information? Does
the absence of any particular data
necessitate a different approach to any
of the necessary calculations?
38. Capital Structure. Under the
Commission’s WACC calculation, the
estimated cost of debt, preferred stock,
and equity of a company are all
weighted relative to their proportion in
the firm’s capital structure. A firm’s
capital structure can be measured on a
book basis or market basis. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the formula in 47 CFR 65.304 based on
book values remains the correct
approach, and whether any
modification to the formula or inputs is
warranted or necessary. Are there other
components of the cost of capital that
should be included in the capital
structure, and should any of the
elements listed in the rules be
excluded?
39. Surrogates. Because the vast
majority of rate-of-return carriers are not
publicly traded, the Commission must
select an appropriate set of surrogate
firms, for which financial data is
available publicly, to use as a basis for
the cost of capital analysis. To do so, the
Commission must select a group of
companies for which there is available
financial data and that face similar risks
to rate-of-return carriers. The
Commission’s rules provide that the
proper group of surrogates is all local
exchange carriers with annual revenues
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
equal to or above the indexed revenue
threshold, which is $146 million this
year. In the 1998 Prescription Notice the
Commission sought comment on what
group of companies should be selected
as surrogates and tentatively concluded
at that time that the Regional Bell
Operating Companies’ (RBOCs) risk
most closely resembled the risk
encountered by the rate-of-return
carriers. The Commission seeks
comment on whether that group should
be used as surrogates here, or whether
another group of providers, for example
smaller publicly traded carriers, not
including the RBOCs, would better
serve this purpose. Should the surrogate
group include publicly traded rate-ofreturn companies only, or a mixture of
publicly traded rate-of-return companies
and smaller price-cap companies?
Commenters proposing a particular
surrogate group should clearly define
that group, identify the publicly
available financial data for that group,
and explain how that group best reflects
the business risks and cost of capital of
rate-of-return carriers.
40. Cost of Debt. A firm’s cost of debt
can be estimated by dividing its total
annual interest expense by its average
outstanding debt measured on a historic
book basis, or alternatively, on a market
basis using the current yield to maturity.
The Commission seeks comment on the
cost of debt formula in 47 CFR 65.302
of the Commission’s rules based on
book values. The Commission had
previously noted that the book basis is
more objectively ascertainable, but may
not fully reflect current investor
expectations. The Commission seeks
comment on that assessment, and the
relative weight either the book or market
approach should be given in its
calculations. The Commission’s rules
provide that this measurement should
occur for the most recent two years. Is
this the correct time period, or is a
longer or shorter period warranted?
41. Cost of Preferred Stock. A firm’s
cost of preferred stock can be calculated
by dividing the total annual preferred
dividends by the total proceeds from the
issuance of preferred stock. The
Commission asks whether the formula
in 47 CFR 65.303 remains the correct
one, and whether any modification to
the formula or inputs is warranted or
necessary. The Commission’s rules
provide that this measurement should
occur for the most recent two years. Is
this the correct time period, or is a
longer or shorter period warranted? Can
the WACC calculation be simplified by
ignoring the cost of preferred stock (and
the amount of preferred stock in the
capital structure) without significantly
affecting the accuracy of the WACC?
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
42. Cost of Equity. A firm’s cost of
equity can be estimated using a number
of different approaches. The
Commission’s rules do not provide a
specific formula for determining the
cost of equity. In 1990, the Commission
relied heavily on the discounted cash
flow (DCF) methodology, which
assesses a firm’s stock price and
dividend rate and forecasted growth
rates to determine the cost of equity.
There are a number of different
variations of DCF, including historic
and classic calculations. Alternatively, a
firm’s cost of equity can be calculated
using the capital asset pricing model
(CAPM). To use the CAPM, estimates of
the risk free rate, the market risk
premium, and the correlation of
surrogate companies’ common stock
returns with the returns of the entire
market of securities (or betas) must be
made. The Commission seeks comment
on these approaches, and asks whether
any other methodologies should be
incorporated into its analysis. For
instance, should the Commission rely
upon any cost of equity calculations
made in state proceedings addressing
intrastate rate of return, or other
benchmarks based on the stock market
as a whole, or a subset of companies or
industries? Proponents of any particular
methodology should detail their
preferred approach and the relevant
data required to perform the necessary
calculations. Commenters should also
justify the relative weight any particular
methodology or comparison should
have in the Commission’s ultimate
calculation. The Commission also seeks
comment on the need, if any, to make
adjustments with respect to flotation
costs (i.e., costs of selling new securities
in the market) or dividends.
43. Zone of Reasonableness. The cost
of equity, based on different
methodologies and sets of reasonable
assumptions and input values, as well
as the WACC calculation can be used to
develop a range from which the
Commission can prescribe the new
authorized interstate rate of return. This
zone of reasonableness allows the
Commission to take into account
additional policy considerations before
finalizing the new rate of return. The
Commission seeks comment on the
factors the Commission should consider
in determining the rate of return from
within that zone of reasonableness. The
Commission asks how infrastructure
deployment, particularly broadband
deployment, and today’s reforms should
be accounted for in its analysis. Is the
deployment of broadband significantly
more risky than the voice telephony
business, and does it have a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
significantly greater cost of capital? The
Commission notes, for instance, that
voice telephony has nearly universal
penetration, while broadband adoption
is more than 65 percent nationally. If
some or all of the surrogates on which
the WACC estimates are based are large
companies such as Verizon and AT&T,
should unique competitive and market
conditions for rate-of-return carriers be
reflected, and should any differences in
diversification in rate-of-return carrier
offerings compared to large carrier
offerings, which now may include
voice, video, wireless, and data services,
be reflected, if at all? Should any
allowances made in 1990, or proposed
in 1998, apply here? The Commission
also seeks comment on the need to make
any adjustments to capture changes in
the telecommunications market
generally, and ask commenters
proposing any such adjustments to
explain why they are necessary to
prescribe the allowable rate of return for
multi-use plant that can provide voice,
data, video and other services, in
particular, and how any such
adjustments should be structured.
Lastly, the Commission asks whether
any of these policy considerations
should also be reflected in any other
components of the WACC calculation,
and, if so, in what manner.
44. Preliminary Analysis. The
Commission estimate, using recent
public data, the WACC for AT&T and
Verizon and find it in the range of 6 to
8 percent. This range is consistent with
other analysts’ estimates. The
Commission finds a similar range when
considering other mid-size and
competitive carriers. Even if the interest
rate were to increase by 1.5 percent,
which seems unlikely in today’s
economy, the WACC would remain in
the range of approximately 7 to 8
percent. This preliminary analysis
would conservatively suggest that the
authorized interstate rate of return
should be no more than 9 percent. The
Commission seeks comment on this
analysis and note that this preliminary
analysis does not prejudge the
Commission’s ability to select a higher
or lower rate of return in this
proceeding.
45. Impact on Universal Service
Funding. The Commission proposes that
any reduction in the rate of return be
reflected in its universal service rules by
reducing the HCLS cap by a
corresponding amount, and repurposing
that funding amount consistent with the
CAF framework and budget. The
Commission also proposes that ICLS
support be reduced by a corresponding
amount as well. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals and how to
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78389
calculate any such reductions. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
any savings realized from reducing the
rate of return should be used to
establish a new CAF mechanism for rate
of return companies that would support
new broadband investment. How would
a change in the rate of return impact the
Rural Association’s CAF proposal
discussed in this FNPRM, and does this
prescription process impact the timing
or operation of that proposal or any
other transition of rate-of-return carriers
to CAF-based support? In the
alternative, the Commission seeks
comment on the potential benefits of
retaining the HCLS cap at the same
amount even if the rate of return is
reduced, which would have the effect of
allowing funding to be redistributed to
lower cost rate-of-return carriers that are
ineligible for HCLS support today. Are
there any other changes to other
universal service distribution
mechanisms that should be made to
reflect a change to the rate of return?
46. Tribally-Owned and Operated
Carriers. The Commission seeks
comment on how to account for
Tribally-owned and operated carriers in
this prescription, and whether a
different rate of return is warranted for
these carriers. Tribal governments, and
by extension, Tribally-owned and
operated carriers, play a vital role in
serving the needs and interests of their
local communities, often in remote, lowincome, and underserved regions of the
country. Tribally-owned and operated
carriers serve cyclically impoverished
communities with a historical lack of
critical infrastructure. Reservation-based
economies lack fundamental similarities
to non-reservation economies and are
among the most impoverished
economies in the country. Tribal
Nations also cannot collateralize trust
land assets, and as a result, have more
limited abilities to access credit and
capital. The Commission seeks
comment on how such considerations
should be reflected in its analysis.
47. Other Considerations. Finally, the
Commission asks commenters to
address any other changes that are
needed to: (1) The data used in the
prescription process; or (2) the
calculations the Commission must
perform to prescribe a new interstate
rate of return. The Commission also
invites commenters to provide any other
relevant evidence or studies that could
assist in this represcription.
D. Eliminating Support for Areas With
an Unsubsidized Competitor
48. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission concludes that it
will phase out all high-cost support
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78390
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
received by incumbent rate-of-return
carriers over three years in study areas
where an unsubsidized competitor, or
combination of unsubsidized
competitors, offering voice and
broadband service that meets its
performance obligations serves 100
percent of the residential and business
locations in the incumbent’s study area.
The Commission seeks comment on a
proposed methodology for determining
the extent of overlap, a process for
preliminary determinations of such
overlap, a process for the affected ETC
to challenge the accuracy of the
purported overlap, with input from the
relevant state commission and the
public, and how to adjust support levels
in situations with less than 100 percent
overlap.
49. To determine what rate-of-return
study areas have 100 percent overlap by
an unsubsidized competitor, staff
performed a preliminary analysis. The
analysis relies on two sets of data:
TeleAtlas Wire Center Boundaries (6/
2010) and data from the State
Broadband Initiative (SBI) program
administered by NTIA as of December,
2010.
50. First, staff identified which census
blocks are in each rate-of-return study
area, including a census block in a study
area if the centroid of that census block
is within the TeleAtlas boundaries for a
wire center associated with the study
area. Next, staff identified study areas
where a wired provider other than the
incumbent local exchange carrier
offered broadband service at speeds of at
least 3 Mbps downstream/768 kbps
upstream to all of the census blocks in
the study area. Staff excluded all
resellers as identified in the SBI data
and included only xDSL, cable, and
fiber technologies.
51. The Commission seeks comment
on whether this is an appropriate
methodology for determining areas of
overlap, which will result in
adjustments to support levels for the
rate-of-return ETC.
52. The Commission’s staff performed
a preliminary analysis examining
census blocks smaller than two square
miles and identified 18 rate-of-return
study areas with 99 percent or greater
overlap; and an additional 19 with
greater than 95 percent overlap (a total
of 37 study areas with greater than 95
percent overlap).
53. This analysis has several potential
limitations. TeleAtlas data may not
represent the actual incumbent local
exchange carrier footprint in all
instances. In addition, TeleAtlas data
generally assign all geographies to one
incumbent provider’s footprint or
another; however, in reality, there are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
large, generally unpopulated areas not
served by any incumbent carrier
facilities. As such, this analysis may
over-estimate the rate-of-return ETC’s
footprint and under-estimate the extent
to which the populated portions of that
footprint are completely overbuilt by
competitive networks.
54. SBI data have their limitations as
well, as the Commission acknowledged
in its most recent Broadband Progress
Report. In addition, SBI data only
measure the availability of broadband
capable of delivering at least 768 kbps
downstream and 200 kbps upstream.
There is no direct measure of the
availability of voice service, but the
Commission presumed that an
unsubsidized xDSL, fiber, or cable
competitor that has deployed a
broadband network that meets the SBI
standard also is offering voice services.
55. The Commission notes that small
blocks could be reported as served if as
few as one location in that block has
service or could have service within a
typical service interval. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
this could lead us to count areas as
served by an unsubsidized competitor
even if a meaningful number of
locations are, in fact, not served.
56. The Commission seeks comment
on how best to deal with data relating
to large blocks. Since neither NTIA nor
the Commission has access to the actual
location of businesses or homes, SBI
population estimates data relies on
estimating home locations by random
placement of locations along roads.
While this will provide an accurate
view of the fraction of large blocks that
are served in aggregate, it will likely
lead to over- or under-estimates in any
small number of some large blocks. How
can the Commission use such data to
determine whether a large block is
served or not?
57. The Commission seeks comment
on a process for identifying areas with
greater than 75 percent overlap. The
Commission proposes that WCB identify
areas with greater than 75 percent
overlap, utilizing the finalized
methodology, and then publish the
results of that analysis. The Commission
proposes that WCB provide the affected
ETC an opportunity to challenge the
accuracy of the purported overlap and
to take public comment for a period of
time, such as 45 days. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
58. Several commenters supported
state involvement in a process to
determine areas of overlap. How could
state commissions play a role in
determining the extent of overlap? For
instance, after WCB performs the
overlap analysis, should there be a
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
period of time for the relevant state
commission to comment on the
analysis? What would be a reasonable
time frame to request an evaluation from
a state commission regarding such
overlap? Alternatively, could the
Commission establish a process in
which state commissions advise us, by
a date certain, which study areas served
by rate-of-return carriers have
unsubsidized facilities-based
competitors, and therefore should be
subject to potential adjustments in highcost support?
59. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether support levels
would need to be adjusted in areas
where there is less than 100 percent
overlap by an unsubsidized facilitiesbased provider of terrestrial fixed voice
and broadband service. To the extent
support levels do need to be adjusted,
the Commission seeks further comment
on how to do so.
60. In the August 3 Public Notice, 76
FR 49401, August 10, 2010, the
Commission sought comment on how to
allocate costs between the overlap areas
and the ILEC-only areas, including
whether the Commission should use a
cost model to accomplish that
allocation.
61. In response to the August 3 Public
Notice, NCTA recommended that the
Commission should identify study areas
served by rate-of-return regulated
incumbent LECs where (1) unsubsidized
broadband providers serve more than 75
percent of homes; and (2) current highcost support exceeds projected support
under the cost model for the remaining
areas by more than 10 percent. During
the interim period, in any study area
that meets those criteria, the
Commission should provide notice to
the carrier that support will be reduced
to the level suggested by the cost model
unless it can demonstrate that a higher
amount is necessary. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
62. The Commission notes that in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, it
directed WCB to develop and finalize a
cost model for use in price cap
territories. Would it be appropriate to
use such a model, after appropriate
public input, in the way described by
NCTA to create a presumptive reduction
in support levels for rate-of-return
carriers? For purposes of determining
whether model-determined support in
the remaining areas (i.e., the areas of no
overlap) exceeded current support by
more than 10 percent, would the
Commission need to allocate the current
high-cost support between the areas of
overlap and the areas where there is no
overlap? To the extent that support
would need to be allocated between
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
areas of overlap and no overlap, what
criteria or standards would govern any
such allocation? Should there be a
rebuttable presumption that all costs are
divided pro rata among access lines, and
allocated to the census block in which
that access line is located, so that absent
an appropriate showing the recipient
would receive the same support
amounts per line, but only for those
lines that fall outside the area of
overlap? Cablevision suggests that only
costs solely attributable to the noncompetitive area should be supported,
and that most of the costs of overhead
(which presumably are largely
associated with customers in the areas
where there is competitive overlap)
should not be recoverable. Would that
be a workable approach? How should
the Commission allocate costs
associated with cable and wire facilities,
and central office equipment, between
competitive and non-competitive areas?
63. NCTA suggests that there be a
process in which a carrier subject to
reductions could demonstrate that a
higher amount is necessary. Should
reductions commence within a specified
time period, such as 120 days, absent a
showing that additional support is
necessary? What process should be
established for rate-of-return carriers
subject to potential support adjustments
to contest any such adjustments? For
instance, should they be required to
show that the adjusted levels would be
inadequate to continue to provide voice
service to consumers, for example, using
the criteria the Commission set forth in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order for
petitions for waiver? Should the
Commission undertake a total company
earnings review in those circumstances?
Should the Commission seek input from
the relevant state commission on
whether support amounts should be
adjusted, and how that would impact
consumers in the relevant communities?
64. If the Commission were to adopt
any of these proposals to adjust support
levels, over what time period should
support levels be transitioned to new
levels in situations where there is less
than 100 percent overlap?
E. Limits on Reimbursable Capital and
Operating Costs for Rate-of-Return
Carriers
65. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopts a rule to
use benchmarks for reasonable costs to
impose limits on reimbursable capital
and operating costs for high-cost loop
support received by rate-of-return
companies. A specific methodology for
calculating individual company caps for
HCLS is set forth in Appendix H of the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, which
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
is available in its entirety at https://
transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC-11161A1.pdf, and is summarized herein at
section I.E.1. The Commission seeks
comment on using this methodology to
impose limits on reimbursement from
HCLS and proposes to implement this
methodology for support calculations
beginning July 1, 2012.
66. Appendix H of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order uses, the
methodology of quantile regression
analyses to generate a set of limits for
each rate-of-return cost company study
area. These would limit the values used
in eleven of the twenty-six steps in
NECA’s Cost Company Loop Cost
Algorithm, which is used to calculate
the study area’s total unseparated cost
per loop, and ultimately its HCLS. The
regression-derived limits are set at the
90th percentile of costs for each
individual step in NECA’s Cost
Company Loop Cost Algorithm,
compared to similarly situated
companies for each individual step. In
other words, a company whose actual
costs for a particular step in the
algorithm are above the 90th percentile,
compared to similarly situated
companies, would be limited to
recovering amounts that correspond to
the 90th percentile of cost, i.e. the
amount of cost that ninety percent of
similarly situated companies are at or
below when they submit costs for that
particular step in the algorithm. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the 90th percentile is the appropriate
dividing line to disallow recovery of
cost, or whether the Commission should
establish a lower or higher threshold,
such as the 85th percentile or the 95th
percentile.
67. For the dependent variable in the
regression analysis, Commission staff
limited its analysis to cost data filed by
rural rate-of-return companies that
submit cost data, and excluded cost data
filed by price cap carriers. For the
independent variables, staff used 2010
block-level Census data that it mapped
to each study area. The independent
variables included: number of loops,
number of housing units (broken out by
whether the housing units are in
urbanized areas, urbanized clusters, and
nonurban areas), as well as several
geographic measures such as land area,
water area, and the number of census
blocks (all broken out by urbanized
areas, urbanized clusters, and nonurban
areas). The analysis thereby recognizes
that many smaller study areas (those
with lower populations to serve) and
more rural geographies (those with
lower population densities) legitimately
have higher costs per line (i.e.,
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78391
compared to the national average cost
per loop) than larger study areas that
contain significant urban populations.
68. As explained more fully in
Appendix H of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, quantile
regression has several advantages over
other statistical techniques for
identifying outliers. Although the
Commission finds that quantile
regression is an appropriate technique
to use in setting benchmarks on
reimbursable investment and expenses,
the Commission invites further
comment on alternative statistical
techniques.
69. This methodology utilized
variables that are currently available to
the Commission. The Commission
acknowledges that in their analysis
using proprietary cost data, the
Nebraska Companies also included
variables for frost index, wetlands
percentage, soils texture, and road
intersections frequency. As noted in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
soils data from the Natural Resource
Conservation Service (NRCS) that the
Nebraska study used do not cover all the
study areas used in its regressions (such
as Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa,
U.S. Virgin Islands, Northern Mariana
Islands, and Alaska). The Commission
seeks comment on sources of other soil
data that completely cover all the study
areas or how to deal with those study
areas where the SSURGO data are
missing or incomplete. To the extent
any commenter advocates use of a
methodology that includes additional
independent variables, they should
identify with specificity the data source
and the completeness and cost of the
additional data, if not publicly
available.
70. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission concludes that
support will be redistributed to those
carriers whose unseparated loop cost is
not limited by operation of the
benchmark methodology. Based on 2010
NECA data filed with the Commission,
and using an estimate of $455 for the
national average cost per loop, it
estimates this proposed methodology
would reduce HCLS payments to about
280 rural rate-of-return cost study areas
by an estimated $110 million, with
approximately $55 million redistributed
to approximately 340 cost company
study areas whose unseparated loop
cost is not limited by operation of the
benchmark methodology. The
Commission thus estimates that more
study areas could see increases in HCLS
than would see decreases.
71. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission concludes that it
should also limit recovery of excessive
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78392
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
capital and operating costs through the
interstate common line support
mechanism. The Commission seeks
comment on how specifically to
implement such a limit for ICLS.
72. Although the Commission
currently does not receive detailed cost
data for determining ICLS, the
Commission believes the best approach
for calculating benchmarks to limit
reimbursable capital and operating costs
for ICLS would be to use a methodology
similar to the one developed for HCLS,
and seeks comment on this proposal. In
the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
Commission modifies its rules to require
NECA to provide to the Commission
upon request underlying data collected
from ETCs to calculate payments under
the current support mechanisms,
including ICLS. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
directs NECA to file the detailed
revenue requirement data it receives
from carriers no later than thirty days
after release of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order so that WCB
could evaluate whether it should adopt
a methodology using these data.
73. The Commission seeks comment
on two other alternatives that would not
use the detailed revenue data from
NECA or require carriers to file
additional data. First, the Commission
could run a single regression using the
total interstate revenue requirement for
each carrier, but this approach does not
distinguish between capital and
operating costs. Second, the
Commission could use the decrease in
cost per loop resulting from the
regressions used to limit HCLS to limit
a carrier’s interstate revenue
requirement. While the Commission
recognizes that there are some
differences between the costs used to
calculate unseparated loop costs and the
common line revenue requirement, and
between loops and access lines, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
they are equivalent enough for purposes
of establishing benchmarks for
reasonable costs.
74. The Commission seeks comment
generally on whether network operation
and investment by Tribally-owned and
operated carriers is significantly
different from non-Tribal conditions to
warrant special treatment for purposes
of establishing benchmarks for
permissible capital and operating costs.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether the 90th percentile is the
appropriate dividing line to disallow
recovery of costs, or whether it should
establish a lower or higher threshold,
such as the 85th percentile or the 95th
percentile. The Commission seeks
comment here on whether a different
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
percentile is appropriate for Triballyowned and operated carriers, or whether
it should otherwise alter the
methodology to take into account the
unique circumstances of Tribally-owned
and operated carriers that are just
beginning to serve their communities.
1. Modeling Limits on Reimbursable
Operating and Capital Costs
75. Overview. This section
summarizes the methodology set forth
in Appendix H of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, which is
available in its entirety at https://
transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC-11161A1.pdf, for determining carrierspecific limits on High Cost Loop
Support (HCLS) payments to rate-ofreturn cost carriers with very high
capital expenses (capex) and operating
expenses (opex) relative to their
similarly situated peers. The
methodology operates within the
current HCLS calculation algorithm,
using information that is readily
available to the Commission and to the
public. This section describes both the
econometric process used to establish
carrier-specific limits to HCLS payments
and the implementation process.
76. This work significantly extends
the analyses submitted by the Nebraska
Rural Independent Companies, which
use ordinary least squares regression
analysis to develop a framework to
predict capital and operating
expenditures. The Nebraska study
examines data for a subset of rural rateof-return carriers, and uses proprietary
data not available to the Commission or
to the public. In contrast, the proposed
methodology described herein uses data
currently available to the Commission
and sets forth a detailed and
implementable mechanism for
examining all rural rate-of-return cost
study areas and limiting HCLS
payments in those study areas that have
costs higher than the vast majority of
their similarly-situated peers. The
Commission uses quantile regression for
parameter estimation rather than
ordinary least squares for reasons set
forth below. In addition, because
directly implementing caps for capex
and opex cannot be accomplished
without fundamentally altering the way
HCLS support payments are calculated
today, the methodology described can
be implemented quickly within the
current HCLS framework.
77. Methodology for Imposing Limits.
This methodology creates caps for 11 of
the algorithm steps in NECA’s 26-step
Cost Company Loop Cost Algorithm.
These algorithm steps are all functions
of cost categories that are defined in
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
NECA’s Appendix B. The methodology
calculates the maximum amount for
each of the 11 algorithm steps as the
90th percentile cost for a similarly
situated company. A company whose
actual costs for a particular step in the
algorithm are above the 90th percentile,
compared to similarly situated
companies, would be limited to
recovering amounts that correspond to
the 90th percentile of cost, i.e. the
amount of cost that ninety percent of
similarly situated companies are at or
below when they submit costs for that
particular step in the algorithm
78. The methodology involves a
quantile regression analysis using data
from nearly all the rural rate-of-return
cost carriers for each algorithm step.
The quantile regression parameter
estimates are used to calculate a cap
equal to the 90th percentile prediction
for each carrier for that algorithm step.
This is repeated for each of the rest of
the examined algorithm steps. Once all
the 90th percentile caps are calculated,
the lesser of the company’s capped
algorithm step value and the original
value is inserted into the appropriate
algorithm step, which then flows into
the later algorithm steps as before. The
11 algorithm steps in the analysis are
identified below.
79. The Commission considered using
an ordinary least squares-based analysis
to set the caps, but decided that quantile
regression was preferable for two
reasons. First, error terms in bivariate
OLS models of each algorithm step on
the loops variable exhibit
heteroscedasticity. While ordinary least
squares-based analyses such as
weighted least squares can certainly
deal with heteroscedasticity, it
complicates efforts to deal with other
problems such as outliers and nonGaussian error terms.
80. Further, ordinary least squares can
produce biased parameter estimates in
the presence of outliers. Ordinary least
squares has methods available for
dealing with outliers, such as excluding
them from the analysis or using dummy
variables to deal with them, but that
requires exercise of judgment as to
which observations are truly outliers.
Also, given the data currently available
to the Commission, distinguishing
between study areas with high
idiosyncratic costs (i.e., those that truly
are the most expensive-to-serve areas)
and others with excessively high cost
(e.g., due to imprudent or unnecessarily
large past investments) is challenging.
Further complicating matters, some
carriers may enjoy especially low costs
compared to their peers for
idiosyncratic reasons. While these
observations would be outliers, they
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
would be masked by the virtue that they
are somewhat ‘‘too low’’ and therefore it
would be difficult to properly identify
and deal with those outliers. Thus,
simply looking only for observations
that are too high may be insufficient.
When using ordinary least squares,
failing to account for all outliers
(including the difficult-to-find outliers
that are ‘‘too low’’) could bias the
regression coefficients which would
then bias payments to carriers. Quantile
regression solves this problem.
81. Use of Quantile Regression.
Quantile regression, developed by Roger
Koenker and Gilbert Basset in 1978, is
a good solution to address these
problems. It is similar to ordinary least
squares regression, but where ordinary
least squares minimizes the sum of
squared residuals from the regression
line, the median quantile regression
minimizes the sum of absolute residuals
from the regression line; for quantiles
other than the median, quantile
regression minimizes the sum of
asymmetrically-weighted absolute
residuals.
82. While ordinary least squares
requires the error terms be
homoscedastic, quantile regression
makes fewer assumptions about the
error term than ordinary least squares,
and so there is no need to correct for
heteroscedasticity. Thus the quantile
regression methodology is robust to
error structures that are non-Gaussian or
violate the assumption of the normal
distribution of errors required for
unbiased estimation using ordinary least
squares.
83. Quantile regression is also
resistant to outliers, so the parameter
estimates would be little changed by
accounting for (or not) particular
observations as outliers. That is, if one
were to modify the analysis to account
for any known outliers, then the
Commission would not expect the list of
study areas affected by the caps or the
levels of those caps to change very
much. Given the complexities of
identifying outliers mentioned above,
this is an attractive property.
84. Another significant advantage of
quantile regression is that it allows the
independent variables to have different
effects on the study areas in the
different quantiles. Thus, for illustrative
purposes, if the number of housing units
in a rural area increased while holding
everything else constant, the size of the
study area’s cost increase could differ
based on which quantile it is in.
Hypothetically, the marginal effect of a
change could even be positive for a
carrier in one quantile (such as the 90th
percentile) and negative for a carrier in
another (such as the 10th percentile).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
This is not allowed in ordinary least
squares, which assumes that the
marginal effect is the same on all
carriers. Given that the Commission is
examining carriers with high costs
relative to other carriers, this is an
especially helpful property.
85. Setting the Quantile Threshold.
This methodology uses the 90th
percentile because carriers with costs
exceeding 90 percent of their similarlysituated peers may raise questions about
the prudence of such expenditures. In
the Further Notice, the Commission
seeks comment on whether to set the
exact quantile to a lower or higher level
such as the 85th percentile or the 95th
percentile.
86. All of the regressions were log-log:
all dependent and most independent
variables were logged using the natural
log. For those variables that were
logged, the Commission added one
before taking the log so that
observations with values equaling zero
could be included in the analysis.
87. While many of the measures of
density are collinear, this is not
problematic for this methodology
because our goal is prediction, not
statistical inference. Multicollinearity
does not harm predictions.
88. Dependent Variables. Consistent
with the idea of limiting
reimbursements for capex, the
Commission creates caps for algorithm
steps 1, 2, 17 and 18. Algorithm steps
1 and 2 represent the two categories of
gross plant. Algorithm steps 17 and 18
represent the depreciation and
amortization associated with the plant
represented in algorithm steps 1 and 2.
89. Consistent with the idea of
limiting reimbursements for opex, the
Commission creates caps for algorithm
steps 7, 8, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 21.
Algorithm steps 7 and 8 represent
materials and supplies. Algorithm steps
13 and 14 represent maintenance.
Algorithm steps 15 and 16 represent
network support and general support
expenses. Algorithm step 21 represents
benefits other than corporate operations
expenses. By creating caps for these 11
algorithm steps, the Commission limits
the reimbursements for capex and opex
expenditures that exceed those of the
vast majority of similarly-situated
carriers.
90. The Commissions excludes
algorithm step 19 (corporate operations
expense) from the regression analysis
because limitations for that cost
category have been separately adopted
in the USF–ICC Transformation Order,
and also excludes algorithm step 20
because it represents taxes.
Additionally, the Commissions excludes
algorithm step 22 (rents) because the
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78393
regression fit is so poor. Because the
regressions are run independently, the
exclusion of algorithm step 22 from the
methodology does not affect the other
regressions.
91. As mentioned above, some of the
early algorithm steps calculate factors
(based on the reported cost categories)
that flow into later algorithm steps.
While the Commission does not directly
modify algorithm steps 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10,
19, 20, and 22, the Commission allows
changes in algorithm steps 1 and 2 to
flow through to these algorithm steps.
For example, algorithm steps 1 and 2
flow into algorithm step 20, which
accounts for operating taxes to be
assigned to loop costs. Thus, a reduction
to algorithm step 1 and/or 2 could lead
to a reduction in algorithm step 20,
which would be in accordance with the
approach of limiting HCLS payments to
study areas with very high capital
expenses.
92. As with the independent
variables, the values of the algorithm
steps in our analysis were logged to
linearize the model. In two instances, a
study area had a negative algorithm step
value, which prevented us from taking
the natural log for those two values.
These two observations were omitted.
The data from these two study areas
were still included in all the other
regressions. Where the algorithm step
value was negative, the study area’s
original algorithm step value was
retained.
93. Independent Variables. The
independent variables in this study are
those that the Commission believes
correlate with each carrier’s costs, are
currently available to the Commission,
and exist for all study areas in the
regression analysis. The independent
variables in the methodology are proxies
for scale, density, and terrain. Other
than the number of loops the study area
serves, all the independent variables are
from the 2010 United States census. As
with the algorithm step variables, the
Commission took the natural logs of all
the independent variables to linearize
the model.
94. Census block data were rolled up
to study area boundaries using Tele
Atlas data. There were 28 study areas
without census block information that
were excluded from this analysis. There
are two significant advantages to using
block-level census data. First, census
blocks are most granular areas at which
the Census Bureau publishes data, so
using census blocks allows for the most
accurate mapping of demographic data
such as housing units to study areas.
Second, census blocks are designated as
being part of (in decreasing urbanness
order) an urbanized area, urbanized
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78394
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
cluster or nonurban. In this fashion, the
Commission allowed the nonurban
(rural) independent variables to have
different effects from the urban
variables. For instance, the additional
cost of serving an additional urban
housing unit (holding all else constant)
is likely to be different than the cost of
serving an additional rural housing unit.
Therefore, for each of the census-based
independent variable in our analysis,
the Commission rolled the data up
based on whether they are in an
urbanized area, urbanized cluster or
rural area within the study area.
95. Not all the variables are significant
in each regression, and there are some
variables (such as the log of land area in
urbanized clusters) that are not
significant in any of the regressions. The
Commission chose to use all the
variables in all the regressions so long
as the parent variable (such as land area)
had at least one child variable (such as
land area in a non-urbanized area) that
was significant for at least one of the
regressions in the analysis. While this
meant that some regressions had many
insignificant variables, this was not a
problem because the goal of the
regression was not to determine
statistically significant correlations, but
instead to generate 90th percentile
predictions, which are unaffected by the
addition of insignificant variables.
96. The Commission used two
measures of scale, loops and housing
units. The more loops the carrier is
serving, the higher its expenses will be.
The Commission uses the number of
loops in NECA’s October 2011 filing.
The NECA data do not disaggregate loop
data by urbanized clusters, urbanized
areas or non-urban areas, so the
Commission includes an additional
scale variable with the urbanness
breakout: housing units.
97. The Commission included two
measures of density in our analysis, the
weighted housing unit density and the
number of census blocks in the study
area. Because it is easier to wire
businesses and homes when they are
close to each other than when they are
far apart, the Commission expects that
costs will decrease with density. There
are several ways one can measure
density, however.
98. The simple method, which merely
divides the study area’s number of
housing units by total area (or just land
area) does not take into account the
possibility that large swaths of land in
a study area may have absolutely no
homes or businesses. So the
Commission calculated the weighted
average density for each study area
using census block data.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
99. For each census block in each
study area, the Commission calculated
the block’s density by dividing the
number of housing units in the block by
the area of the block. The Commission
then set the weight for each block equal
to the number of housing units in the
block divided by the total number of
housing units in the study area. Thus,
blocks without any homes had no
weight. Again, census data do not
include the number of businesses in the
block, so they could not be included in
the density calculation.
100. The Commission included land
and percent water in each study area as
a rough indicator of terrain-driven costs.
The Commission expects that holding
everything else constant, the more land
area that a carrier has in its territory, the
more expensive it is to serve. Similarly,
the more water area in the study area,
the more expensive it should be to
serve, because roads are typically routed
around such water, so the natural
pathways for the carrier’s cabling are
longer than they otherwise would be.
101. Results. The regression analysis
was run for the four most recent years
of data that NECA reported to the
Commission: 2007–2010. The results for
each year of data were very consistent
with each other. The regression results
from 2010 are available at https://
transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC–11–
161A1.pdf.
102. Two versions of the quantile
regression analysis are presented there:
Table 1 includes the weighted density
variable, and Table 2 excludes it.
Perhaps surprisingly, weighted density
was significant in only one of the
regressions in Table 1. One may think
weighted density is insignificant in this
model because of the inclusion of the
other density measures (the three blocks
variables), but weighted density is still
insignificant when the blocks variables
are omitted. (Further, the pseudo R2
drops when the Commission omits the
blocks variables, so it keeps the blocks
variables in the analysis and drops the
weighted density variable.) The
Commission therefore uses the model
that excludes weighted density.
103. As expected, the loops variable
was the most influential independent
variable in predicting the values for the
algorithm steps. The remaining
variables are significant in many of the
regressions (both when including and
excluding the weighted density
variable), and so they remain in the
regressions.
104. As mentioned above, the study
area’s capped algorithm step values (or
the original algorithm step values where
they are lower than the capped
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
algorithm step values) are inserted into
the algorithm. These step values then
flow into later algorithm steps that
ultimately determine the Study Area
Cost Per Loop value.
105. In addition, WCB has released
additional relevant data at: at https://
fcc.gov/encyclopedia/rate-returnresources under the heading ‘‘Connect
America Fund FNPRM Appendix H
Data [zip file].’’
106. Implementation. This proposed
methodology would be updated
annually to establish limits on the Study
Area Cost Per Loop values, which are
used to determine eligibility for HCLS
payments.
F. ETC Service Obligations
107. The Commission seeks comment
on what action may be appropriate to
adjust ETCs’ existing service obligations
as funding shifts to new, more targeted
mechanisms. The Commission’s aim is
to ensure that obligations and funding
are appropriately matched, while
avoiding consumer disruption in access
to communications services.
108. Under the new funding
mechanisms established in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order and proposed in
the FNPRM, ETCs may receive reduced
support in their existing service areas,
and ultimately may no longer receive
any federal high-cost support. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
such reductions should be accompanied
by relaxation of those carriers’ voice
service obligations under 47 U.S.C.
214(e)(1) in some cases. For example,
under the CAF Phase II process, an
incumbent LEC that declines to
undertake a state-level service
commitment may lose some or all of its
ongoing support in that state. Similarly,
the Commission will gradually phase
out all high-cost support received by
incumbent rate-of-return carriers in
study areas where an unsubsidized
competitor—or a combination of
unsubsidized competitors—offers voice
and broadband service that meets the
performance requirements for 100
percent of the residential and business
locations in the incumbent’s study area.
Likewise, competitive ETCs that today
receive support under the identical
support rule will see funding in their
existing service areas phased down over
time as set forth in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, although those
ETCs will be eligible for targeted
funding to extend advanced mobile
services through the Mobility Fund
Phase I and Phase II. Some commenters
have proposed that as these reductions
occur, the Commission should relax or
eliminate ETCs’ voice service
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
obligations. The Commission seeks
comment on this suggestion.
109. In addition, even in service areas
where ETCs retain existing support
levels or receive greater funding under
the Connect America Fund, that funding
will increasingly be targeted at the
census block level, or to other precisely
defined geographic areas. For example,
in the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
the Commission directed WCB to
develop a cost model to estimate on a
granular level, such as the census block,
the amount of support necessary for
deployment of a broadband-capable
wireline network in high-cost areas
above a specified threshold, and to use
the output of that model to calculate the
support that incumbent price cap
companies would receive if they
undertake state-level broadband service
commitments. These price cap ETCs
will still be subject to voice service
obligations under 47 U.S.C. 214(e)(1),
however, and the model-derived
support amount will not include a
separate estimate of support for the cost
of providing voice service to locations
below the specified threshold or those
locations that will receive funding from
the Remote Areas Fund that the
Commission establishes in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. Likewise,
competitive ETCs that bid for Phase I
Mobility Fund support will be required
to offer advanced mobile service in
specific unserved census areas, but their
state or federally-defined service
territory may be substantially larger
than their bid areas. The Commission
seeks comment on whether, in
situations such as these, some
adjustment in affected ETCs’ 47 U.S.C.
214(e)(1)obligation to offer service
throughout their service area may be
appropriate. Alternatively, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should adopt a federal framework for
the process to be used in redefining
service areas, by the states or the
Commission, as appropriate. What
specific modifications to 47 CFR 54.207
would be appropriate? Should there be
uniform procedures for service area
redefinition for ETCs that are incumbent
carriers, regardless of whether the
incumbent is classified as a rural carrier
or a non-rural carrier in a particular
study area?
110. The Commission proposes that
existing ETC relinquishment and service
area redefinition procedures,
backstopped by the availability of
forbearance from federal requirements,
provide an appropriate case-by-case
framework in which to address these
issues in the near term, but the
Commission also seeks comment on
other approaches. To the extent that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
carriers find that the ETC
relinquishment and service area
redefinition procedures prove
insufficient, the Commission proposes
that case-by-case federal forbearance
would provide an appropriate remedy
in the near term, as the Commission
gains experience under the new
universal service mechanisms
established in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. Under section 10
of the Act, 47 U.S.C. 160, the
Commission must forbear from applying
any regulation or any provision of the
Act to a telecommunications carrier.
The Commission has forborne from the
47 U.S.C. 214(e)(1) requirement that
ETCs offer service using at least some of
their own facilities and the 47 U.S.C.
214(e)(5) requirement that the service
area of a competitive ETC conform to
the service area of any rural telephone
company service. The Commission sees
no reason why it could not likewise
forbear from the 47 U.S.C. 214(e)(1)
requirement that carriers offer service
throughout their service area if the
statutory criteria for forbearance are
met. In particular, the Commission
notes that 47 U.S.C. 160 expressly grants
it authority to tailor forbearance relief to
any or some of telecommunications
carriers’ geographic markets, which the
Commission believes would allow it
forbear from enforcing a carrier’s 47
U.S.C. 214(e)(1) obligations in some
parts of its service area, while
maintaining those obligations
elsewhere. The Commission seeks
comment on its interpretation of 47
U.S.C. 160, and on its proposal to use
case-by-case forbearance to adjust
carriers’ 47 U.S.C. 214(e)(1) service
obligations under its new funding
mechanisms as necessary and in the
public interest.
111. The Commission notes that some
commenters have sought broader
modifications to the 47 U.S.C. 214(e)(1)
framework, and the Commission also
seeks comment on these suggestions as
alternatives or supplements to the caseby-case approach it proposed. In
particular, some commenters suggest
that the Commission adopt a rule under
section 47 U.S.C. 201 or 47 U.S.C. 254(f)
providing that an ETC’s 47 U.S.C.
214(e)(1) service area should be limited
to those specific geographies (e.g., wire
centers) where the ETC is receiving
universal service support.
112. These commenters also suggest
that the Commission grant blanket 47
U.S.C. 160 forbearance to the extent 47
U.S.C. 214(e)(1) requires ETCs to offer
service in areas where they receive no
universal service support. In the
alternative, commenters suggest that the
Commission reinterpret 47 U.S.C.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78395
214(e)(1) to require the provision of
service only in areas where those
services actually are supported,
contending that the requirement in 47
U.S.C. 214(e)(1) that ETCs offer the
services that are supported suggests that
the service obligation only attaches
where support actually flows.
113. The Commission seeks comment
on each of these proposals. In particular:
Do these approaches appropriately
balance federal and state roles in the
designation and oversight of ETCs? Are
they in tension with the requirement in
47 U.S.C.214(e)(4) that ETCs may only
be allowed to relinquish their
designations in areas served by more
than one eligible telecommunications
carrier, i.e., areas where service will
continue even if relinquishment is
permitted? Are they in tension with the
statutory language in 47 U.S.C. 214(e)(5)
that the service area of a rural telephone
company is its study area, unless the
Commission and the states, establish a
different definition? Are there ways to
address this tension and ensure
continued voice service to consumers in
all areas of the country, while still
taking steps to better align targeted
funding with service obligations, as
some commenters advocate? Is the
proposed interpretation of 47 U.S.C.
214(e)(1) consistent with that section’s
requirement that carriers offer the
services that are supported throughout
the service area for which their ETC
designation is received?
114. If the Commission were to
establish a general rule that service
obligations should only attach in the
specific geographies (e.g., wire centers)
where the ETC is receiving universal
service support, the Commission also
seeks comment on what would be the
appropriate geography to use. Should
the Commission use geographies based
on the actual network architectures of
fund recipients, like wire centers? Or
should the Commission pick
technology-neutral geographies, such as
census blocks, census tracts, or
counties? How granular should the
Commission’s definition of the service
requirement be? What would be the
practical implications of an ETC having
service obligations in certain census
blocks and not others within a
community (for instance having
obligations outside of town, but not
within the footprint of an unsubsidized
provider that services only the town),
and would that variation in obligation
result in consumer confusion?
115. Finally, the Commission also
seeks comment on how to ensure that
low-income consumers across America
continue to have access to Lifeline
service, both in urbanized areas that
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78396
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
will not, going forward, receive support
from the new CAF, and in rural areas
that will, over time, receive support
from the CAF. As a practical matter,
how can the Commission ensure that
low-income consumers that only wish
to subscribe to voice service continue to
have the ability to receive Lifeline
benefits? The Commission emphasizes
its ongoing commitment to ensuring that
low-income consumers in all regions of
the county have access to
telecommunications and information
services. Some commenters have
suggested that the Commission create
Lifeline-only ETCs. As a matter of
federal policy, would it thwart
achievement of the objectives
established by Congress to relieve an
existing ETC of the obligation to provide
Lifeline if there was no other ETC in
that particular area willing to offer
Lifeline services?
G. Ensuring Accountability
116. The Commission proposes
various alternative remedies available to
it in the event an ETC fails to comply
with its rules regarding receipt of highcost universal service support.
117. Financial Guarantees. The first
alternative remedy the Commission
proposes for non-compliance with its
rules is a financial guarantee. The
Commission proposes that a recipient of
high-cost and CAF support should be
required to post financial security as a
condition to receiving that support to
ensure that it has committed sufficient
financial resources to complying with
the public interest obligations required
under its rules and that it does in fact
comply with the public interest
obligations set forth in Section VI of the
USF/ICC Transformation Order. In
particular, the Commission seeks
comment on whether all ETCs should be
required to obtain an irrevocable
standby letter of credit (LOC) no later
than January 1, 2013. The Commission’s
goal in proposing this requirement is to
protect the integrity of the USF funds
disbursed to the recipient and to secure
return of those funds in the event of a
default, even in the event of bankruptcy.
118. The Commission seeks comment
on applying post-auction procedures,
including performance guarantees, to
ETCs that apply for funding after a
competitive bidding process. The
Commission seeks comment on
adopting financial performance
guarantee requirements for ETCs that
receive funding through processes other
than competitive bidding.
119. Should ETCs that will receive
less than a specified amount of support
be exempted from any requirement to
provide an LOC? On what basis should
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
the Commission adopt such a blanket
exemption? For instance, should it be
based on the aggregate amount of
support provided on a study area basis,
and at what dollar level should the
Commission grant such an exemption?
120. The Commission seeks comment
on how to determine the amount of the
LOC necessary to ensure compliance
with the public interest obligations
imposed in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, as well as the length of time that
the LOC should remain in place. For
example, the amount of the LOC could
be determined on the basis of the ETC’s
estimated annual funding amount.
Should the amount of an initial LOC, or
a subsequent LOC, also ensure the
continuing maintenance and operation
of the network? The Commission also
recognizes that a recipient’s failure to
fulfill its obligations may impose
significant costs on the Commission
and, potentially, on the USF itself if
there is a need to provide additional
support to another ETC to serve the
area. Should the amount of an initial
LOC or a subsequent LOC include an
additional amount that would serve as
a default payment? Under what
circumstances should the ETC be
required to replenish the LOC? For how
long should an ETC be required to keep
the LOC in place? Is there a finite time
after which the LOC will no longer be
necessary to safeguard the Fund?
121. The Commission proposes that
under the terms of the LOC, failure to
satisfy essential terms and conditions
upon which USF support was granted,
including failure to timely renew the
LOC, will be deemed a failure to
properly use USF support and will
entitle the Commission to draw the
entire amount of the LOC to recover that
support and any default payment. The
Commission, for example, would draw
upon the LOC when the recipient fails
to meet its required deployment
milestone(s) or other public interest
obligations. Are there any situations in
which the Commission should deem
non-compliance to be non-material, and
therefore not warrant a draw on the
letter of credit? Should recipients be
provided a period of time to cure nonperformance before drawing on the
letter of credit? The Commission
proposes that failure to comply will be
evidenced by a letter issued by the Chief
of either WTB or WCB or their designee,
which letter, attached to an LOC draw
certificate shall be sufficient for a draw
on the LOC.
122. Penalties. The Commission seeks
comment on alternatives to the financial
guarantees including whether
revocation of ETC designation, denial of
certification resulting in prospective
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
loss of support, or recovery of past
support amounts is an appropriate
remedy for failure to meet their public
interest obligations. The Commission
also seeks comment on the specific
circumstances in which these
alternatives might apply, if they are
different than the specific circumstances
in which financial guarantees would
apply.
123. The Commission also seeks
comment on what specific triggers
might lead to support reductions, how
much support should be reduced, how
best to implement support reductions,
and how the review and appeal process
should be revised. If the Commission
adopts a framework for partial
withholding of support, should it
establish levels of non-performance that
would result in the loss of specific
percentages of support? For example,
should the Commission establish levels
one through four of non-compliance,
with corresponding loss of support of
25, 50, 75, and 100 percent? If so, what
criteria would the Commission use to
determine a carrier’s level of nonperformance?
124. USAC recovers support when
recipients have received support to
which they are not entitled, typically
accomplishing the recovery through
adjustments in future disbursements.
Should the Commission adopt rules
identifying what constitutes a material
failure to perform, warranting recovery
of past funding? For instance, should
price cap companies be subject to a loss
of prospective support for failure to
meet intermediate build-out
requirements? Should they be subject to
recovery of past support amounts if they
fail to meet the performance
requirements at the end of the five-year
term? Should there be a sliding scale for
recovery of past amounts depending on
the degree to which the carrier fails to
meet a specified milestone? Should the
Commission continue the current
practice of offsetting any support
adjustments against future
disbursements?
125. Should the Commission adopt
rules that create self-executing
reductions in support that would be
administered by USAC? The
Commission notes that under its current
rules, any party that disputes action by
USAC may seek review by the
Commission. What additional processes,
if any, should the Commission put in
place for ETCs to dispute any support
adjustments for non-performance?
126. The Commission recognizes that,
under 47 U.S.C. 214, ETC designation is
a responsibility shared between the
states and the Commission. The
Commission welcomes input from its
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
state colleagues on the circumstances in
which ETC designations have been
revoked by states in the past, and what
circumstances might warrant revocation
under its reformed Connect America
Fund. Should the Commission adopt a
national framework for when ETC
revocation is appropriate?
127. The State Members of the
Universal Service Joint Board suggest
that denial of certification—which today
results in loss of support for the coming
year—is a draconian remedy that should
be available if necessary, but avoidable
if possible. The Commission seeks
comment on what circumstances would
justify such a result. The State Members
also proposed in their comments that
carriers should be disqualified from
receiving support during periods in
which they fail to provide adequate
information to verify continuing
eligibility to receive support and
adequate to perform support
calculations. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and
welcomes input from its state partners
on how it can ensure there are
significant consequences for material
non-compliance.
128. An alternative approach might be
to separately count compliance with
each public interest obligation
established in Section VI of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, with noncompliance with each individual
obligation resulting in the ETC losing a
set percentage of support for each
obligation it fails to meet. Must noncompliance with an obligation be
material? If so, how will the
Commission define material for these
purposes?
H. Annual Reporting Requirements for
Mobile Service Providers
129. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission seeks to take
several steps to harmonize and update
its annual reporting requirements for
recipients of USF support, including
extending the current annual reporting
requirements to all ETCs. All ETCs that
receive high-cost support, except ETCs
that receive support solely pursuant to
Mobility Fund Phase I, which has
separate annual reporting obligations,
will be required to annually file the
information required by new 47 CFR
54.313 with the Commission, USAC,
and the relevant state commission,
authority in a U.S. Territory, or Tribal
government or authority, as appropriate.
In the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
the Commission also establishes new
reporting requirements for the annual
reports that will ensure that recipients
are complying with the new broadband
public interest obligations it adopts.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Because Mobility Fund support will
differ in some respects from support
received under other USF high-cost
support mechanisms, in the section of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order
adopting the first phase of the Mobility
Fund, the Commission requires
recipients of Mobility Fund support to
file annual reports specific to that
program. Mobility Fund recipients that
receive support under other high-cost
programs may file a separate Mobility
Fund annual report or they may include
the required information with respect to
their Mobility fund support in a
separate section of their annual reports
filed pursuant to new 47 CFR 54.313.
130. The Commission seeks comment
here on whether there are certain
requirements in its new annual
reporting rule for ETCs, new 47 CFR
54.313, that do not reflect basic
differences in the nature and purpose of
the support provided for mobile
services. Specifically, the Commission
seeks comment on whether it should
revise 47 CFR 54.313 reporting
requirements or adopt new reporting
requirements that would apply to
support an ETC receives to provide
mobile services. For example, new 47
CFR 54.313 requires ETCs to include in
their annual reports, beginning with
their April 1, 2014 report, information
regarding their progress on their fiveyear broadband build-out plan. What
type of similar information would be
appropriate to require of mobile service
providers who receive support from
Phase I or Phase II of the Mobility Fund?
ETCs are currently required to report
annually on the number of requests for
service from potential customers within
the ETC’s service areas that were
unfulfilled during the past year. Should
the Commission continue to require this
information from mobile service
providers in view of the fact that the
measure of performance for ETCs
receiving Mobility Fund support is
coverage of the supported areas, and not
the number of subscribers to the
supported service?
131. ETCs must also include in their
annual reports detailed information on
outages that meet certain minimum
criteria described in the rule, including
the geographic areas affected and the
number of customers affected. For
mobile service providers, how should
the number of affected customers be
counted? Should the number of affected
customers be the number of customer
billing addresses within the affected
areas, the average number of customers
served by the towers that are out-ofservice during the outage, or some other
measure?
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78397
132. The Commission seeks comment
on the annual reporting issues and on
any other aspects of its annual reporting
requirements that commenters believe
do not reflect the nature of mobile
services being offered and the objectives
of the USF support they receive and that
require a new annual reporting rule
specifically directed to mobile service
providers.
I. Mobility Fund Phase II
133. The USF/ICC Transformation
Order establishes an annual budget for
Mobility Fund Phase II of $500 million,
up to $100 million of which will be
reserved to support Tribal lands,
including Alaska. The Commission
proposes rules to use the Mobility Fund
Phase II to ensure 4G mobile wireless
services in areas where such service
would not otherwise be available, and
seeks comment on certain alternative
approaches.
i. Overall Design
134. The Commission proposes to use
a reverse auction mechanism to
distribute support to providers of
mobile broadband services in areas
where such services cannot be sustained
or extended without ongoing support.
The Commission proposes that the
reverse auction be designed to support
the greatest number of unserved road
miles or other units within the overall
Mobility Fund budget. Assigning
support in this way would be consistent
with its general decision to use marketdriven policies to maximize the value of
limited USF resources, and should
enable us to identify those providers
that will make most effective use of the
budgeted funds, thereby benefiting
consumers as widely as possible. The
Commission discusses the proposed
framework for the program and the
auction mechanism and seeks comment
on alternatives, including the use of a
model to determine both the areas that
would receive support and the level of
support.
ii. Framework for Support Under
Competitive Bidding Proposal
a. Identifying Geographic Areas Eligible
for Support
135. The Commission seeks to
provide funding only in geographic
areas where there is no private sector
business case to provide mobile
broadband and high quality voice-grade
service. The Commission proposes to
identify such areas by excluding all
areas where unsubsidized 3G or better
services are available. The Commission
proposes to use census blocks as the
minimum size geographic unit for
identifying eligible areas.
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78398
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
136. Identifying Areas Eligible for
Support. The Commission proposes to
identify areas eligible for support on a
census block basis, which would permit
us to target Phase II support more
precisely than if the Commission were
to use a larger area. As a proxy for
identifying areas where private
investment is likely to undertake to
provide mobile broadband services, and
thus, areas not eligible for support, the
Commission proposes to use areas
where an unsubsidized provider offers
3G or better service based upon the most
recent available data prior to auction.
Under this proposal, any census block
where 3G or better service is available
from at least one unsubsidized provider
would not be eligible for support.
Census blocks with 2G service available
from an unsubsidized provider as well
as census blocks where 3G service is
provided only by subsidized provider(s)
would be eligible. Specifically, the
Commission would use American
Roamer data to identify areas where
there are mobile networks that offer
service using EV–DO, EV–DO Rev A,
UMTS/HSPA and HSPA+, LTE, and any
other technologies offering equivalent
speeds or better. The Commission may
wish to prioritize support to areas that
also lack 2G coverage, and American
Roamer data could also be used for this
purpose. As with Phase I, the
Commission proposes to use the
centroid method to establish whether
service using particular technologies is
available to a particular census block.
Census blocks that do not have such
service would be eligible for Phase II
support. The Commission seeks
comment on these proposals. In
particular, the Commission seeks
comment on whether there are other
proxies for determining where private
investment will deploy mobile
broadband, other data sources, other
technologies, or methods other than the
centroid method that the Commission
should consider in determining whether
particular census blocks should be
excluded from eligibility for support to
promote its objectives.
137. The Commission also seeks
comment on how a cost model could be
used to identify areas for which
providers would be able to seek support
in a Phase II auction. The Commission
notes that US Cellular and MTPCS have
filed analyses based on cost models for
the deployment of wireless services.
Elsewhere, the Commission seeks
comment on their submissions. In
particular, the Commission discusses at
greater length how a cost model could
be used both to identify areas where
support should be offered and, as an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
alternative to competitive bidding, to
determine the amount of support to be
offered. The Commission invites
comment on the possibility of using a
mobile wireless cost model only to
identify the areas that would be eligible
for Phase II support, with the actual
award of support through a reverse
auction. The Commission also seeks
comment on using other criteria—such
as the availability of unsubsidized
services to refine a model-based
definition of areas for which providers
will be eligible to seek support in the
auction. For example, the Commission
could make ineligible for Phase II
support areas with unsubsidized
providers, or areas where any provider
has made a public or regulatory
commitment to provide unsubsidized
service, even if a cost model indicates
that costs are high.
138. Minimum Size Unit for Bidding
and Support. The Commission proposes
to identify eligible areas at the census
block level and that the census block
should be the minimum geographic
building block for defining areas for
which support is provided. Because
census blocks are numerous and can be
quite small, the Commission believes
that the Phase II auction should provide
for the aggregation of census blocks for
purposes for bidding. The Commission
could set out by rule a minimum area
for bidding comprised of an aggregation
of eligible census blocks. In addition,
the auction procedures could provide
for bidders to be able to make all-ornothing package bids on combinations
of bidding areas. Package bidding
procedures could specify certain
predefined packages, or could provide
bidders greater flexibility in defining
their own areas, here comprised of
census blocks. The Commission seeks
comment on possible approaches to
aggregating census blocks.
139. Under the Census Tract
Approach, the Commission would
define a minimum aggregation of blocks
by rule, for example by aggregating
eligible census blocks based on the
census tract in which they lie, so that
bidders would bid for support for all
eligible census blocks within that tract.
Under the Bidder-Defined Approach,
the Commission would not require a
minimum aggregation of census blocks,
but would establish package bidding
procedures that would allow bidders to
group the specific census blocks on
which they wanted to bid.
140. Census Tract Approach. Under
this approach the Commission would
create a minimum unit for bidding that
is larger than an individual block. For
example, the Commission could use a
census tract, so bidders would bid for
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
support to serve all the eligible blocks
within the census tract. The
Commission asks for comment on
whether tracts would be an appropriate
unit here or whether there is some other
minimum grouping of census blocks
that would be preferable, such as block
groups. Should the Commission use a
different minimum geographic unit in
areas where census blocks and/or
census tracts are especially large? For
example, if the Commission group
blocks into tracts for bidding, should it
consider making an exception if the
particular tract is especially large, and
use individual blocks or block groups
for bidding in those cases, as the
Commission has done in Alaska for
Mobility Fund Phase I? Regardless of
the minimum unit, there are a number
of different auction designs that could
be used. For example, one possibility
would be to use a clock auction format
with bidding on tracts. Without package
bidding, bidders could manage
aggregations of tracts through multiple
rounds of bidding. For package bidding,
the Commission could allow bidders to
flexibly aggregate census tracts (or other
units) of their choosing or it could allow
bidders to place package bids on predefined packages of tracts. The
Commission seeks comment on bidders’
interest in and need for package bidding
as it relates to its choice of a minimum
unit for bidding and support. Under the
Census Tract Approach bidders would
be required to serve a specified
percentage (e.g., 75 percent) of the units
(or road miles, as proposed) in the
unserved census blocks.
141. Bidder-Defined Approach. Under
this approach, the Commission would
not specify a minimum aggregation of
census blocks but would provide
bidders with considerable flexibility to
aggregate the specific census blocks they
proposed to serve. Bidders would be
able to make bids that specify a set of
census blocks to be covered, and a total
amount of support needed. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
there should be a boundary on bids
under such procedures—for example,
would it be useful to have a rule that all
the census blocks in a given bid must
be within a cellular market area (CMA)?
Under this approach, a bidder could be
permitted to submit several bids, up to
a limit that would be specified in the
auctions procedures. Bids by that bidder
that contained some geographic overlap
would be treated as mutually exclusive,
i.e., only one could be awarded. Bids
that do not overlap could win
simultaneously. The Commission would
use a computer optimization to identify
the set of bids that maximizes the
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
number of eligible road miles (or other
supported units) covered subject to the
budget constraint. Under this general
approach, there may be some limited
scenarios where eligible road miles may
be covered by multiple winners—i.e.,
whenever the optimization determines
that the set of winning bids that would
maximize the total road miles or other
units covered within the budget requires
limited duplicative coverage, the
Commission would permit that
coverage. The Commission seeks
comment on whether such an approach
could be sufficiently contained to
ensure that it is truly making the most
efficient use of the fund given limited
resources. The Commission also notes
that allowing overlap among providers
could reduce the revenues a bidder
expects from customers, and therefore
could increase the support a bidder
would seek. The Commission seeks
comment on whether this is a
significant concern, and whether it
could be addressed by allowing bidders
to make bids contingent on the overlap
being less than some percentage. In
addition providers would be required to
serve all the units in the census block.
142. In order to bid effectively,
presumably bidders would need to
match eligible census blocks to their
business plans, and know the number of
road miles (or other supported units)
within each census block. Prior to an
auction, WTB and WCB would provide
information on the specific eligible
census blocks and the units associated
with each. The Commission could
provide information through one or
more bidder tools on its Web site. Those
tools, for instance, could allow bidders
to readily match up their own
information on the geographic areas in
which they are interested with the
blocks available in the auction. Bidder
tools could also make readily accessible
to potential bidders various online data,
including maps, regarding the unserved
blocks in which they are interested—
such as associated road mile or
population (or other units) data so that
bidders could consider potential perunit bids for coverage of various
possible geographic areas. Providing
these tools could facilitate participation
by small as well as large providers. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
there is additional information or help
that the Commission should provide to
bidders would need from the
Commission or whether the tools
needed for this matching and
calculation can be developed by
bidders.
143. The Commission invites
comment on any other advantages and
disadvantages of the Census Tract and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Bidder-Defined approaches from a
provider’s perspective. Commenters
should address the minimum scale at
which providers may want to
incorporate Phase II support into their
existing networks; the simplicity of the
auction mechanism; the ability of
providers to capture efficiencies, and to
formulate and implement bidding
strategies; and ease of administration.
144. Prioritizing Areas. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should target areas currently without
any mobile service for priority treatment
under Phase II. For instance, should it
provide a form of bidding credit that
would promote the support of areas
with no mobile service at all or only
mobile service at lower than current
generation or 3G levels?
145. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it should
prioritize coverage to any areas in which
previously provided support is being
phased down. To the extent that parties
believe there is a risk of meaningful loss
of coverage, the Commission welcomes
comments on how to define the areas at
risk, and how to address the risk. Once
the areas are defined, they could be
prioritized, for example, by making
available bidding credits for these areas.
b. Establishing Bidding and Coverage
Units
146. The Commission proposes to
base the number of bidding units and
the corresponding coverage requirement
on the number of road miles in each
eligible geographic area. Requiring
coverage of road miles directly reflects
the Mobility Fund’s goals of supporting
mobile services, and indirectly reflects
many other important factors—such as
business locations, recreation areas, and
work sites—since roads are used to
access those areas. And while traffic
data might be superior to simple road
miles as a measure of actual consumer
need for mobile coverage, the
Commission has not found
comprehensive and consistent traffic
data across multiple states and
jurisdictions nationwide. Because
bidders are likely to take potential
roaming and subscriber revenues into
account when deciding where to bid for
support under Phase II, the Commission
expects that support will tend to be
disbursed to areas where there is greater
traffic. The Commission seeks comment,
however, on the use of other units for
bidding and coverage—such as
population and workplaces—instead of
or in combination with road miles.
147. The Commission proposes to use
the TIGER data collected by the Census
Bureau to determine the number of road
miles associated with each eligible
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78399
geographic area. TIGER data is available
nationwide on a standardized basis and
can be disaggregated to the census block
level. The Commission anticipates that
the Bureaus would exercise their
delegated authority to establish the
units associated with each eligible
census block and identify the specific
road categories within TIGER
considered—primary, secondary, local,
etc.—to calculate the units associated
with a given area. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
c. Maximizing Consumer Benefits
148. The Commission’s goal is to
maximize the coverage of mobile
broadband services supported with its
annual Mobility Fund Phase II budget.
In contrast to the former rules, under
which multiple providers are entitled to
an award of portable, per-subscriber
support for the same area, the
Commission expects that to maximize
coverage within its budget it will
generally be supporting a single
provider for a given geographic area.
The Commission would support more
than one provider in an area only if
doing so would maximize coverage. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
allowing overlap among providers
would unduly compromise its objective
to maximize consumer benefits. The
Commission plans to take into account
its experience implementing Mobility
Fund Phase I to ascertain whether there
are ways to further minimize overlap
during the implementation of Mobility
Fund Phase II. The Commission is
mindful that its statutory obligation
runs to consumers, rather than carriers,
and that it must target limited public
funds in a way that expands and
sustains the availability of mobile
broadband services to maximize
consumer benefits. To further protect
consumer interests, the Commission
also proposes to adopt certain terms and
conditions to promote leveraging of
publicly funded investment by other
providers operating in the same areas as
a recipient of support under Phase II of
the Mobility Fund. The Commission
invites comment on this approach,
which is consistent with one the
Commission has taken elsewhere with
respect to universal service support.
149. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether and to what extent
recipients of Mobility Fund Phase II
support should be permitted to partner
with other providers to fulfill the public
interest obligations associated with
Phase II. For example, should the
Commission permit eligible providers to
seek support together, provided that
they disclose any such arrangements
when applying for a Mobility Fund
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78400
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
auction? The Commission invites
comment on whether it should establish
any limit on the number of geographic
areas for which any one provider may
be awarded Phase II support. If the
Commission were to do so, what effect
would this have on those mobile
providers that focus on serving rural
areas? Is there another basis on which
it should limit the amount of Phase II
support that goes to any one provider?
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
d. Term of Support
150. The Commission proposes a
fixed term of support of 10 years and,
in the alternative, seeks comment on a
shorter term. In considering the optimal
term for ongoing support, the
Commission seeks to balance providing
adequate certainty to carriers to attract
private investment and deploy services
while taking into account changing
circumstances. How should the
timeframes for deployment and private
investment be synchronized with the
pace of new technology? What is the
minimum period for making
deployment practicable? In light of
possible improvements in technology,
would it be more practicable to provide
for a longer term and require an increase
in performance during the term? Or,
would it be more appropriate to provide
for a shorter term that reflects the likely
life cycle of existing technologies? The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal and on the option for a shorter
term.
151. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it is appropriate to
establish any sort of renewal
opportunity for support, and on what
terms. For instance, should the
Commission follow its licensing regime
which allows for a renewal expectancy
if buildout and service obligations have
been met? Alternatively, should the
Commission take into account the
extent to which a recipient utilizes new
technologies to exceed the minimum
performance requirements established at
the outset of the term of support? To
what extent should the unforeseen
development of new products and
services in unsupported areas be taken
into account when assessing a support
recipient’s performance and
qualification for renewal?
e. Provider Eligibility Requirements
152. With a narrow exception,
discussed infra, the Commission
proposes to require that parties seeking
Mobility Fund Phase II support satisfy
the same eligibility requirements that it
has adopted with respect to Phase I. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. Is there any reason to alter the
requirements previously adopted in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
light of the differences between Phase
I’s one-time support and Phase II’s
ongoing support? Parties providing
suggestions should be specific and
explain how the eligibility requirements
would serve the ultimate goals of Phase
II. The Commission also seeks comment
on ways the Commission can encourage
participation by the widest possible
range of qualified parties.
f. Public Interest Obligations
153. Voice. The USF/ICC
Transformation Order sets out general
requirements applicable to all recipients
of support from the CAF, including
recipients of Mobility Fund support.
Consistent with those requirements,
recipients of Mobility Fund support will
have to offer voice service that satisfies
the public interest obligations shared by
all recipients of CAF support. Likewise,
all recipients of Mobility Fund support
must offer a standalone voice service to
the public.
154. Mobile Broadband Performance
Requirements and Measurement. Unlike
requirement for voice service,
recipients’ public interest obligations
with respect to broadband vary
depending upon the particular public
interest goal being met by the support
provided. The Commission proposes
that, as for Mobility Fund Phase I
recipients that elect to offer 4G service,
recipients of Mobility Fund Phase II
support will be required to provide
mobile voice and data services that meet
or exceed a minimum bandwidth or
data rate of 768 kbps downstream and
200 kbps upstream, consistent with the
capabilities offered by representative 4G
technologies. The Commission further
proposes that these data rates should be
achievable in both fixed and mobile
conditions, at vehicle speeds consistent
with typical vehicle speeds on the roads
covered. As the Commission notes in its
USF/ICC Transformation Order
regarding Phase I, the proposed
measurement conditions may enable
users to receive much better service
when accessing the network from a
fixed location or close to a base station.
These minimum standards must be
achieved throughout the cell area,
include at the cell edge, at a high
probability, and with substantial sector
loading. The Commission seeks
comment on these initial performance
metrics. The Commission also seeks
comment from providers of services
used by people with disabilities, such as
Internet-based telecommunications
relay services, including video relay
services (VRS), and point-to-point video
communications or videoconferencing
services, as to whether these
performance metrics will be sufficient to
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
support such services and
communications.
155. In order to assure that recipients
offer service that enables the use of realtime applications, the Commission also
proposes that round trip latencies for
communications over the network be
low enough for this purpose.
156. The Commission further seeks
comment on whether, and if so, in what
ways these metrics should be modified
during the term of support to reflect
anticipated advances in technology. The
Commission also seeks comment from
providers of services used by people
with disabilities as to whether or not
and how these performance metrics
should be modified over time to support
such services and communications. In
the USF/ICC Transformation Order the
Commission notes the obligations
applicable to certain CAF recipients will
evolve over time. The Commission
proposes that the performance
characteristics required of Mobility
Fund Phase II recipients likewise be
required to evolve over time, to keep
pace with mobile broadband service in
urban areas. How exactly should those
obligations evolve? Should the term of
support provided be synchronized with
anticipated changes in obligations?
157. The Commission further
proposes that recipients be required to
meet certain deployment milestones in
order to remain qualified for the
ongoing support awarded in Phase II.
Specifically, consistent with the
approach the Commission is taking for
Phase I support used to deploy 4G, the
Commission proposes that providers be
required to construct a network offering
the required service in the required area
within three years. Commenters are
invited to address the feasibility of the
proposed three year deployment
deadline, given the projected
availability of 4G equipment and any
other issues that may affect deployment,
such as compliance with local, state, or
federal laws and requirements, and
weather. To the extent the Commission
modifies recipients’ public interest
obligations over time, the Commission
seeks comment on when such metrics
must be achieved. Should the
Commission also adopt interim
deadlines for upgrading service to
comply with revised requirements with
respect to 50 percent of the covered
area?
158. If the Commission adopts the
Census Tract Approach, it proposes to
require Phase II recipients to provide
coverage meeting their public service
obligations to at least 75 percent of the
road miles in all of the unserved census
blocks for which they receive support.
To the extent that a recipient covers
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
additional road miles or other units
beyond the minimum requirement, the
Commission proposes to provide
support based on its bid unit up to 100
percent of the units associated with the
specific unserved census blocks covered
by a bid. If the Commission adopts the
Bidder-Defined Area approach, it
proposes that Phase II recipients should
be required to provide coverage meeting
their public service obligations to a
higher percentage, perhaps to all of the
unserved units within the census
blocks.
159. The Commission proposes that
recipients demonstrate that they have
met relevant performance and coverage
obligations by submitting drive test
data, consistent with the industry norm
and the provisions the Commission
adopts for Phase I. The Commission
seeks comment on how frequently such
data should be submitted during the
term of support.
160. Collocation and Voice and Data
Roaming Obligations. The Commission
requires that Phase I recipients allow
the collocation of additional equipment
under certain circumstances and
condition their receipt of support on
compliance with voice and data
roaming requirements. The Commission
seeks comment on adopting similar
requirements for Phase II recipients. Are
there additional requirements the
Commission might consider in order to
ensure that publicly funded investment
can be leveraged by other providers to
the extent they may operate in areas that
need universal service support?
161. Reasonably Comparable Rates.
The Commission seeks comment on
how to implement, in the context of the
Mobility Fund Phase II, the statutory
principle that supported services should
be made available to consumers in rural,
insular, and high-cost areas at rates that
are reasonably comparable to rates
charged for similar services in urban
areas. The Commission proposes that
recipients be subject to the same
requirements regarding comparable
rates that apply to all recipients of CAF
support.
162. The Commission will consider
rural rates for service supported by the
Mobility Fund to be reasonably
comparable to urban rates under 47
U.S.C. 254(b)(3) if rural rates fall within
a reasonable range of urban rates for
reasonably comparable service. The
Commission seeks additional comment
here with respect to the evaluation of
reasonably comparable voice and
broadband services for purposes of
Mobility Fund Phase II specifically.
163. For purposes of the Mobility
Fund, the Commission proposes to
focus on mobile broadband service that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
meets the universal service performance
characteristics. For instance, the
Commission invites further comment as
to whether there are additional sources
of information or aspects of service to
consider in light of the fact that Mobility
Fund support is for mobile service over
a geographic area. The Commission also
seeks comment on whether the mobile
nature of the service supported by
Mobility Fund Phase II, or the pricing of
mobile voice and broadband services,
present any unique features for
purposes of adopting a methodology for
evaluating rates under its reasonable
comparability standard. The
Commission proposes to require
recipients of funding under Mobility
Fund Phase II to provide information
regarding their pricing for mobile
broadband service offerings.
iii. Auction Process Framework
164. The Commission proposes
general auction rules governing the
auction process itself, including options
regarding basic auction design,
application process, information and
competition, and auction cancellation.
165. As the Commission did for
Mobility Fund Phase I, it proposes to
delegate to the Bureaus authority to
establish detailed auction procedures
consistent with the auction rules the
Commission establishes here, take all
other actions necessary to conduct a
Phase II auction, and conduct program
administration and oversight. Under
this proposal, a public notice would be
released announcing an auction date,
identifying areas eligible for support
through the auction and the road miles
associated with each area, and seeking
comment on specific detailed auction
procedures to be used.
a. Auction Design
166. The Commission proposes rules
outlining various auction design options
and parameters, while at the same time
proposing that final determination of
specific auction procedures to
implement a specific design be
delegated to the Bureaus as part of the
subsequent pre-auction notice and
comment proceeding.
167. The Commission proposes a rule
providing that a Phase II auction may be
conducted in a single round of bidding
or in a multiple round format, or in
multiple stages where an additional
stage could follow depending upon the
results of the previous stage. The
Commission also proposes that
maximum bid amounts, reserve prices,
bid withdrawal provisions, bidding
activity rules and other terms or
conditions of bidding would be
established by the Bureaus. Should
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78401
reserve prices be set using the results of
a wireless model for each state, similar
to the CAF Phase II auction where price
cap carriers decline the state-level
commitment? The Commission also
proposes that the Bureaus may consider
various procedures for grouping
geographic areas within a bid—package
bidding—that could be tailored to the
needs of prospective bidders as
indicated during the pre-auction notice
and comment period.
168. It appears that some form of
package bidding will likely enhance the
auction by helping bidders incorporate
network-wide efficiencies into their
bids. The Commission invites
preliminary comment on whether
package bidding may be appropriate for
this auction and if so, why. The
Commission asks for input on package
bidding as it relates to its choice of the
Census Tract or Bidder-Defined
approaches. The Commission asks for
any additional comments on the
potential advantages and disadvantages
of possible package bidding procedures
and formats. The Commission asks for
input on the reasons why certain
package bidding procedures would be
helpful or harmful to providers bidding
in an auction, and what procedures
might best meet its goal of maximizing
the benefits of Phase II support for
consumers. For example, regardless of
whether the Commission adopt the
Census Tract or Bidder-Defined
approach, should it impose some limits
on the size or composition of package
bids, such as allowing flexible packages
of blocks or larger geographic units as
long as the geographic units are within
the boundaries of a larger unit such as
a county or a license area (e.g., a CMA)?
Or, if the Commission adopts the
Census Tract approach, should it
establish package bidding procedures
that allow bidders to place package bids
on predetermined groupings of areas
that follow a particular hierarchy—such
as blocks, tracts, and/or counties, which
nest within the census geographic
scheme?
b. Potential Bidding Preference for
Small Businesses
169. The Commission seeks comment
on whether small businesses should be
eligible for a bidding preference in a
Phase II auction. If adopted, the
preference would act as a reverse
bidding credit that would effectively
reduce the bid amount of a qualifying
small business for the purpose of
comparing it to other bids. The
preference would be available with
respect to all census blocks on which a
qualified small business bids. Would a
bidding credit be an effective way to
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78402
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
help address concerns regarding smaller
carriers’ ability to effectively compete at
auction for support? Would such a
bidding credit be consistent with the
objective of the Phase II fund to support
the greatest number of unserved road
miles within the overall Mobility Fund
budget? Should the Commission adopt a
preference to assist small businesses
even if the bidding credit results in less
coverage achieved than would occur
without the bidding credit?
170. The Commission also seeks
comment on the appropriate size of any
potential small business bidding credit.
The Commission notes that, in the
spectrum auction context, the
Commission typically awards small
business bidding credits ranging from
15 to 35 percent, depending on varying
small business size standards. The
Commission seeks comment on what
bidding credit percentage, if any, would
be appropriate to increase the likelihood
that the small business would have an
opportunity to win support in the
auction.
171. The Commission also seeks
comment on how it should define small
businesses. In the context of the
Commission’s spectrum auctions, the
Commission has defined eligibility
requirements for small businesses
seeking to provide wireless services on
a service-specific basis, taking into
account the capital requirements and
other characteristics of each particular
service in establishing the appropriate
threshold.
172. The Commission seeks comment
on the use of a small business definition
in the Mobility Fund Phase II context
based on an applicant’s gross revenues,
as it has done in the spectrum auction
context. Specifically, should a small
business be defined as an entity with
average gross revenues not exceeding
$40 million for the preceding three
years? Alternatively, should the
Commission consider average gross
revenues not exceeding $125 million for
the preceding three years? In
determining an applicant’s gross
revenues under what circumstances
should the Commission attribute the
gross revenues of the applicant’s
affiliates? The Commission also invites
input on whether alternative bases for
size standards should be established in
light of the particular circumstances or
requirements that may apply to entities
biding for Mobility Fund Phase II
support. Commenters should explain
the basis for their proposed alternatives,
including whether anything about the
characteristics or capital requirements
of providing mobile broadband service
in unserved areas or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
considerations require a different
approach.
approach in spectrum auctions, as well
as Phase I of the Mobility Fund.
c. Application Process
173. The Commission proposes a twostage application process, similar to that
used in spectrum license auctions, and
as described more completely in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order. Under
this proposal, the Commission would
require a pre-auction short-form
application from potential auction
participants. Commission staff would
review the short-form applications to
determine whether applicants had
provided the necessary information to
participate in an auction. Commission
staff would then release a public notice
indicating which short-form
applications were deemed acceptable
and which were deemed incomplete.
Applicants whose short-form
applications were deemed incomplete
would be given a limited opportunity to
cure defects and to resubmit correct
applications. Only minor modifications
to an applicant’s short-form application
would be permitted. The Commission
would release a second public notice
designating the applicants that qualified
to participate in the Phase II auction.
The Commission seeks comment on its
proposal, and on any alternative
approaches.
f. Post-Auction Long-Form Application
Process for Mobility Fund Phase II
176. The Commission proposes to
apply the same post-auction long-form
application process adopted with
respect to Phase I for Phase II support.
Accordingly, applicants for Phase II
support would be required to provide
the same showing that they are legally,
technically and financially qualified to
receive Phase II support as required of
applicants for Phase I support. In
addition, the Commission proposes that
a winning bidder for Phase II support
will be subject to the same auction
default payment adopted for winning
bidders of Phase I support, if it defaults
on its bid, including if it withdraws a
bid after the close of the auction, fails
to timely file a long form application, is
found ineligible or unqualified to be a
recipient of Phase II support, or its longform application is dismissed for any
reason after the close of the auction. In
addition, the Commission proposes that
a recipient of Phase II support be subject
to the same performance default
payment as recipients of Phase I
support.
d. Information and Communications
174. The Commission does not see
circumstances specific to Phase II that
warrant departure from its usual auction
policies regarding permissible
communications during the auction or
the public release of certain auctionrelated information. Hence, the
Commission proposes, in the interests of
fairness and maximizing competition, to
prohibit applicants from communicating
with one another regarding the
substance of their bids or bidding
strategies. The Commission further
proposes a rule to provide for auction
procedures to limit public disclosure of
auction-related information. Specific
details regarding the information to be
withheld would be identified during the
pre-auction procedures process, upon
delegated authority to the Bureaus.
e. Auction Cancellation
175. The Commission proposes that it
have discretion to delay, suspend, or
cancel bidding before or after a reverse
auction begins under a variety of
circumstances, including natural
disasters, technical failures,
administrative necessity, or any other
reason that affects the fair and efficient
conduct of the bidding. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal, which is consistent with its
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
iv. Tribal Issues
177. In view of the relatively low level
of telecommunications deployment, and
distinct connectivity challenges on
Tribal lands, the Commission reaffirms
its commitment to address Tribal needs
and establishes a separate budget to
provide ongoing USF support for
mobility in such areas. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order the Commission
establishes an annual budget of up to
$100 million to provide ongoing support
for mobile broadband services to
qualifying Tribal lands. In addition, the
Commission notes that the CAF will
separately support broadband for
homes, businesses, and community
anchor institutions, including on Tribal
lands.
178. The Commission proposes to
apply the same Tribal engagement
obligation and a 25 percent bidding
credit preference for Tribally-owned or
controlled providers in Phase II as it
does for Phase I. To the extent the
Commission adopts a cost model,
discussed infra, are there particular
measures the Commission should take
to help ensure that the needs of Tribes
are met? What modifications might be
needed to the proposed Tribal
engagement obligations? Are there other
alternatives the Commission should
consider?
179. In addition, to afford Tribes an
increased opportunity to participate at
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
auction, in recognition of their interest
in self-government and self-provisioning
on their own lands, the Commission
proposes to permit a Tribally-owned or
controlled entity to participate at
auction even if it has not yet been
designated as an ETC. Consistent with
the approach adopted in Phase I, the
Commission proposes that a Triballyowned or controlled entity that has an
application for ETC designation pending
at the relevant short form application
deadline may participate in an auction
to seek support for eligible census
blocks located within the geographic
area defined by the boundaries of the
Tribal land associated with the Tribe
that owns or controls the entity that has
not yet been designated as an ETC.
180. To the extent practicable, the
Commission proposes to award ongoing
support for mobile broadband services
on Tribal lands on the same terms and
conditions as it proposes for the ongoing
support mechanism for Phase II in nonTribal lands. The Commission
recognizes that there are several aspects
for which a more tailored approach may
be appropriate, as evidenced in the
record. The Commission proposes to
apply in Phase II the specific provisions
adopted in the context of the Tribal
Mobility Fund Phase I. Are there any
differences in its proposals to award
ongoing support that would justify an
alternative approach here? To the extent
that providers in Alaska may be
dependent on satellite backhaul for
middle mile, should the Commission
modify its Phase II performance
obligations for some limited period of
time, similar to what the Commission
adopts more generally as a performance
obligation for ETCs? Should a similar
accommodation be made for areas in
which there is no affordable fiber-based
terrestrial backhaul capability? If so,
how should the Commission define
affordability for these purposes?
Further, in areas with only satellite
backhaul, should the Commission
require funded deployments to be able
to support continued local connectivity
in case of failure in the satellite
backhaul? How would such a
requirement be structured to ensure
continued public safety access?
181. The Commission seeks comment
on GCI’s proposal that new mobile
deployments be given some priority in
Phase II. Commenters supporting such
an approach should explain how such a
priority mechanism could work, which
deployments would be eligible for
prioritization, and any other
implementation issues. Similarly, the
Commission seeks comment on GCI’s
proposal that priority be given to areas
that do not have access to the National
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Highway System to account for the lack
of roads and highways in many remote
parts of Alaska. Are there alternative
means in Phase II to account for remote
areas, including those in Alaska, where
roads and other infrastructure may be
lacking?
182. In addition, to afford Tribes an
opportunity to identify their own
priorities, the Commission seeks further
comment on a possible mechanism that
would allocate a specified number of
priority units to Tribal governments.
The priority units for each Tribe would
be based upon a percentage of the total
population in unserved blocks located
within Tribal boundaries. Tribes would
have the flexibility to allocate these
units in whatever manner they choose.
Tribes could elect to allocate all of their
priority units to one geographic area
that is particularly important to them, or
to divide the total number of priority
units among multiple geographic units
according to their relative priority. By
giving Tribes the opportunity to allocate
a substantial number of additional units
to particular unserved geographic areas
within the boundaries of their Tribal
lands, the Commission would allow
Tribes to reduce the per-unit amount of
bids covering those unserved areas, so
as to increase the likelihood that these
areas would receive funding through the
proposed competitive bidding process.
183. The Commission is mindful that
the record developed to date suggests
that the effectiveness of this approach
depends, in part, on providing a
significant number of priority units for
Tribes to allocate. The Commission
proposes that an allocation in the range
of 20 to 30 percent of the population in
unserved areas on the Tribal land would
provide Tribes a meaningful
opportunity to provide input on where
support could be effectively targeted.
Commenters should address whether
this approach should apply to both the
general and Tribal Mobility Fund Phase
II. The Commission also seeks comment
on how such priority units should be
awarded in Alaska, given the unique
Alaska Native government structure and
the large number of Alaska Native
Villages likely to be clustered in any
given geographic area. Should the
Commission allocate priority units
proportionately, according to the
relative size and/or number of unserved
units of all Alaska Native Villages in
any given geographic area? Would a
similar approach be warranted for
Hawaiian Home Lands, or are there
alternative approaches that best reflect
conditions in Hawaii? Alternatively, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Tribal engagement obligations
adopted for Phase I are sufficient to
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78403
ensure that Tribal priorities are met
with respect to ongoing support under
Phase II. To the extent the Commission
adopts its proposal for Tribal priority
units, the Commission seeks comment
on whether a Tribally-owned and
controlled provider should also be
eligible to receive a bidding credit
within its Tribal land or if the Tribe
must choose between one or the other.
If the Commission offers a bidding
credit to Tribally-owned and controlled
providers seeking Phase II support,
would a 25 percent bidding credit, like
the one the Commission has adopted for
Phase I be sufficient, or does it need to
be set at a different level to achieve its
objectives?
184. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether a different
approach is warranted for Tribal lands
in Alaska given the unique operating
conditions in Alaska. The Commission
proposes that carriers serving Alaska
would be eligible for the same funding
opportunities as carriers serving Tribal
lands in the rest of that nation. Is this
the right approach? In the alternative,
should an amount of any Tribal funding
be set aside only for carriers serving
Alaska to ensure some minimal level of
funding representative of the need in
that state? The Commission seeks
comment on the size of any Alaskaspecific set aside, and the need to adjust
the total Tribal component of Mobility
Fund II to account for any Alaskaspecific figure. The Commission also
seeks comment on whether any Alaskaspecific funding should be focused on
middle mile connectivity, which is one
of the core impediments to 3G and 4G
service in Alaska. How could such a
mechanism be structured to facilitate
the construction of microwave and
fiber-based middle mile facilities, which
are lacking in portions of remote areas
of Alaska?
v. Accountability and Oversight
185. The Commission proposes to
apply to Mobility Fund Phase II the
same rules for accountability and
oversight that will apply to all
recipients of CAF support, including
reporting, audit, and record retention
requirements. Because Mobility Fund
support will differ in some respects
from support received under other USF
high-cost support mechanisms, the
Commission also proposes that
recipients of Phase II support be
required to include in their annual
reports the same types of additional
information that is required of
recipients of Phase I support. Should
any of these requirements be modified
or omitted for recipients of Mobility
Fund Phase II support? Are there
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78404
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
additional types of information that
should be required?
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
vi. Economic Model-Based Process
186. Instead of determining support
for mobile wireless providers through
competitive bidding, the Commission
could determine support using a model
that estimates the costs associated with
meeting public interest obligations, as
well as a provider’s likely revenues from
doing so. Regardless of which method is
used, the objectives of the Mobility
Fund’s Phase II remain the same. That
is, the Commission seeks to maximize
the reach of mobile broadband services
supported with its established budget in
areas where there is no private sector
business case for providing such
services. Accordingly, commenters
advocating for a model should address
why a model-based approach would
better serve this purpose than its
proposal. The Commission seeks more
detailed comment on the design of such
a model and a framework for support in
which a model might be used, as
compared with its proposed marketbased mechanism for determining the
level and distribution of necessary
support.
a. Model Design
187. In considering this alternative to
a market-based mechanism, the
Commission seeks to develop a more
detailed record than it has received to
date regarding the possible design of a
forward looking economic model of
costs and revenues of mobile wireless
services. Generally, the Commission
observes that cost structures, revenue
sources, and available data all may vary
in the mobile service context from other
services, such as fixed wireline voice or
broadband. What components of a
model for mobile wireless services are
critical in accurately forecasting costs
and revenues? Is the model more or less
sensitive to certain potential errors than
others? How does the pace of change in
the mobile service industry affect the
reliability of a model for projections of
greater than five years, or seven years,
or ten years?
188. Two parties already have offered
the results of a model-based analysis in
selected states to argue for the benefits
of a model-based approach for the
Mobility Fund. Both US Cellular and
MTPCS have pointed to a CostQuest
Associates model for estimating costs
and revenues related to mobile service.
The Commission seeks comment
generally on the model that US Cellular
and MTPCS describe in their
submissions.
189. In their model-based analyses,
both US Cellular and MTPCS estimated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
the costs of expanding their existing
networks in order to provide service in
unserved areas. Taking existing
networks into account when modeling
costs is sometimes referred to as a
brownfield approach. A brownfield
approach assumes that providers will
make use of existing assets. The results
of such an analysis may be unreliable if
the provider controlling the relevant
assets chooses not to receive support
and uses those assets for other purposes.
Moreover, the costs for one provider
may be very different from the costs for
another provider, due to differences in
their access to existing assets. The
Commission seeks comment on how
best to construct a brownfield model
when the goal is not to model the costs
of individual mobile wireless provider,
but of a generic provider in an area.
190. The parties claim that
CostQuest’s model also enables users to
determine the cost of offering wireless
service without using existing assets.
Modeling costs of providing service
without pre-existing assets is sometimes
referred to as a greenfield approach. A
greenfield approach runs the risk of
overestimating the necessary costs of
providing service by failing to make
efficient use of existing assets. The
Commission seeks comment on the
relative advantages of a brownfield or
greenfield approach in the context of
mobile services when determining
which areas require support and when
determining how much support is
required.
191. Modeling also raises concerns
regarding the accuracy of data (inputs)
used in the model. How critical is it that
the model accurately forecast base
station locations? In an efficient
network providing mobile service, base
station locations are interdependent—
the signal from one should overlap with
another sufficiently to assure effective
coverage but not so much as to create
interference. Assumptions regarding any
base station location in a network may
be significant with respect to the final
number and location of all base stations,
and therefore the cost of the entire
network. This is especially true with
respect to pure greenfield models,
which make assumptions about the
possible locations of cell sites without
being able to take account of actual
constraints in locating such sites. The
Commission seeks comment on the
ways, if any, to assess the sensitivity of
model-based results to potential errors
regarding site location when estimating
costs for providing mobile service.
Would the use of a brownfield approach
substantially reduce such sensitivity?
192. The CostQuest model employed
by US Cellular and MTPCS also assesses
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
incremental revenues from expanded
mobile coverage when determining an
area’s need for support. If a provider can
count on generating revenue from the
network expansion that meets or
exceeds related costs, even the highest
cost area may not require support. How
could the Commission take into account
revenues in a model used for mobile
support? Could the Commission
develop non-party-specific estimates of
incremental revenues? Should the
Commission consider potential
revenues from non-supported services
that could be offered over the network
infrastructure that provides supported
voice service, including the mobile
broadband service required as a
condition of Mobility Fund support, or
other services, like subscription video
services? What estimates could the
Commission use with respect to the
potential costs and revenues associated
with the provision of such services?
193. Notwithstanding their
significance in determining the need for
support, estimating revenues may be
difficult, particularly over longer
periods of time. Given difficulties in
estimating consumer interest in
particular service offerings at particular
prices, errors in estimating revenues
may be more likely to occur and, when
they occur, more likely to result in
larger errors in determining the
appropriate level of support. The
Commission seeks comment on the
extent to which it might be able to
achieve the appropriate balance
between the inclusion of revenue
estimates and the likely accuracy of the
model’s outcomes, and, if so, how the
Commission would do so.
194. A model might be used simply to
determine what areas require support
for the public interest obligations to be
met, rather than determine that as well
as the amount of support to be provided.
The Commission seeks further comment
on whether a mobile wireless model
may be sufficiently reliable for more
limited purposes. Could a model offer
guidance on the appropriate level of
support, such as determining a
maximum that might be offered in a
competitive bidding process in a
particular area, without being
sufficiently accurate to rely on for
determining the actual level of support
in that area?
b. Framework for Economic ModelBased Process
195. If the Commission were to use an
economic model to determine support
levels, the goals and objectives of the
Phase II Mobility Fund would continue
to be to support next generation mobile
service where support is needed in as
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
many areas as possible, given the
limited funds available. The public
interest obligations attaching to the
receipt of support would remain the
same. The Commission seeks comment
on which, if any, elements of its
proposed framework would need to
change if it decides to use a modelbased process for determining support.
196. The Commission also seeks
comment specifically on whether the
granularity with which an economic
model produces reliable cost and/or
revenue estimates would have any
impact on the geographic areas being
made available for mobile services
support. If a model is more likely to
determine support amounts accurately
only over an area larger than a census
block, does it mean that the Commission
should increase the minimum area for
which support is offered? The
Commission seeks comment on the
minimum area for offering model-based
support. Would a model be more
accurate in estimating support for areas
based on resident population instead of
road miles? If so, would the
Commission have to use resident
population as a metric for offering
support and measuring compliance with
public interest obligations if the
Commission adopts a model-based
approach?
197. In order to extend its limited
budget to reach the widest possible
coverage, the Commission generally
expects to offer support to only one
mobile services provider in an area. The
Commission seeks comment on how to
implement that principle under a
model-based approach. In contrast to
competitive bidding, the Commission
notes the model-based approach does
not include a mechanism for selecting
among multiple parties. Should the
Commission determine the party that
receives support through a qualitative
review of would-be providers? If so,
what factors should that review take
into account? Should the Commission
reserve support for a particular area to
the provider currently receiving
universal service support that has the
most extensive network within a
defined area? What other method could
the Commission use to select among
providers? In addition, the Commission
could use the results of a wireless model
to set reserve prices in the context of
competitive bidding. The Commission
seeks comment here on how to use the
results of a wireless model to distribute
Mobility Fund Phase II, support
consistent with its use of a wireline cost
model in CAF–Phase II to target support
to high-cost areas subject to its budget.
198. The Commission notes that US
Cellular and MTPCS proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:37 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 226001
permitting multiple providers to receive
support for service in the same area.
Given the economics of the underlying
terrestrial wireless technology,
permitting multiple providers to receive
support could increase the amount of
support required per subscriber, as the
number of subscribers per provider will
decline. The Commission seeks
comment on this concern.
199. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether using mobile
model-based support would change the
appropriate length of the term of
support. Are there aspects of the model
that link its estimates to particular time
periods? Is that reason to offer the
support for any particular length of
time? Is it possible to estimate the cost
of meeting the proposed increases in
public interest obligations several years
in advance? Particularly with respect to
a mobile wireless model used to
determine ongoing support for a term of
years, how should the Commission
address potential changes in
circumstances or technology over time
that would change modeled costs and/
or revenues?
200. Finally, commenters addressing
the possible use of a model-based
approach should discuss whether the
Commission would need to make any
changes to the management and
oversight of the program, as well as any
other changes they believe it should
make to the framework the Commission
proposed for a competitive bidding
mechanism.
J. Competitive Process in Price Cap
Territories Where the Incumbent
Declines To Make a State-Level
Commitment
201. The Commission adopts a
framework for USF reform in areas
served by price cap carriers where
support will be determined using a
combination of a forward-looking
broadband cost model and competitive
bidding to efficiently support
deployment of networks providing both
voice and broadband service over the
next several years. In each state, each
incumbent price cap carrier will be
asked to undertake a state-level
commitment to provide affordable
broadband to all high-cost locations in
its service territory in that state,
excluding locations served by an
unsubsidized competitor, for a modeldetermined efficient amount of support.
In areas where the incumbent declines
to make that commitment, the
Commission will use a competitive
bidding mechanism to distribute
support in a way that maximizes the
extent of robust, scalable broadband
service and minimizes total cost. The
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78405
FNPRM addresses proposals for this
competitive bidding process, which the
Commission refers to here as the CAF
auction for price cap areas.
i. Overall Design of the Competitive
Bidding Process
202. Consistent with the
Commission’s decision to use incentivedriven policies to maximize the value of
scarce USF resources, the Commission
proposes to use a reverse auction
mechanism to distribute support to
providers of voice and broadband
services in price cap areas where the
incumbent ETC declines to accept
model-determined support. Assigning
support in this way should enable the
Commission to identify those providers
that will make most effective use of the
budgeted funds, thereby extending
services to as many consumers,
businesses, and community anchor
institutions as possible. The
Commission proposes to use a
competitive bidding mechanism to
identify those eligible areas—and
associated providers—where supported
services can be offered at the lowest cost
per unit.
ii. Framework for Awarding Support
Under Competitive Bidding
a. Identifying Geographic Areas Eligible
for Competitive Bidding
203. Identifying Eligible Areas. In any
areas where the price cap ETC declines
to make a state-level commitment, the
Commission proposes to conduct
competitive bidding to award support
using the same areas identified by the
CAF Phase II model as eligible for
support. The Commission also seeks
comment on other approaches to
defining the areas to be used in this
auction. The Commission could exclude
areas that, based on the most recent data
available, are served—at any speed, at 4
Mbps downstream/1 Mbps upstream, or
at 6 Mbps downstream/1.5 Mbps
upstream. In addition, the Commission
could use different cost thresholds for
defining service, for example, including
all unserved areas regardless of cost in
the auction. As it did for the Mobility
Fund, the Commission proposes to use
census blocks as the minimum size
geographic unit eligible for competitive
bidding. Using census blocks will allow
the Commission to target support based
on the smallest census geography
available. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal, as well as
alternatives.
204. Minimum Size Unit for Bidding
and Support. The Commission proposes
that the census block should be the
minimum geographic building block for
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78406
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
defining areas for which support will be
provided. Because census blocks are
numerous and can be quite small, the
Commission believes that it will need to
provide at the auction for the
aggregation of census blocks for
purposes for bidding. There are a
number of ways to permit such
aggregation, including the possibility of
adopting a rule regarding a minimum
area for bidding comprised of an
aggregation of eligible census blocks,
such as tracts, and/or the use of auction
procedures that provide for bidders to
be able to make all-or-nothing package
bids on combinations of bidding areas.
As discussed elsewhere, two possible
approaches for census block aggregation
include a Census Tract-type approach
and a Bidder-Defined approach. The
Commission seeks comment here on
whether a Census Tract-type approach,
Bidder-Defined approach, or another
approach would best meet the needs of
bidders in the CAF auction for support
in price cap areas.
205. Prioritizing Areas. In addition,
the Commission seeks comment on
whether it should target areas currently
without any broadband service for
priority treatment in whatever
competitive bidding mechanism it
adopts. Should the Commission provide
a form of bidding credit that would
promote the support of such areas?
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
b. Establishing Bidding and Coverage
Units
206. In order to compare bids, the
Commission proposes to assign a
number of bidding units to each eligible
census block. Consistent with the terms
of the public interest obligations
undertaken by bidders, the Commission
proposes to base the number of units in
each block on the number of residential
and business locations it contains, using
the 2010 decennial census data. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal, and on any alternatives.
c. Maximizing Consumer Benefits
207. The Commission’s objective is to
distribute the funds it has available to
bring advanced services to as many
consumers as possible in areas where
there is no economic business case for
the private sector to do so. Where the
incumbent declines to make a state-level
commitment to provide affordable
broadband to all high-cost locations in
its service territory in return for modeldetermined support in each state, the
Commission proposes to use the
competitive bidding mechanism
described here, which will be open to
any provider able to satisfy the public
interest obligations associated with
support. Thus, the Commission
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
envisions that there may be more than
one ETC that seeks such support for any
given area. In contrast to the former
rules, under which multiple providers
are entitled to an award of portable, persubscriber support for the same area, the
Commission expects that to maximize
coverage within its budget it will
generally be supporting a single
provider for a given geographic area
through this auction. As with Mobility
Fund Phase II, the Commission would
support more than one provider in an
area only if doing so would maximize
coverage. The Commission is mindful
that its statutory obligation runs to
consumers, rather than carriers, and that
it must target its limited funds in a way
that expands and sustains the
availability of broadband services to
maximize consumer benefits. The
Commission also proposes that a
competitive ETC would become
ineligible to receive support for any area
under its phase down of frozen legacy
support formerly distributed pursuant to
the identical support rule as soon as it
began receiving CAF support for that
same area.
208. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether and to what extent
ETCs that receive such support through
a competitive bidding process should be
permitted to partner with other
providers to fulfill their public interest
obligations. The Commission invites
comment on whether it should establish
any limit on the geographic extent to
which any one provider may be
awarded such support. Is there another
basis on which it should limit the
amount of support that goes to any one
provider?
d. Term of Support
209. The Commission proposes a term
of support for providers that receive
support through this auction that is
equal to that adopted for providers that
accept state-level model-determined
support. Accordingly, the Commission
proposes a term of support of five years,
subject to recipients complying with the
obligations of the program. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal, and whether a longer timeperiod, e.g., ten years, would better
serve its goals. The Commission also
seeks comment on whether it is
appropriate to establish any sort of
renewal opportunity, and on what
terms, including whether there should
be any difference here from universal
service support awarded under a statelevel-commitment.
e. Provider Eligibility Requirements
210. ETC Designation. For the same
reasons that apply with respect to other
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
CAF programs, the Commission
generally proposes to require that
applicants for support be designated as
ETCs covering the relevant geographic
area prior to participating in an auction.
As a practical matter, this means that
parties that seek to participate in the
auction must be ETCs in the areas for
which they will seek support at the
deadline for applying to participate in
the competitive bidding process. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
211. Certification of Financial and
Technical Capability. The Commission
also proposes that each party seeking to
receive support determined in this
auction be required to certify that it is
financially and technically capable of
providing the required service within
the specified timeframe in the
geographic areas for which it seeks
support. The Commission seeks
comment on how best to determine if an
entity has sufficient resources to satisfy
its obligations. Should the Commission
require that any entity finance a fixed
percentage of any build-out with nonCAF or private funds? The Commission
seeks comment on certification
regarding an entity’s technical capacity.
Does the Commission need to be
specific as to the minimum showing
required to make the certification? Or
can the Commission rely on its postauction review and performance
requirements?
212. Eligibility of Carriers Declining a
State-Level Commitment Covering the
Area. The Commission is not inclined to
restrict the eligibility of carriers that
could have accepted model-determined
support for the area that will be
auctioned, but seeks comment on this
approach. What effect does the
opportunity to seek support in a
subsequent auction have on incentives
to accept or decline a state-level
commitment in exchange for modeldetermined support? How should the
differences in potential service areas be
taken into account, given that potential
bidders in the auction will not be
required to bid on the entire territory of
the price cap carrier in that state?
213. Other Qualifications. The
Commission seeks comment on other
eligibility requirements for entities
seeking to receive support in an auction
after the price cap incumbent declines
to make a state-level commitment.
Parties providing suggestions should be
specific and explain how the eligibility
requirements would serve its objectives.
At the same time that the Commission
establish minimum qualifications
consistent with these goals, are there
ways the Commission can encourage
participation by the widest possible
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
range of qualified parties? Are there any
steps the Commission should take to
encourage smaller eligible parties to
participate in the bidding for support?
f. Public Interest Obligations
214. Service Performance
Requirements and Measurement. The
Commission proposes that recipients of
support awarded through this
competitive bidding process be
obligated to provide service meeting
specified performance requirements.
The Commission proposes that these
performance requirements be the same
as those required of providers that
accept model-determined support.
Under this proposal, the Commission
seeks to maximize via competitive
bidding (both within and across regions)
the amount of broadband service being
offered at the same full performance
levels required for incumbent providers
willing to undertake a state-level
broadband commitment. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
215. Alternatively, the Commission
seeks comment on relaxing the
minimum performance requirements
sufficiently to expand the pool of
technologies potentially eligible to
compete for support. Under this
approach, providers could offer
different performance characteristics,
such as download and/or upload
speeds, latency, and limits on monthly
data usage, and the Commission would
score such quality differences in
evaluating bids. That is, individual
providers could propose different prices
at which they would be willing to offer
services at different performance levels,
and the Commission would select the
winning bids based on both the prices
and the performance scores. To simplify
the bidding process, the Commission
could limit the set of performance levels
that providers could bid to offer—for
instance, to a standard broadband
offering and a higher quality broadband
offering. This general approach would
give the Commission the option of
making tradeoffs between supporting a
higher quality service to fewer locations
versus supporting a standard service for
more locations. Such an approach
should result in more competitive
bidding by allowing more technologies
to compete for funding (both within a
region and across regions), thereby
enabling the CAF budget to yield greater
coverage at acceptable broadband
performance standards than under the
proposal. The Commission seeks
comment on how it could best
implement this alternative—including
how to score different performance
dimensions, and, whether providers
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
should specify as part of their bids the
retail prices they would charge
consumers and, if so, how to include
such prices in scoring the bids. Parties
should further address how the
Commission should assess the public
interest tradeoffs between offering a
higher quality to fewer customers and
accepting a lower quality for some
customers but serving more customers.
The Commission also seeks comment on
whether and how the possibility of
obtaining support for a lower quality
service would affect the incentives of
incumbent providers to accept or
decline a state-level broadband
commitment. The Commission seeks
comment from providers of services
used by people with disabilities, such as
Internet-based telecommunications
relay services, including VRS, and
point-to-point video communications or
video conferencing services, as to the
minimum performance requirements
needed to support such services and
communications.
216. Requesting Locations. The
Commission proposes that support
recipients be required to provide
subsidized service to as many locations
as request service in their areas during
the term of support. Alternatively, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should limit the number of locations
that must be served in any area based
on the number of locations identified at
the time of the auction. Such a limit
would be consistent with limiting the
total amount of support available.
However, it would not take into account
changes in the number of eligible
locations during the term for which
support will be provided. In order to
take growth into account while
maintaining a limit on the total amount
of support, should it provide for a
presumed growth rate in the number of
locations during the term of support? Or
should the Commission simply require
providers to serve whatever number of
future locations there may be,
effectively requiring providers to take
into account their own estimates of such
growth when bidding for support?
217. Reasonably Comparable Rates.
The Commission proposes that
recipients of support through CAF
auctions for price cap areas will be
subject to the same requirements
regarding comparable rates that apply to
all recipients of CAF support.
218. Deployment Deadlines. The
Commission proposes that recipients be
required to meet certain deployment
milestones in order to remain qualified
for the full amount of any award. The
Commission proposes that deployment
milestones that apply to ETCs through
a competitive process be the same as
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78407
those that apply to price cap ETCs that
accept a state-level commitment. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
recipients of CAF auction support
should instead be subject to different
deployment deadlines.
iii. Auction Process Framework
219. Consistent with its approach for
the Mobility Fund, the Commission
proposes to delegate to the Bureaus
authority to establish detailed auction
procedures, take all other actions to
conduct this competitive bidding
process, and conduct program
administration and oversight consistent
with any rules and policies the
Commission establish in light of the
record it receives based on the proposals
made for this CAF auction process for
support. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal.
a. Auction Design
220. Consistent with its approach for
the Mobility Fund, the Commission
proposes certain general rules outlining
various auction design options and
parameters, while at the same time
proposing that final determination of
specific auction procedures to
implement a specific design based on
these rules be delegated to the Bureaus
as part of the subsequent pre-auction
notice and comment proceeding. Among
other issues, the Commission proposes
to give the Bureaus discretion to
consider various procedures for
grouping eligible areas to be covered
with one bid—package bidding—that
could be tailored to the needs of
prospective bidders as indicated during
the pre-auction notice and comment
period.
221. The Commission is inclined to
believe that some form of package
bidding may enhance the auction by
helping bidders to incorporate
efficiencies into their bids. While the
Bureaus will establish specific
procedures to address this issue later,
the Commission invites preliminary
comment on whether package bidding
may be appropriate for this auction, and
if so, why. The Commission asks for
input on package bidding as it relates to
its choice of a Census Tract-type or
Bidder-Defined approach for the
Mobility Fund Phase II. The
Commission seeks comment on the
potential advantages and disadvantages
of possible package bidding procedures
and formats in the context of awarding
support to ensure the universal
availability of modern networks capable
of delivering broadband and voice
service to homes, businesses, and
community anchor institutions. The
Commission asks for input on the
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78408
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
reasons why certain package bidding
procedures would be helpful or harmful
to providers bidding in an auction, and
what procedures might best meet its
goal of maximizing such universal
availability. Should the Commission
impose some limits on the size or
composition of package bids, such as
allowing flexible packages of blocks or
larger geographic units as long as the
geographic units are within the
boundaries of a larger unit such as a
county or a state? If the Commission
adopts the Census Tract-type approach,
it could establish package bidding
procedures that allow bidders to place
package bids on predetermined
groupings of eligible areas that follow a
particular hierarchy—such as blocks,
tracts, counties, and/or states, which
nest within the census geographic
scheme.
222. The Commission seeks
preliminary comment on determining
reserve prices for the auction based on
the support amounts estimated by a
forward looking broadband cost model.
b. Potential Bidding Preference for
Small Businesses
223. The Commission seeks comment
on whether small businesses should be
eligible for a bidding preference in a
CAF auction for support in price cap
areas and whether such a bidding
preference would be consistent with the
objective of providing such support.
Consistent with the approach discussed
for Mobility Fund Phase II, the
preference would act as a reverse
bidding credit that would effectively
reduce the bid amount of a qualifying
small business for the purpose of
comparing it to other bids. The
Commission also seeks comment on the
size of any small business bidding credit
that would be appropriate to increase
the likelihood that the small business
would have an opportunity to win
support in the auction. The Commission
also seeks comment on how it should
define small businesses if it adopts a
bidding credit for auctions to award
support in price cap areas. For the
reasons provided in its discussion of
Mobility Fund Phase II, the Commission
seeks comment on whether a small
business should be defined as an entity
with average gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years. Alternatively, should the
Commission consider a larger size
definition for this purpose, such as
average gross revenues not exceeding
$125 million for the preceding three
years? In determining an applicant’s
gross revenues under what
circumstances should it attribute the
gross revenues of the applicant’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
affiliates? The Commission seeks
comment on these definitions and
invites input on alternatives.
c. Auction and Post-Auction Process
224. Short-Form Application Process.
The Commission proposes to use the
same two-stage application process
described in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order for Phase I of the
Mobility Fund. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and on
whether there are any reasons to deviate
from the process already adopted for the
Mobility Fund.
225. Information and
Communications. The Commission does
not expect there to be circumstances
specific to this auction that would
indicate that it should deviate from the
usual auction policies with respect to
permissible communications during the
auction or the public release of certain
auction-related information. The
Commission proposes to use the same
rules and procedures regarding
permissible communications and public
disclosure of auction-related
information as it does for the Mobility
Fund. The Commission seeks comment
on this proposal.
226. Auction Cancellation. Consistent
with its approach regarding the Mobility
Fund, the Commission proposes to
provide the Bureaus with discretion to
delay, suspend, or cancel bidding before
or after a reverse auction begins under
a variety of circumstances. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
227. Post-Auction Long-Form
Application Process. The Commission
proposes to apply the post-auction longform application process for Mobility
Fund Phase I to participants in auctions
for price cap CAF. Accordingly,
applicants that win competitive bidding
in such auctions would be required to
demonstrate in their long-form
applications that they are legally,
technically and financially qualified to
receive the support. The Commission
seeks comment on this approach.
228. In addition, the Commission
proposes that a winning bidder will be
subject to an auction default payment, if
it defaults on its bid, including if it
withdraws a bid after the close of the
auction, fails to timely file a long form
application, is found ineligible or
unqualified to be a recipient of support,
or its long-form application is dismissed
for any reason after the close of the
auction. In addition, the Commission
proposes that recipients of support will
be subject to a performance default
payment. The Commission proposes the
same rules for both of these default
payments as it has have adopted for
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Mobility Fund Phase I. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals.
iv. Tribal Issues
229. The Commission seeks comment
on whether to establish special
provisions to help ensure service to
Tribal lands. To the extent practicable,
the Commission anticipates that support
is best awarded using the same
framework, and on the same terms and
conditions, as it proposes for other areas
where the price cap carrier declines to
make a state-level commitment to
provide services. The Commission
recognizes, however, that there are
several aspects for which a more
tailored approach may be appropriate
on Tribal lands, as evidenced in the
record developed to date. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
to adopt revisions to identify eligible
geographic areas and appropriate
coverage units, consistent with the
approach it took in the Tribal Mobility
Fund Phase I. The Commission also
proposes Tribal engagement
requirements, preferences that reflect its
unique relationship with Tribes,
including a bidding credit of 25 percent
for Tribally-owned and controlled
recipients, and ETC designation
provisions to allow a Tribally-owned or
controlled entity to participate at
auction provided that it has an
application for ETC designation pending
at the short-form application stage. The
Commission seeks comment on these
issues. The Commission seeks comment
on establishing a Tribal priority along
the lines the Commission proposes for
the Tribal Mobility Fund Phase II. The
Commission believes that these
measures would help to ensure service
in a way that acknowledges the unique
characteristics of Tribal lands and
reflects and respects Tribal sovereignty.
To the extent the Commission adopt its
proposal for Tribal priority units, the
Commission seeks comment on whether
a Tribally-owned and controlled
provider should also be eligible to
receive a bidding credit within its Tribal
land or if the Tribe must choose
between one or the other. Would a 25
percent bidding credit, like the one it
has adopted for Phase I and proposed
for Phase II of the Mobility Fund be
sufficient, or does it need to be set at a
different level? The Commission seeks
comment on whether to adopt an
alternative backstop support mechanism
for any Tribal land in which the auction
fails to attract a bidder.
v. Accountability and Oversight
230. The Commission proposes that
all recipients of CAF support awarded
through a competitive process would be
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
subject generally to the same reporting,
audit, and record retention requirements
adopted in the USF–ICC Transformation
Order. The Commission seeks comment
on this proposal.
231. In structuring support, the
Commission is mindful that it must
comply with the Anti-Deficiency Act
(31 U.S.C. 1341(a)(1)(B)). Commenters
are invited to address how to structure
an award of support for a period of years
to provide recipients with the requisite
level of funding and certainty, while
ensuring that the Commission’s AntiDeficiency Act obligations are met.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
vi. Areas That Do Not Receive Support
232. Any areas that do not receive
support either via a price cap carrier
accepting a state-level commitment or
via the subsequent auction would be
eligible for support from the Remote
Areas Fund budget.
K. Remote Areas Fund
233. The USF–ICC Transformation
Order adopts a number of reforms aimed
at ensuring universal availability of
robust and affordable voice and
broadband services to all Americans. A
key element of these reforms is the
Commission’s dedication of an annual
budget of at least $100 million to ensure
that the less than one percent of
Americans living in remote areas where
the cost of deploying traditional
terrestrial broadband networks is
extremely high can obtain affordable
broadband. The Commission seeks
comment on how best to implement the
CAF for remote areas (Remote Areas
Fund).
234. The obstacles to ensuring that
affordable voice and broadband service
are available in extremely high-cost
areas differ somewhat from the obstacles
to ensuring that such services are
available in other areas supported by the
CAF. With respect to those latter areas
the Commission focus has been on how
best to facilitate the deployment of
robust fixed and mobile broadband
technologies where its universal service
fund budget can support such
deployment. In contrast, in extremely
high-cost areas, available universal
service support is unlikely to be
sufficient for the deployment of
traditional terrestrial networks
supporting robust voice and broadband
services. The CAF can help fulfill its
universal service goals in these areas by
taking advantage of services such as
next-generation broadband satellite
service or wireless internet service
provider (WISP) service, which may
already be deployed (or may be
deployable with modest upfront
investments) but may be priced in a way
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
that makes service unaffordable for
many consumers. In addition, the
Commission recognizes that some of the
most likely providers of service to these
remote areas have cost structures, price
structures, and networks that differ
significantly from those of other
broadband providers. For instance, the
cost of terminal equipment and
installation for satellite broadband often
is greater than for other broadband
offerings. The Commission asks
commenters to focus in particular on
these characteristics and explain what,
if any, impact they should have on the
structure of the Remote Areas Fund.
i. Program Structure
235. The Commission seeks comment
on how to structure the Remote Areas
Fund. The Commission proposes that
support for remote areas be structured
as a portable consumer subsidy.
Specifically, the Commission seeks
comment on CAF support being used to
make available discounted voice and
broadband service to qualifying
residences/households in remote areas,
in a manner similar to its Lifeline and
Link Up programs (together, Lifeline).
As with Lifeline and Link Up, ETCs
providing service in remote areas would
receive subsidies only when they
actually provide supported service to an
eligible customer. Such a program
structure would have the effect of
making voice and broadband more
affordable for qualifying consumers,
thus promoting consumer choice and
competition in remote areas. The
Commission seeks further comment on
how to implement such a proposal
below.
236. The Commission also seeks
comment on an alternative structure for
the Remote Areas Fund, which would
use a competitive bidding process. Such
a process could be conducted in one of
three ways: (a) A per-subscribedlocation auction, (b) a coverage auction,
or (c) an auction of support that would
include not only remote areas but also
areas where the incumbent LEC declines
to undertake a state-level commitment.
The Commission seeks further comment
on how it could implement such a
proposal.
237. Another alternative would be to
structure CAF support for remote areas
as a competitive proposal evaluation
process, or Request for Proposal (RFP)
process.
238. The Commission also seeks
comment generally on whether there are
other ways to structure CAF support for
remote areas. Are there other
alternatives that the Commission should
consider? Commenters should address
considerations of timeliness, ease of
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78409
administration, and cost effectiveness
relative to the proposed portable
consumer subsidy and auction
approaches. For any proposed
alternative, the Commission also seeks
comment on whether its approach to
management and oversight of this
program.
ii. General Implementation Issues
a. Definition of Remote Areas
239. The Commission intends to use
a forward-looking cost model—once
finalized—to identify a small number of
extremely high-cost areas in both rateof-return and price cap areas that should
receive support from the Remote Areas
Fund. However, given its goal of
implementing the program by the end of
2012, the Commission will not be able
to use the model to identify, at least in
the first instance, remote areas eligible
for CAF support.
240. The Commission therefore seeks
comment on how to identify the areas
eligible for the Remote Areas Fund
while the model is unavailable. The
Commission proposes to provide
support to those census blocks in price
cap territories that are identified by
National Broadband Map data as having
no wireline or terrestrial wireless
broadband service available, subsidized
or unsubsidized. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal. Could this
test be used as a proxy for identifying
extremely high-cost areas? Is the
National Broadband Map data
sufficiently granular? Given that it is
reported voluntarily by broadband
providers, may the data be considered
reliable enough for this purpose? Is
there a risk that use of that metric would
result in overlap with areas that likely
would be supported by Mobility Fund
monies or by funding made available
post-state-level commitment? Could any
overlap be addressed by making areas
ineligible to the extent they are
supported by other CAF funds? Given
the goal of increasing broadband
availability quickly, might the benefits
of permitting overlaps for some time
period outweigh the costs? Are there
other data sources that could be used in
conjunction with National Broadband
Map data to improve its identification of
remote areas? Are there alternative
methods to using National Broadband
Map data that the Commission could
use to identify those remote areas in
which CAF support should be available?
What would be the advantages and
disadvantages of such methods?
241. Should the Commission switch
from its initial method of identifying
remote areas eligible for support (e.g., by
using National Broadband Map data) to
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78410
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
the forward-looking cost model once the
model is available? How frequently
should the Commission reexamine
whether an area is appropriately
classified as remote for the purposes of
Remote Area Fund support? The
National Broadband Map is updated
approximately every six months—
would that be an appropriate interval?
Is a periodic reexamination of the
classification of remote areas sufficient
to ensure that Remote Areas Fund
support is not provided in areas where
other carriers are providing broadband
supported by other CAF elements?
Likewise, is it sufficient to ensure
eligibility for the Remote Areas Fund for
consumers in areas where a carrier that
currently receives USF support ceases to
provide broadband service because that
support is no longer available in whole
or in part?
242. The Commission notes that
whether the Remote Area Fund is
distributed as one-time awards or as
ongoing support may affect the impact
of any reexamination of the
classification of remote areas. If onetime awards were distributed, up to
$100 million for a given year, additional
money would be available in
subsequent years. If ongoing support
were awarded, and $100 million were
committed for a term of years, it would
foreclose the possibility of support for
additional areas later identified as
remote by the model. Therefore,
regardless of the distribution
mechanism (portable consumer subsidy,
auction, or RFP), the Commission
proposes to use one-time support until
the model is complete. Thereafter, the
Commission may decide to use one-time
support, ongoing support, or a
combination of the two.
b. Provider Qualifications
243. ETC Designation. For the same
reasons that apply with respect to other
components of CAF, the Commission
proposes to require that applicants for
CAF support for remote areas be
designated as ETCs covering the
relevant geographic area as a condition
of their eligibility for such support. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
244. The Commission also seeks
comment on the Commission’s authority
to designate satellite or other providers
as ETCs pursuant to section 214(e)(6).
Section 214(e)(6) authorizes the
Commission to designate ETCs in the
limited cases where a common carrier is
not subject to the jurisdiction of a state
commission. Under current procedures,
when a carrier seeks ETC designation by
the Commission, it must obtain from the
relevant state an affirmative statement
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
that the state lacks authority to
designate that provider as an ETC. In
order to streamline the implementation
of CAF support for remote areas, should
the Commission change its
determination that carriers seeking nonTribal land ETC designation must first
seek it from the state commissions?
Likewise, to the extent that providers
may seek to serve remote areas in
multiple states, can and should the
Commission establish a streamlined
process whereby the Commission could
grant providers a multi-state or
nationwide ETC designation? What
modifications, if any, should be made to
its ETC regulations in light of the
particular characteristics of CAF
support for remote areas? Would
forbearance from any of the existing
obligations be appropriate and
necessary?
245. Certification of Financial and
Technical Capability. The Commission
also proposes that each party seeking to
receive CAF support for remote areas be
required to certify that it is financially
and technically capable of providing the
required service within the specified
timeframe in the geographic areas for
which it seeks support. The
Commission seeks comment on what
specific showings should accompany
any such certification.
246. Other Qualifications. The
Commission seeks comment on other
eligibility requirements for entities
seeking to receive support for remote
areas and how such requirements would
advance its objectives. At the same time
that the Commission establish minimum
qualifications consistent with these
goals, are there ways the Commission
can encourage participation by the
widest possible range of qualified
parties, including smaller entities?
c. Term of Support
247. The Commission seeks comment
on whether to establish a term of
support in conjunction with the Remote
Areas Fund. To the extent the
Commission adopts a structure that
requires a term of support, the
Commission proposes a five-year term,
and seeks comment on alternative
terms. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether it is appropriate to
establish any sort of renewal
opportunity, and on what terms.
d. Public Interest Obligations
(i) Service Performance Criteria
(a) Voice
248. The Commission requires all
recipients of federal high-cost universal
service support (whether designated as
ETCs by a state commission or the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Commission), as a condition of
receiving federal high-cost universal
service support, to offer voice telephony
service on a standalone basis throughout
their supported area. ETCs may use any
technology in the provision of voice
telephony service. Additionally,
consistent with the section 254(b)
principle that consumers in all regions
of the Nation * * * should have access
to telecommunications and information
services * * * that are available at rates
that are reasonably comparable to rates
charged for similar services in urban
areas, ETCs must offer voice telephony
service, including voice telephony
service offered on a standalone basis, at
rates that are reasonably comparable to
urban rates. The Commission finds that
these requirements are appropriate to
help ensure that consumers have access
to voice telephony service that best fits
their particular needs.
(b) Broadband
249. Because different technologies,
which may provide lower speeds and/
or higher latencies, are likely to be used
to serve locations in extremely high-cost
areas than in other areas, and because it
is not reasonably feasible to overcome
this difference with the limited
resources available through the CAF, the
Commission proposes to tailor
broadband performance requirements to
the economic and technical
characteristics of networks likely to
exist in those remote areas. The
Commission therefore proposes to
modestly relax the broadband
performance obligations for fixed voice
and broadband providers to facilitate
participation in the Remote Areas Fund
by providers of technologies like nextgeneration satellite broadband and
unlicensed localized fixed wireless
networks, which may be significantly
less costly to deploy in these remote
areas. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriate performance
requirements for broadband service to
remote areas.
250. Speed Requirement. The
Commission notes that satellite
broadband providers and WISPs are
capable of offering service at speeds of
at least 4 Mbps downstream and 1 Mbps
upstream or intend to do so in the near
future. The Commission proposes that
broadband services eligible for CAF
support for remote areas must,
consistent with other CAF requirements,
offer actual speeds of at least 4 Mbps
downstream and 1 Mbps upstream. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. Are adjustments to those
speeds appropriate given the nature of
satellite service, WISP service, or other
services? Is the availability of sufficient
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
backhaul capacity a limiting factor that
must be taken into account in some
circumstances?
251. Latency. Consistent with other
CAF requirements, the Commission
proposes to require ETCs to offer service
of sufficiently low latency to enable use
of real-time applications, including
VoIP. The Commission recognizes that
providers that operate satellites in
geosynchronous orbits will, as a matter
of physics, have higher latency than
most terrestrial networks, and seeks
comment on how to operationalize that
requirement. Would it be appropriate to
set a latency standard, measured in
milliseconds, for satellite services
delivered in remote areas? If so, what
should that standard be?
252. Capacity. The Commission seeks
comment on whether services supported
by CAF for remote areas should have a
minimum capacity requirement, and if
so what that requirement should be. The
Commission notes that both WildBlue
and HughesNet currently limit daily or
monthly usage by their residential
subscribers. Upon launch of their new
satellites, both providers may be able to
adjust their usage limits.
253. Other elements of CAF require
that usage limits for broadband services
must be reasonably comparable to usage
limits for comparable residential
broadband offerings in urban areas. Is
this standard appropriate for satellite,
WISP, and other broadband services in
remote areas? Could the Commission
establish a different capacity standard
for services supported by CAF in remote
areas that still enable consumers to
utilize distance learning, remote
medical diagnostics, video
conferencing, and other critical
applications, while allowing network
operators the flexibility necessary to
manage their networks? How would
such a standard be operationalized?
(ii) Pricing
254. Reasonably Comparable Rates.
The fourth performance goal adopted in
the USF–ICC Transformation Order is to
ensure that rates are reasonably
comparable for voice as well as
broadband service, between urban and
rural, insular, and high-cost areas. Rates
must be reasonably comparable so that
consumers in rural, insular, and highcost areas have meaningful access to
these services. The Commission
proposes to utilize the standards
discussed in the USF–ICC
Transformation Order to determine
whether rates for voice and broadband
service in remote areas are reasonably
comparable to those in urban areas. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
255. Specifically, the Commission
proposes to consider rates for voice
service in remote areas to be reasonably
comparable to urban voice rates under
section 254(b)(3) if rates in remote areas
fall within a reasonable range of urban
rates for reasonably comparable voice
service. Consistent with precedent, the
Commission proposes to presume that a
voice rate is within a reasonable range
if it falls within two standard deviations
above the national average.
256. As with voice services, for
broadband services, the Commission
proposes to consider rates in remote
areas to be reasonably comparable to
urban rates under section 254(b)(3) if
rates in remote areas fall within a
reasonable range of urban rates for
reasonably comparable broadband
service. The Commission expects that
the specific methodology to define that
reasonable range that the Bureaus
elsewhere have been directed to develop
will be of equal use here.
257. The Commission is committed to
achieving its goal of ensuring that voice
and broadband are available at
reasonably comparable rates for all
Americans. It is unlikely, however, that
the Commission will be able to ensure
that every residence/household in
extremely high-cost, remote areas has
access to subsidized voice and
broadband service given the overall
budget for the CAF. The Remote Areas
Fund is, therefore, focused primarily on
making voice and broadband affordable
for consumers who would not otherwise
have the resources to obtain it. The
Commission seeks comment in the
following sections on whether to
implement a means test to ensure that
those residences/households in remote
areas that are most in need of support
to make voice and broadband affordable
are able to obtain it.
258. The Commission recognizes that
this approach would be different from
the current Commission approach for
advancing universal service in high-cost
areas, which does not look at the
income levels of individual consumers
that are served by carriers that receive
funding from the high-cost program.
These past decisions, however, were
made in the context of a high-cost fund
that lacked a strict budget. The
Commission has now established an
annual budget of no more than $4.5
billion for the high-cost fund. In the
context of this budget, the Commission
has considered how best to achieve its
goals with respect to the relatively small
number of extremely costly to serve
locations. Supporting robust fixed
terrestrial networks in these remote
areas would be so expensive that it
would impose an excessive burden on
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78411
contributors to the fund, even
recognizing the section 254(b)(3)
comparability principle, which the
courts and the Commission have held
must be balanced against the other
principles. Imposing such a burden on
consumers that contribute to the
universal service fund would
undermine its universal service goals by
raising the cost of communications
services.
259. The Commission seeks to ensure
that consumers in extremely high-cost
areas have a meaningful opportunity to
obtain both voice and broadband
connectivity, and has concluded that it
should support the provision of some
service to those who might otherwise
have no service at all. The Commission
believes this is a reasonable balancing of
the section 254(b) principles in the
context of remote areas that would be
unreasonably expensive to serve by the
means contemplated in the other CAF
programs. In the USF–ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
believes it can achieve this goal for
these remote customers for
approximately $100 million per year. It
is appropriate to revisit, in this narrow
context, the question of whether it
should direct the limited available
funds to support residences/households
with limited means, rather than offering
discounted rates to residences/
households for which a somewhat
higher price is unlikely to be a barrier
to adoption.
260. Subsidy Pass Through. To the
extent the Remote Areas Fund is
structured in a way that support is
provided to ETCs on a per-subscriber
basis (e.g., as a portable consumer
subsidy or as a per-subscribed-location
auction), the Commission proposes that
ETCs be required to pass the subsidy it
receives for a subscriber on to that
subscriber—in its entirety—in the form
of a discount. This requirement is
consistent with Lifeline, and will help
to ensure that consumers in remote
areas have access to services at
reasonably comparable rates. The
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal.
261. Price Guarantees. The
Commission seeks comment on how to
ensure that providers do not raise their
prices in response to the availability of
the Remote Areas Fund subsidy. One
proposal would be to require each ETC
to establish an anchor price for its basic
service offering—including installation
and equipment charges—as a condition
of eligibility to receive Remote Areas
Fund support. Such an approach would
provide ETCs with pricing flexibility for
all but their basic service offerings,
while ensuring that low-income
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78412
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
consumers have access to at least one
product that is affordable. The
Commission seeks comment on how to
establish appropriate anchor prices.
Would it be enough to require that the
lowest discounted rate be reasonably
comparable to rates in urban areas?
262. Consumer Flexibility. The
Commission proposes that consumers
that receive discounts by virtue of
Remote Areas Fund support should be
permitted to apply that discount to any
service package that includes voice
telephony service offered by their ETC—
not just to a basic package that is
available at an anchor price or to other
limited service offerings. Consumers in
urban areas generally have the ability to
purchase multiple service packages with
varying levels of service quality at
varying prices. It seems reasonable to
afford a consumer in a remote area the
same opportunity. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
iii. Portable Consumer Subsidy Issues
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
a. Subscriber Qualifications
263. The Commission proposes that
CAF support for remote areas be used to
make available discounted voice and
broadband service to qualifying
residences/households in remote areas,
in a manner similar to its Lifeline
program. The Commission proposes to
limit CAF support for remote areas to
one subsidy per residence/household.
The Commission further proposes that
in order for an ETC to receive a subsidy
for a residence/household (which
subsidy will be used to provide that
service to that residence/household at a
discounted rate), the residence/
household be located in a remote area.
Finally, the Commission seeks comment
on whether to require that residences/
households meet a means test.
264. Eligibility Limited to One Per
Residence/Household. The Commission
proposes to limit support to a single
subsidy per residence/household in
order to facilitate its statutory universal
service obligations while preventing
unnecessary expenditures for
duplicative connections. A single fixed
broadband connection should be
sufficient for a single residence/
household. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal.
265. The Commission also seeks
comment on how to implement this
proposal in the context of CAF support
for remote areas. First, the Commission
proposes to adopt the use and definition
of residence or household ultimately
adopted by the Commission in
connection with the Lifeline and Link
Up Reform and Modernization NPRM,
76 FR 16482, March 23, 2011. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Commission seeks comment on this
proposal. The Commission also seeks
comment on how best to interpret the
one per residence/household restriction
in light of current service offerings and
in the context of situations that may
pose unique circumstances. How should
the Commission or Administrator
determine that CAF support for remote
areas is being provided in a manner
consistent with any definitions of
household or residence ultimately
adopted? Should providers be able to
rely on the representation of the person
signing up for the discounted service?
266. The Commission seeks comment
on the relationship between CAF
support for remote areas and the
Lifeline program. Should a consumer’s
decision to obtain services supported by
the Remote Areas Fund affect or
preclude their eligibility for Lifeline, or
vice versa? What other issues must the
Commission address in order to ensure
that these programs are structured in a
complementary fashion?
267. Remote Area. The Commission
proposes that CAF support for remote
areas should be available only for
service provided to residences/
households located in extremely highcost areas, consistent with the
discussion above. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal.
268. Limiting Support to New
Subscribers. It is likely that there are
residences/households located in
remote areas that are capable of and
willing to pay for satellite voice and
broadband services at current prices.
These residences/households do not, by
definition, require assistance in
overcoming the barrier to affordability
in remote areas. The Commission
therefore seeks comment on whether it
is appropriate to limit Remote Areas
Fund support to new subscribers only.
If so, how would such a restriction be
implemented? Can an ETC determine
whether a potential new subscriber is a
current or past subscriber to itself or to
another ETC? Should residences/
households be considered new
customers some period of time after
cancelling service with an ETC? If so,
how long a period is appropriate?
269. Means Test. The Commission
seeks comment on whether to use a
means test to identify qualifying
locations for which support can be
collected in each eligible remote area. It
would appear that using a means test for
determining qualifying residences/
households is particularly appropriate
in supporting services in extremely
high-cost, remote areas that may be most
cost-effectively served by satellite
technology. This is because such service
is readily available over broad areas, but
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
often at higher prices to the end user
than common terrestrial broadband
services. In addition, by limiting its
support to locations that meet a means
test the Commission assure that it
stretch the available funds as far as
possible to support service to those that
would not otherwise be able to afford it.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether an approach that provides a
portable subsidy to only a subset of
consumers in remote areas is consistent
with the statutory principle that
consumers in all regions of the Nation,
including low-income consumers * * *
should have access to * * * advanced
telecommunications and information
services * * * at rates that are
reasonably comparable to rates charged
for similar services in urban areas. The
Commission seeks comment on these
proposals, and on any alternatives.
270. The Commission seeks comment
on what standard it would use for such
a means test. For instance, would it be
appropriate to set a threshold means test
for residences/households of 200
percent of the poverty level as
established annually, based on
residence/household size? That would,
for example, provide support for a
family of four that has income of
$44,700 or lower. What would be the
relative advantages and disadvantages of
setting a higher or lower level? Would
it be appropriate to also specify other
governmental programs that could serve
as models or as proxies for a means test,
as is done with the Commission’s lowincome program?
271. Community Anchor Institutions
and Small Businesses. The Commission
seeks comment on whether small
businesses and/or community anchor
institutions also should be eligible for
the Remote Areas Fund. How would the
proposals set forth in this FNPRM need
to be modified to administer a Remote
Areas Fund that includes small
businesses? How should small
businesses be defined? Would small
businesses receive the same subsidy as
residences/households, or a different
subsidy? As the Commission observed
in the USF–ICC Transformation Order,
community anchor institutions in rural
America often are located near the more
densely populated area in a given
county—the small town, the county
seat, and so forth—which are less likely
to be extremely high-cost areas and
therefore may not require support. If the
Commission is to provide support to
community anchor institutions, how
should that term be defined?
b. Setting the Amount of the Subsidy
272. The Commission seeks comment
on how to set the CAF support amount
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
for remote areas for ETCs for voice and
broadband services.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
(i) Stand-Alone Voice Service
273. The Commission seeks comment
on how to set the CAF support amount
for remote areas for stand-alone voice
service. One proposal would be to adopt
rules consistent with those that
establish the tiered Lifeline support
amounts for voice telephony service.
Would these support amounts be
sufficient to overcome the barrier to
affordability for voice service faced by
individuals in remote areas? Would a
greater or lesser amount be more
appropriate? If so, how would such an
amount be calculated?
(ii) Voice and Broadband Service
274. The Commission seeks comment
on how to set the CAF support amount
for remote areas for a bundle of voice
and broadband (voice-broadband)
service. The Commission notes that
current satellite services tend to have
significantly higher monthly prices to
end-users than many terrestrial fixed
broadband services, and frequently
include substantial up-front equipment
and installation costs.
275. Monthly Payments. The
Commission seeks comment on the
appropriate support amount for monthly
satellite voice-broadband service
charges. One proposal would be to
provide a monthly amount equal to the
difference between the retail price of a
basic satellite voice-broadband service
and an appropriate reference price for
reasonably comparable service in urban
areas. How would the appropriate
reference price for satellite voicebroadband be calculated? How would
the appropriate reference price for a
reasonably comparable voice-broadband
service in urban areas be calculated?
What performance criteria should be
applied when selecting a service or
services from which to derive the price?
Should a discount be applied to the
price of services which are of lower
quality (e.g., have higher latency or
stricter capacity limits)? Could the
survey of urban broadband rates the
Bureaus have been authorized to
conduct provide the necessary data?
How should the presence or absence of
mandatory contract terms or other terms
and conditions that may differ be taken
into account? Are there other data
sources available that could be relied
upon to determine one or both reference
prices?
276. What other methods could be
used to establish the appropriate
support amount? Proposals should be
detailed and specific, and commenters
should be mindful of the need to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
balance the goal of ensuring access to
affordable broadband in remote areas
with the need to operate within the
budget and minimize opportunities for
waste, fraud and abuse.
277. Installation and Equipment. The
cost of purchasing or leasing terminal
equipment and installation necessary
for satellite service to be initiated often
are greater than for other services. The
Commission seeks comment on how
and whether Remote Areas Fund
support should be allocated to defray
these startup costs.
278. The Commission proposes that
subscribers be required to pay, or
provide a deposit of, a meaningful
amount to help ensure that subscribers
have the means to pay for the services
to which they subscribe and to provide
an incentive to comply with any terms
of their service agreements regarding
use and return of equipment. What
would be an appropriate payment or
deposit amount?
279. By extension, the Commission
proposes that the subsidy for
installation services and equipment sale
or lease be the difference between the
payment or deposit amount described in
the preceding paragraph and the ETC’s
routine charges for initiating service.
The Commission seeks comment on
whether this would result in an
appropriate subsidy level. Should the
Commission instead establish a fixed
subsidy amount? If so, how should that
subsidy amount be calculated? Should
the subsidy be paid at the time service
is initiated, or should smaller payments
be made during the duration of the
subscription? What other factors must
be taken into account so as to ensure
that the costs of installation and
equipment do not serve as a barrier to
affordable broadband service in remote
areas while minimizing incentives for
customer churn and opportunities for
waste, fraud and abuse?
280. Satellite Service Availability. The
Commission recognizes that some of the
most likely providers of service to
remote areas are satellite providers. Are
there issues relating to the nature of
satellite service that could prevent
potential subscribers from obtaining
service? For example, WildBlue and
HughesNet both require that subscribers
have a clear view of the southern sky in
order to obtain a signal. How many
potential subscribers in remote areas
may not be able to obtain a signal due
to the nature of their dwelling unit (e.g.,
a multi-unit dwelling), terrain
surrounding their dwelling unit (e.g.,
proximity to mountains), heavy foliage,
or other obstructions? To what extent
can such issues be resolved by antenna
masts or other solutions? Should the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78413
cost of resolving such issues be
subsidized by CAF support for remote
areas? If so, how would the amount of
such subsidy be calculated?
c. Terms and Conditions of Service
281. The Commission notes that both
WildBlue and HughesNet require
subscribers to enter into a 24-month
contract as a condition of service, and
impose an early termination fee if
service is terminated prior to the end of
the contract term. Should ETCs be
permitted to impose such contract terms
when consumers subscribe to services
supported by CAF for remote areas? Are
there other terms or conditions that
should be prohibited or restricted in
connection with the provision of
supported services? For example,
should an ETC be permitted to require
subscribers to pay by credit card, or to
pass a credit check before service is
initiated?
d. Budget
282. The Commission seeks comment
on how to ensure that it stay within the
annual Remote Areas Fund budget
under a portable consumer subsidy
structure. Should support be available
on a first come, first served basis, or
should some other method be used to
identify which applicants receive
support? If, in a given funding year,
support expenditures begin to approach
the budgeted amount, should the
Commission tighten the eligibility
criteria to reduce demand (e.g., by
lowering the threshold established for a
means test, if adopted)? If so, how?
What other tools or techniques can the
Commission use to ensure that demand
for CAF for remote areas support does
not outstrip the budgeted supply?
283. The Commission also seeks
comment on what the Commission
should do if requests for reimbursement
from the Remote Areas Fund are lower
than the budget. If, in a given funding
year, support expenditures do not reach
the budgeted amount, should the
Commission modify its eligibility
criteria to allow additional residences/
households in remote areas to obtain
service supported by the Remote Areas
Fund? If so, how?
iv. Auction Approaches
284. As alternatives to its proposals
the Commission could use one of
several competitive bidding approaches
to target the provision of CAF funding
in extremely high-cost areas. Using an
auction in which providers compete
across areas for support from the
Remote Areas Fund could enable us to
identify those providers that would offer
the services at least cost to the fund, so
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78414
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
as to maximize the number of locations
that could be served within the budget.
More specifically, the Commission seeks
comment on three auction-related
alternatives. If the Commission uses an
auction framework, it would have to
consider some additional questions
regarding how to address aspects of the
program that would be different under
an auction approach than for its voucher
proposal. Commenters advocating for
auction options should discuss to what
extent the choice of a particular auction
approach should affect decisions about
the general implementation issues
discussed above including definition of
remote areas, provider qualifications,
and public interest obligations.
285. Per-Subscribed Location Auction.
This competitive bidding alternative
would have much in common with the
portable consumer subsidy proposal in
that it would offer a subsidy based on
service provided to qualifying locations.
In contrast, however, under an auction
approach, the subsidies would not
necessarily be available in all the areas
identified as extremely high-cost, but
only in those areas for which winning
bids were accepted. Further, in an
auction for per-location support, only
the providers submitting the winning
bids would be eligible to collect the
subsidy payments to serve qualifying
locations in the area. And under an
auction approach, the subsidy amount
would be determined based on bids in
the auction, and would not be set by the
Commission.
286. In a per-subscriber location
auction, the Commission would
establish a benchmark price level for
services meeting the performance
criteria defined for voice and broadband
in extremely high-cost areas. Bidders
would then indicate in the auction a
subsidy amount at which they would be
willing to offer services meeting its
specifications while charging consumers
no more than the benchmark price,
which would represent a discount off
the otherwise available price. The
Commission seeks comment on how it
should establish this price, and how to
adjust it over time. Many of the same
considerations discussed above with
respect to the portable consumer
subsidy would apply to the persubscriber-location auction, and the
Commission asks commenters to
address these issues.
287. With respect to the choice of
areas for competitive bidding under this
option, the Commission seeks comment
on whether it should use a geographic
area other than census blocks as a
minimum geographic unit for bidding,
and how that choice relates to whether
and how it might provide for bidding on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
packages of areas. In order to evaluate
the effect of bids with respect to
available funds, the Commission would
determine the number of qualifying
locations in each eligible census block
based on 2010 decennial census data
(e.g., those locations meeting a required
means test).
288. The Commission could design
the auction to select one or possibly
more than one provider that would be
eligible to receive a subsidy amount to
provide services in a given area, and the
Commission seeks comment on these
possible approaches. Enabling more
than one provider to receive support
could provide qualifying customers
with the benefits of a choice of service
providers. Selecting a single provider
per area, however, could give the
providers more certainty regarding
potential customers, which may permit
lower bids. The Commission also asks
commenters to consider whether
picking one provider or two or more
would have an effect on auction
competition and the auction’s ability to
drive subsidy prices to efficient levels.
In this regard, the Commission asks
commenters to indicate the likely
impact on subsidy levels of picking one
provider or two or more through an
auction, as well as the concomitant
effect on the number of locations that
could be served within the budget.
289. Coverage Auction. This
competitive bidding option could be
appropriate if the Commission finds that
it needs to spur significant new
deployment (e.g., launching a new
satellite or directing a dedicated spot
beam to a particular area) to make voice
and broadband services available in
extremely high-cost areas. Thus, a
coverage auction would have much in
common with its proposals for
competitive bidding for Mobility Fund
Phase II and price cap areas in which a
state-level commitment was not made in
that it would offer support to service
providers in exchange for making
service available at reasonably
comparable rates to any requesting
location within a particular geographic
area. Similar to the other proposed CAF
auctions, requesting locations would not
be subject to a means test, and support
would not be tied to the number of
subscribers a provider serves. As a
threshold matter, the Commission seeks
comment on whether a coverage auction
would displace private investment,
given existing and planned capacity and
coverage that may be achieved without
support. If adequate capacity and
coverage is unlikely to be achieved
absent support, the Commission seeks
input on how to structure a competitive
auction, given the nature of competition
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
among satellite broadband providers
and the possibility of competition from
providers using other technological
platforms, such as WISPs.
290. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriate geographic area to
use as a minimum geographic unit for
bidding, and how that choice relates to
whether and how the Commission
might provide for bidding on packages
of areas. In order to evaluate the impact
on available funds of bids made for
different geographic areas the
Commission would determine the
number of potential locations in each
eligible census block based on 2010
decennial census data. The Commission
would anticipate that, in order to
maximize the consumer benefits, it
would generally be supporting a single
provider for a given geographic area.
The Commission would support more
than one provider in an area only if
doing so would maximize coverage.
291. Combined Auction. This auction
option would combine the budgets
available for the post-state-level
commitment competitive bidding
process and for remote areas, relaxing
the performance requirements
applicable to providers of fixed services
receiving CAF support in order to
increase the number of technologies
service providers could use. In such an
auction, providers could offer different
performance characteristics, such as
download and/or upload speeds,
latency, and limits on monthly data use,
and the Commission would score such
quality differences in evaluating bids.
This would give the Commission the
ability to make trade-offs between
subsidizing a higher quality service to
fewer customers versus subsidizing a
lower quality for more customers.
Additionally, such an approach should
result in more competitive bidding and
lower prices, by allowing more
technologies to compete for funding
(both for an area and across areas),
thereby permitting the CAF budget to
yield greater quality for a given
coverage, expanded coverage, or some
combination thereof. This could allow
the auction to determine a more cost
effective distribution of budgets for
services that meet potentially different
performance obligations, rather than
having the Commission decide in
advance how to distribute the budgets
across different auctions.
292. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriate geographic area to
use as a minimum geographic unit for
bidding, and how that choice relates to
whether and how it might provide for
bidding on packages of areas. The
Commission also seeks comment on
how to establish the number of units in
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
eligible geographic areas. For instance,
should the Commission apply a means
test to determine the number of
qualifying locations that must be
served? Further, the Commission seeks
comment on whether and how to score
different performance dimensions, and,
whether providers should specify as
part of their bids the retail prices they
would charge consumers and, if so, how
to include such prices in evaluating the
bids. The Commission also asks whether
it should prioritize areas currently
lacking availability of any terrestrial
broadband service at any speed by, for
example, providing a form of bidding
credit.
293. Competitive Bidding Procedures.
Should the Commission use any of its
competitive bidding alternatives, the
Commission would generally structure
the procedures as it has done for
Mobility Fund Phase I and proposed for
Phase II and for the CAF auction for
price cap areas. The Commission
proposes to use the same general
auction rules as adopted or proposed for
other contexts, including rules on
potential auction designs, and rules on
governing an auction application phase,
a bidding phase, and a post-auction
process whereby selected providers
would show they are legally, technically
and financially qualified to receive the
support. As with other adopted and
proposed auctions for CAF components,
the Commission proposes to delegate to
the Bureaus authority to establish
detailed auction procedures and take all
other actions to implement a
competitive bidding process and other
program aspects of the subsidies for
remote areas to be determined through
competitive bidding.
294. Auction Design. The Commission
proposes to use the same general rules
established for the Mobility Fund Phase
I and proposed for the Mobility Fund
Phase II, regarding various auction
design options and parameters, which
would form the basis for auction
procedures to implement a specific
design as part of the pre-auction notice
and comment proceeding. The
Commission contemplates that the
specific procedures to be adopted for
this auction would be identified in a
public notice. Among other issues, the
Commission proposes to give the
Bureaus discretion to consider various
procedures for grouping eligible areas to
be covered with one bid—package
bidding—that could be tailored to the
needs of prospective bidders as
indicated during the pre-auction notice
and comment period. The Commission
seeks comment on these proposals and
invites commenters to identify any
alternatives.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
295. Potential Bidding Preference for
Small Businesses. The Commission also
seeks comment on whether small
businesses should be eligible for a
bidding preference if it uses any of its
competitive bidding alternatives to
provide support from the Remote Areas
Fund, and whether such a bidding
preference would be consistent with the
objective of providing such support. The
preference would be similar to the small
business preference on which the
Commission seeks comment for
auctions of Mobility Fund Phase II
support, and would act as a reverse
bidding credit that would effectively
reduce the bid amount for the purpose
of comparing it to other bids. The
Commission also seeks comment on the
appropriate size of any small business
bidding credit. The Commission also
seeks comment on how it should define
small businesses. Specifically, for the
reasons provided in its discussion of
Mobility Fund Phase II, the Commission
seeks comment on whether a small
business should be defined as an entity
with average gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years. Alternatively, should the
Commission consider a larger size
definition for this purpose, such as
average gross revenues not exceeding
$125 million for the preceding three
years? In determining an applicant’s
gross revenues under what
circumstances should the Commission
attribute the gross revenues of the
applicant’s affiliates? The Commission
seeks comment on these definitions and
invites input on whether an alternative
basis for a size standard should be
established.
296. Application, Auction and PostAuction Process. The Commission
proposes to use the same two-stage
application process described more
completely elsewhere. Similarly the
Commission proposes to use the same
rules and procedures regarding
permissible communications and public
disclosure of auction-related
information, and regarding delay,
suspension, or cancellation of bidding.
The Commission also proposes to use
the same rules regarding the postauction long-form application process
and the same rules regarding auction
defaults and performance defaults.
297. The Commission seeks comment
on all of these proposals. Specifically,
the Commission asks whether there are
reasons related to the specific
circumstances it seeks to address in
remote areas that should cause us to
deviate from the process established for
the Mobility Fund.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78415
v. Competitive Evaluation Approach
298. The Commission seeks comment
on structuring CAF for remote areas as
a competitive proposal evaluation
process, or RFP process. With this
option the Commission would solicit
proposals to provide broadband service
in eligible areas, consistent with its
technical requirements, and award
support for a fixed term to those
proposals that offered the best value in
terms of meeting its stated criteria.
Using such an RFP process, perhaps
modeled after the Rural Utilities Service
Broadband Initiatives Program, might
permit the Commission more flexibility
than an auction in balancing evaluation
criteria—for example, with respect to
quality standards such as capacity and
latency, or quality and price.
vi. Other Issues
a. Certification and Verification of
Eligibility
299. The Commission’s obligation to
minimize waste, fraud and abuse in
Commission programs suggests that it
should require individuals who are
eligible for CAF support for remote
areas be required to certify as to their
eligibility and periodically verify their
continued eligibility. Given the
Commission’s experience in
administering the Lifeline program, the
Commission proposes to adopt the
Lifeline certification and verification
procedures proposed by the
Commission in connection with the
Lifeline and Link Up Reform and
Modernization NPRM. The Commission
seeks comment on this proposal and on
whether any modifications would be
necessary to reflect the differences
between the Lifeline and Link Up
programs and the Remote Areas Fund.
Would other rules be more appropriate?
To the extent that the proposals for
Lifeline contemplate that states be
permitted to implement additional
verification procedures, should it
consider permitting similar statespecific procedures here? Should it
consider the same uniform sampling
methodology proposed for Lifeline?
What other modifications to the Lifeline
and Link Up rules might be necessary?
b. Accountability and Oversight
300. Except for disbursing support,
the Commission proposes to apply to its
program of support for remote areas the
same rules for accountability and
oversight as it does for CAF. Thus,
recipients of this support would be
subject generally to the same reporting,
audit, and record retention requirements
that apply to recipients of CAF support.
The Commission proposes to disburse
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78416
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
support for the remote areas budget on
a quarterly, per-location served basis,
beginning upon notification that a
qualifying location has contracted with
the designated support recipient for
service consistent with the program
technical requirements.
301. The Commission proposes that
providers notify the Commission
quarterly of newly served locations by
submitting a certification specifying the
number of signed contracts for
qualifying locations, along with a
certification that each location meets the
qualifying criteria (e.g., a means test)
established in this proceeding. Signed
contracts would be covered by the
record retention requirements
applicable to all recipients of CAF
support.
302. The Commission proposes that
payments for newly acquired customers
be submitted and paid quarterly. The
Commission seeks comment on how
often support for continuing qualifying
customers should be paid out, e.g., in
quarterly installments.
303. In structuring an appropriate
payment plan, the Commission is
mindful that it must comply with the
Anti-Deficiency Act. Commenters are
invited to address how to structure an
award of support that provides
recipients with the requisite level of
funding and certainty, while ensuring
that the Commission’s Anti-Deficiency
Act obligations are met.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
L. Introduction to Intercarrier
Compensation
304. In this portion of the FNPRM, the
Commission seeks comment on
additional topics that will guide the
next steps to comprehensive reform of
the intercarrier compensation system
initiated in the USF–ICC
Transformation Order.
M. Transitioning All Rate Elements to
Bill-and-Keep
305. The Commission adopts a billand-keep pricing methodology as the
default methodology that will apply to
all telecommunications traffic at the end
of the complete transition period. In the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
Commission finds that a bill-and-keep
methodology has numerous consumer
benefits, best addresses access charge
arbitrage, and will promote the
transition from TDM to all-IP networks.
Although the Commission specifies the
implementation of the transition for
certain terminating access rates in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
Commission did not do the same for
other rate elements, including
originating switched access, dedicated
transport, tandem switching and tandem
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
transport in some circumstances, and
other charges including dedicated
transport signaling, and signaling for
tandem switching. The Commission
seeks further comment to complete its
reform effort, and establish the proper
transition and recovery mechanism for
the remaining elements. Commenters
warn that failure to take action promptly
on these elements could perpetuate
inefficiencies, delay the deployment of
IP networks and IP-to-IP
interconnection, and maintain
opportunities for arbitrage. The
Commission agrees, and seeks to reach
the end state for all rate elements as
soon as practicable, but with a sensible
transition path that ensures that the
industry has sufficient time to adapt to
changed circumstances. As a result, the
Commission seeks comment on
transitioning the remaining rate
elements consistent with its bill-andkeep framework, and adopting a new
recovery mechanism to provide for a
gradual transition away from the current
system.
306. Origination. Other than capping
interstate originating access rates and
bringing dedicated switched access
transport to interstate levels, the USF/
ICC Transformation Order does not
fully address the complete transition for
originating access charges. Instead, it
provides on an interim basis that
interstate originating switched access
rates for all carriers are to be capped at
current levels as of the effective date of
the rules adopted pursuant to the USF/
ICC Transformation Order. As the
Commission acknowledges in the USF/
ICC Transformation Order, 47 U.S.C.
251(b)(5) does not explicitly address
originating charges. The Commission
determines, therefore, that such charges
should be eliminated at the conclusion
of the ultimate transition to the new
intercarrier compensation regime. The
Commission seeks comment on that
final transition for all originating access
charges.
307. Beyond the interim steps set
forth in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission seeks comment
on the need for an additional multi-year
transition for originating access as part
of the final transition to bill-and-keep.
Commenters warn that establishing
separate transitions for different
intercarrier charges invites
opportunities for arbitrage. Should any
final transition of originating access be
made to coincide with the final
transition for terminating access
adopted? Should a separate transition
schedule be established for originating
access only after the transition the
Commission adopts for terminating
access is complete? If a separate
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
transition schedule is established after
the transition is complete, would a twoyear transition beginning in year 2018
for price cap carriers and 2020 for rate
of return carriers be an appropriate time
period? If not, what other time period
should be considered and when should
it commence? Should rate of return
carriers be given additional time to
transition such rates? If so, how much?
How should reductions of originating
access rates be structured? Should rates
be reduced in equal increments over a
period of years? Should the timing of
rate reductions vary by type of carrier?
The Commission seeks comment on an
appropriate schedule, and the timing of
any necessary interim steps.
308. The Commission seeks further
comment as to what, if any, recovery
would be appropriate for originating
access charges and how such recovery
should be implemented. For instance,
should any recovery be limited to those
incumbent LECs that do not provide
retail long distance through affiliates? In
addition, the Commission asks for
comment on the legal basis for the
Commission to provide or deny
recovery for originating access. The
Commission seeks comment on how to
minimize any additional consumer
burden associated with the transition of
originated access traffic, and how best to
promote IP-to-IP interconnection in this
transition.
309. The Commission also seeks the
input of the states on how to transition
to bill-and-keep for originating access
charges. Although the Commission can
exercise its authority to implement a
transition, as it does in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order the Commission
could also defer to the states to create
a transition to bill-and-keep for
originating access. Since originating
intrastate access rates are not capped for
rate of return carriers, the Commission
asks whether it should initially defer the
transition to bill-and-keep for
originating access to the states to
implement. If so, how much guidance
should the Commission provide states?
Should the Commission provide the
date that the transition must be
complete? Should states also be
responsible for determining any
appropriate recovery mechanism?
310. Relatedly, the Commission also
seeks comment on the appropriate
treatment of 8YY originated minutes. In
the case of 8YY traffic, the role of the
originating LEC is more akin to the
traditional role of the terminating LEC
in that the IXC carrying the 8YY traffic
must use the access service of the LEC
subscribed to by the calling party.
Stated differently, in the case of 8YY
traffic, because the calling party chooses
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
the access provider but does not pay for
the toll call, it has no incentive to select
a provider with lower originating access
rates. For this reason, the Commission
asks parties to address whether it
should distinguish between originating
access reform for 8YY traffic and
originating access reform more
generally.
311. The Bureaus has previously
sought data and comment on the
relative proportion of 8YY originated
minutes to traditional originated
minutes. In its response, the Nebraska
Companies estimated that
approximately 20–30 percent of
originating traffic is to an 8YY number,
while Texas Statewide Telephone
Cooperative suggested that this figure
could be as much as 50 percent. Are
these figures commensurate with the
average number of minutes that
customers originate to 8YY numbers on
other networks? The Commission again
invites carriers to provide us with this
data to help evaluate originating access
reform, and the need for a distinct 8YY
resolution. The Nebraska Companies
further contend that a 251(b)(5) regime
in which originating compensation does
not exist, is unworkable in an
environment of originating 8YY traffic
and equal access obligations. The
Commission seeks comment on this
conclusion and any alternatives.
312. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on other possible approaches
to originating access reform, including
implementation issues and its legal
authority to adopt any such reforms.
313. Transport and Termination. The
initial transition described above does
not fully address tandem switching and
transport charges. For rate-of-return
carriers, these charges are capped at
interstate levels. For price cap carriers,
where the terminating carrier owns the
tandem in the serving area, these
charges are subject to the transition
established in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order but the
Commission does not address the
transition for tandem switching and
transport charges if the price cap carrier
does not own the tandem in the serving
area. Because the Commission’s USF/
ICC Transformation Order does not
address the transition for all transport
charges and the relationship between
these charges and interconnection
obligations more generally, the
Commission seeks further comment on
the proper transition for these charges.
The Commission seeks comment on the
proper scope of its reform and on the
transition for these elements.
314. Several commenters express
concern about the treatment of transport
and tandem services under the ABC
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Plan and Joint Letter. T–Mobile asserts
that as rates are reduced, ILECs will
have powerful incentives to shift costs
from end office functions to transport
and tandem switching functions,
requiring the Commission to devote
additional time and effort to its scrutiny
of ILEC tariff filings. Sprint raises
concern that transport rate elements
bear no relationship to the miniscule
incremental cost of performing the
traffic termination functions and that
these rates serve as a disincentive for
efficient interconnection and may have
potential to extend arbitrage behavior.
Competitive LECs argue that, even at
interstate levels between the years 2013
to 2017, transport rates create significant
opportunities for price cap ILECs to
raise rivals’ costs and, at the end state,
price-cap ILECs would have the
incentive to charge as high a price for
that transport as possible. Commenters
further argue that there are definitional
ambiguities about the scope of transport
that deserve clarification. The
Commission agrees that such elements
must be transitioned to bill-and-keep at
the end state, as required by the USF/
ICC Transformation Order, and seeks
comment on the final transition to billand-keep for these charges.
315. The Commission invites
comment regarding the appropriate
transition for tandem switching and
transport charges, and the need for any
additional recovery mechanisms. At
what point in time should tandem
switching and transport charges be
transitioned? Some commenters suggest
that transport rates be reduced at a pace
that coincides with its current transition
for end office switching. Alternatively,
tandem switching and transport rates
could be reduced after the conclusion of
the transition for end office switching.
The Commission seeks comment on
these proposals as well as other possible
transition timeframes. Should the
transition for these rate elements differ
based upon the type of carrier? The
Commission asks parties to comment on
what, if any, unintended consequences
may arise in connection with a longer
transition for these charges, and
whether any delay would impede the
transition to IP-to-IP interconnection.
316. The Commission also seeks
comment on possible recovery for
tandem switching and transport as part
of its recovery mechanism. Should
recovery be made available for these
charges? If a tandem switching and
transport provider renegotiates an
agreement for these services in
anticipation of reform, should any
increased revenue it receives be offset
against eligible recovery? Should any
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78417
recovery for these rate elements differ
based upon the type of carrier?
317. The Commission notes that some
of these issues are closely related to the
network edge for purposes of delivering
traffic. In the traditional access charge
system, tandem switching and transport
charges were typically assessed against
interexchange carriers. Meanwhile, in
the traditional reciprocal compensation
system, the originating carrier was
typically responsible for transport to the
point of interconnection, which may be
located at the end office of the called
party’s carrier. As the Commission
moves to a new intercarrier
compensation system governed by a 47
U.S.C. 251(b)(5) bill-and-keep
methodology, the Commission invites
parties to comment on the existing and
future payment and market structures
for dedicated transport, tandem
switching, and tandem switched
transport. EarthLink has suggested that
charges such as tandem switching and
transport charges could become obsolete
in an all-IP world. Is this correct? If so,
how should it impact possible reform?
318. Transit. Currently, transiting
occurs when two carriers that are not
directly interconnected exchange nonaccess traffic by routing the traffic
through an intermediary carrier’s
network. Thus, although transit is the
functional equivalent of tandem
switching and transport, transit refers to
non-access traffic, whereas tandem
switching and transport apply to access
traffic. As all traffic is unified under 47
C.F.R. 251(b)(5), the tandem switching
and transport components of switched
access charges will come to resemble
transit services in the reciprocal
compensation context where the
terminating carrier does not own the
tandem switch. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
adopts a bill-and-keep methodology for
tandem switched transport in the access
context and for transport in the
reciprocal compensation context. The
Commission has not addressed whether
transit services must be provided
pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 251 of the Act;
however, some state commissions and
courts have addressed this issue.
319. Commenters also express
concern that, as a result of the reforms
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, transit providers will have the
ability and incentive to raise transit
service rates both during the transition
and at the end state of reform.
Specifically, one commenter alleges that
without regulation of transit, ILECs
would have opportunities to exploit
their termination dominance.
Commenters also express concern with
the end state for tandem switching and
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78418
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
transport for price cap carriers when the
tandem owner does not own the end
office, which, under 47 U.S.C. 251
framework is typically considered a
transit service. As part of the transition
for price cap carriers, the USF/ICC
Transformation Order provides that billand-keep will be the pricing
methodology for all traffic and includes
the transition for transport and
termination within the tandem serving
area where the terminating carrier owns
the serving tandem switch. However,
the USF/ICC Transformation Order does
not address the transition in situations
where the tandem owner does not own
the end office. NCTA states that in this
regard the ABC Plan is unclear and may
attempt to significantly undermine
competition by suggesting that such
services would fall outside of the
regulatory regime. As a result,
commenters suggest that these services
are transit services and should be
provided pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 251 at
cost-based and reasonable rates.
320. The Commission seeks comment
on the need for regulatory involvement
and the appropriate end state for transit
service. Given that transit service
includes the same functionality as the
tandem switching and transport services
subject to a default bill-and-keep
methodology, should the Commission
adopt any different approach for transit
traffic given that providers pay for
transit for IP services and transit may
apply to get traffic to a network edge in
a bill-and-keep framework? The
Commission invites parties to comment
on the current market for these services.
Does the transit market demonstrate the
hallmarks of a competitive market? If
transit services are not being offered
competitively, how prevalent is this?
How might the market evolve in light of
the reforms adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order? If the
Commission were to regulate these
charges, what legal framework is
appropriate and what pricing
methodology would apply during the
transition?
321. Other Charges. The
Commission’s transition to a bill-andkeep framework may implicate other
charges. For example, commenters have
highlighted that the ABC Plan and Joint
Letter fail to specify what transition
applies to dedicated transport or to
other flat-rated charges. The
Commission invites parties to comment
on any rate elements or charges that
require additional reform. What
transition should apply to these
charges?
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
N. Bill-and-Keep Implementation
322. In the USF/ICC Transformation
NPRM the Commission also sought
comment on issues related to the
implementation of a bill-and-keep
pricing methodology. Now that the end
point to comprehensive intercarrier
compensation reform has been
determined, the Commission seeks
comment on any interconnection and
related issues that must be addressed to
implement bill-and-keep in an efficient
and equitable manner. The Commission
expects that the reforms adopted will
not upset existing interconnection
arrangements or obligations during the
transition.
323. Points of Interconnection.
Currently, under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2)(B),
an incumbent LEC must allow a
requesting telecommunications carrier
to interconnect at any technically
feasible point. The Commission has
interpreted this provision to mean that
competitive LECs have the option to
interconnect at a single point of
interconnection (POI) per LATA. As a
threshold matter, does the Commission
need to provide new or revised POI
rules at some later stage of the transition
to bill-and-keep or provide one set of
rules to be effective at the end of the sixyear transition for price cap carriers and
nine-year transition for rate-of-return
carriers maintain the current regime
until that time? For instance, do
commenters anticipate potential
arbitrage schemes emerging as a result
of maintaining the current POI rules
until the transition is complete, or will
the defined transition path and
accompanying rate reductions the
Commission adopts in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order prevent such
practices?
324. Also, 47 U.S.C. 251(c) does not
currently apply to all rural LECs or nonincumbent LECs. How do commenters
envision POIs functioning for these
carriers? The Commission seeks to
better understand the nature of
interconnection arrangements with rural
carriers today. For example, is
interconnection typically pursuant to
negotiated agreements, rules, or another
type of framework? Is indirect
interconnection the primary means of
interconnection with small, rural
carriers? If the Commission needs to
mandate the use of POIs for rural LECs
and non-incumbent LECs, should this
requirement begin during or after the
transition to the stated end point?
325. The Commission seeks comment
on whether the Commission needs to
prescribe POIs under a bill-and-keep
methodology. One possible approach
could be to permit interconnection at
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
any technically feasible point on the
other providers’ network with a default
POI being used for compensation
purposes when there is no negotiated
agreement between the parties. What are
the pros and cons of such an approach?
To what extent does the Commission’s
regulatory authority over
interconnection allow it to prescribe
POIs? Alternatively, CenturyLink
proposes the use of traffic volumes to
dictate the number of POI locations for
traffic exchanged with an ILEC
(including traffic flowing in both
directions). The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and any other
alternatives concerning POI obligations
under a bill-and-keep regime.
326. The Commission seeks comment
on how to promote IP-to-IP
interconnection and facilitate the
transition to all-IP networks. Some of
these questions may affect the POI
issues raised here. For instance, if the
Commission were to adopt its proposal
to require a carrier that desires TDM
interconnection to pay the costs of any
IP–TDM conversion, how would that
affect commenters’ opinions or
responses to the POI questions herein?
How would they be affected if the
Commission adopted other IP-to-IP
interconnection obligations?
327. The Network Edge. A critical
aspect to bill-and-keep is defining the
network edge for purposes of delivering
traffic. The edge is the point where billand-keep applies, a carrier is
responsible for carrying, directly or
indirectly by paying another provider,
its traffic to that edge. Past proposals to
treat traffic under a bill-and-keep
methodology typically assume the
existence of a network edge, beyond
which terminating carriers cannot
charge other carriers to transport and
terminate their traffic. In the USF/ICC
Transformation NPRM the Commission
recognized that there are numerous
options for defining an appropriate
network edge. For example, the edge
could be the location of the called
party’s end office, mobile switching
center (MSC), point of presence, media
gateway, or trunking media gateway.
The Commission has not received
significant comment on the network
edge issue up to this point.
328. As discussed in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
believes states should establish the
network edge pursuant to Commission
guidance. The Commission seeks
comment on this and other options for
defining the network edge. Assuming
that defining the network edge remains
a critical aspect of the transition to billand-keep, the Commission seeks
comment on the appropriate network
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
edge and related issues. For instance,
should the Commission adopt a
competitively neutral location for the
network edge, such as where
interconnecting carriers have
competitive alternatives—other than
services or facilities provided by the
terminating carrier—to transport traffic
to the terminating carrier’s network? In
its comments, CTIA describes a
Mutually Efficient Traffic Exchange
(METE) proposal pursuant to which
carriers would bear their own costs to
deliver traffic to each other at specified
network edges. Is this an appropriate
way to define the network edge under
a bill-and-keep approach? Do
commenters have alternative
suggestions on how best to define
carrier obligations under a bill-and-keep
approach? The Commission seeks
comment on these questions and on any
alternative proposals regarding the
network edge.
329. Role of Tariffs and
Interconnection Agreements. The
Commission believes that generally
continuing to rely on tariffs while also
allowing carriers to negotiate
alternatives during the transition is in
the public interest because it provides
the certainty of a tariffing option, which
historically has been used for access
charges, while still allowing carriers to
better tailor their arrangements to their
particular circumstances and the
evolving marketplace than would be
accommodated by exclusively relying
on one size fits all tariffs. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission needs to forbear from
tariffing requirements in 47 U.S.C. 203
of the Act and 47 CFR Part 61 to enable
carriers to negotiate alternative
arrangements pursuant to the USF/ICC
Transformation Order.
330. As carriers transition from the
existing access charge regime to the 47
U.S.C. 251(b)(5) framework and billand-keep methodology adopted in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
Commission believes they will rely
primarily on negotiated interconnection
agreements rather than tariffs to set the
terms on which traffic is exchanged.
Specifically, 47 U.S.C. 251(b)(5)
imposes on all LECs the duty to enter
reciprocal compensation arrangements,
and 47 U.S.C. 252 outlines the
responsibility of incumbent LECs to
negotiate interconnection agreements
upon receipt of a request for
interconnection pursuant to 47 U.S.C.
251. Although the Commission
maintains a role for tariffing as part of
the transition, the Commission believes
the reliance on interconnection
agreements is most consistent with the
USF/ICC Transformation Order’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
application of reciprocal compensation
duties to all carriers. The Commission
seeks comment on this view. If so, do
commenters believe the Commission
needs to modify or eliminate any of its
interconnection rules?
331. Given the potential primary
reliance on interconnection agreements,
the Commission seeks comment on the
possibility of extending its
interconnection rules to all
telecommunications carriers to ensure a
more competitively neutral set of
interconnection rights and obligations.
The T-Mobile Order, Developing a
Unified Intercarrier Compensation
Regime; T-Mobile et al. Petition for
Declaratory Ruling Regarding
Incumbent LEC Wireless Termination
Tariffs, CC Docket No. 01–92,
Declaratory Ruling and Report and
Order, 70 FR 49401, March 30, 2005 (TMobile Order), extended to CMRS
providers the duty to negotiate
interconnection agreements with
incumbent LECs under the 47 U.S.C.
252 framework to address
interconnection and mutual
compensation for non-access traffic. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
it should extend the interconnection
agreement process adopted in the TMobile Order to all telecommunications
carriers, including competitive LECs or
other interconnecting service providers
such as interexchange carriers.
Competitive LECs have requested that
the Commission expand the scope of the
T-Mobile Order and require CMRS
providers to negotiate agreements with
competitive LECs under the 47 U.S.C.
251/252 framework. In addition, rural
incumbent LECs urged the Commission
to extend the T-Mobile Order to give
ILECs the right to require all carriers to
negotiate interconnection agreements
under the 47 U.S.C. 252 framework.
These requests stem largely from
concerns about payment of intercarrier
compensation charges. Thus, the
Commission seeks comment on
whether, in light of the reforms adopted
herein, any further modification to its
interconnection rules is still warranted
for the end of the transition period, and
the legal basis of any such
modifications.
332. Possible Arbitrage Under a Billand-Keep Methodology. The
Commission notes that several
commenters to the USF/ICC
Transformation NPRM suggest that a
bill-and-keep approach may promote
arbitrage opportunities in the industry.
For example, some commenters suggest
that a bill-and-keep framework may
promote traffic dumping on terminating
carriers’ networks. Based on the current
record, the Commission disagrees with
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78419
these concerns, which it finds
speculative. Nonetheless, to the extent
the Commission’s predictive judgment
is incorrect, it takes take this
opportunity to establish a record to
ensure that it is prepared to act swiftly
to address any potential arbitrage
situations. The Commission asks parties
to provide more detail on traffic
dumping and its negative effects. Have
there been incidents of traffic dumping
in the wireless industry that operates
largely under bill-and-keep today? How
should the Commission define traffic
dumping for purposes of analyzing its
effect on the network? Are there
concerns of traffic congestion or other
harm to the network? If so, the
Commission notes in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order that carriers may
include traffic grooming language in
their tariffs to address such concerns.
Are there any additional measures the
Commission can and should take to
prevent such practices? Other
commenters suggest that this practice
could result in carriers having every
incentive to keep traffic from
terminating on their networks. Do
commenters agree?
O. Reform of End User Charges and CAF
ICC Support
333. The Commission seeks comment
on a number of questions related both
to the recovery mechanism adopted in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order as
well as the pre-existing rules regarding
subscriber line charges (SLCs). In
particular, with respect to the recovery
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission seeks comment
on the long-term elimination of that
transitional recovery mechanism
beyond the provisions for reduction and
elimination of elements of that recovery
already adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. In addition,
some commenters question whether
existing SLCs—which the Commission
does not modify in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order—are set at
appropriate levels under pre-existing
Commission rules or whether they
should be reduced, particularly for price
cap carriers where the Commission has
not evaluated the costs of such carriers
in nearly ten years. The Commission
therefore seeks comment on the
appropriate level and, longer-term, the
appropriate regulatory approach to such
charges, as carriers increasingly
transition to broadband networks.
334. ARC Phase-Out. As part of its
recovery mechanism, the Commission
allows incumbent LECs to impose a
limited access replacement charge
(ARC). Because the ARC is, among other
constraints, limited to the recovery of
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78420
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Eligible Recovery, and because the
Commission defines Eligible Recovery
to decline over time, the ARC will phase
down and approach $0 under the terms
of the USF/ICC Transformation Order.
This will take some time, however,
under the ten percent annual reductions
in Price Cap Eligible Recovery, and
smaller annual percentage reductions in
Rate-of-Return Eligible Recovery. The
Commission notes, by contrast, that
intercarrier compensation-replacement
CAF support for price cap carriers is
subject to a defined sunset date. Should
the Commission likewise adopt a
defined sunset date for ARC charges?
Should those charges sunset at the same
time price cap carriers’ intercarrier
compensation-replacement CAF support
sunsets, or at some other time?
Similarly, as with intercarrier
compensation-replacement CAF support
for price cap carriers, should the ARC be
phased out after the end of intercarrier
compensation rate reforms or, given that
it already is subject to an independent
phase-down, should it simply be
eliminated? Would other modifications
be appropriate for the ARC charges
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, given carriers’ transition to
broadband networks and associated
business plans relying more heavily on
revenues from broadband services?
335. CAF ICC Support Phase-Out.
Although the intercarrier compensationreplacement CAF support for price cap
carriers is already subject to a defined
phase-out under the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, should the
Commission modify the phase-out
period based on a price cap carrier’s
receipt of state-wide CAF Phase II
support? If so, how and why? Should
intercarrier compensation-replacement
CAF support for rate-of-return carriers
be subject to a defined phase-out? If so,
should it be modeled after the approach
used for price cap carriers, or based on
a different approach? Would other
modifications be appropriate for the
intercarrier compensation-replacement
CAF support adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, given carriers’
transition to broadband networks and
associated business plans relying more
heavily on revenues from broadband
services?
336. Treatment of Demand in
Determining Eligible Recovery for Rate
of Return Carriers. In years one through
five, Rate-of-Return Eligible Recovery
will decrease at five percent annually,
with both ARC and ICC-replacement
CAF provided based on a true-up
process. The Commission did so to
enable such carriers time to adjust and
transition away from the current system.
But, the Commission believes that five
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
years is a sufficient time to adjust and,
for years six and beyond, the
Commission seeks comment on how to
modify the recovery baseline. The
Commission seeks comment on
decreasing Rate-of-Return Eligible
Recovery by an additional percent each
year for a maximum of five years, up to
a maximum decrease of 10 percent. In
addition, the Commission seeks
comment on an alternative approach to
the use of true-ups for determining
recovery after five years. For example,
in place of annual true-ups, should the
Commission use the average MOU loss
based on data reported by rate of return
carriers in years one through five? If the
Commission does so, should it be
instead of or in addition to changing the
baseline, should the Commission use
the same 10 percent decline it uses for
price cap carriers, or would commenter
recommend another mechanism to
replace the true-up process?
337. Magnitude and Long-Term Role
of SLCs. Some commenters contend that
SLCs are not set appropriately today,
particularly for price cap carriers whose
costs are no longer evaluated. Moreover,
given carriers’ transition to business
plans relying more heavily on
broadband services, it is not clear what
the appropriate role is for regulated enduser charges for voice service over the
longer term. The Commission thus seeks
comment on whether SLCs are set at
appropriate levels today and whether,
longer term, the Commission should
retain such regulated charges under
existing or modified rules, or if those
charges should be eliminated.
338. When the Commission increased
the residential and single-line business
SLC cap above $5.00 it first sought
comment on whether an increase in the
SLC cap above $5.00 is warranted and,
if not, whether a decrease in common
line charges is warranted. In light of the
evolution of network technology over
time and any other marketplace
developments raised by commenters,
the Commission seeks comment on
whether the magnitude of carriers’
revenues currently associated with the
common line are appropriate, or too
high (or low). In particular, as in the
past, the Commission seeks forwardlooking cost information associated with
the provision of retail voice grade access
to the public switched telephone
network. In addition to other data or
information that commenters wish to
provide in this respect. The Commission
further seeks comment on how the costs
of the local loop have been allocated
between its use for regulated voice
telephone service and its use for other
services, such as broadband Internet
access, video, or other nonregulated
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
services. Are carriers’ regulated
common line recovery bearing an
appropriate share of the cost of the local
loop, or too much (or too little)?
339. More broadly, if carriers
increasingly are moving to IP networks,
to what extent is voice telephone service
simply one of many applications on that
network, such that regulated charges
specific to voice might no longer be
appropriate? In particular, should the
Commission eliminate SLCs? If so,
when should they be eliminated, and
through what process? Should the
Commission eliminate SLCs as of a date
certain absent a showing by a carrier
that such revenue is justified? If so,
should the Commission require a
showing comparable to that required
under the Total Cost and Earnings
Review, or some other showing?
Likewise, to the extent that some
carriers continue to receive revenue
from a universal service mechanism
specifically designed to address
common line recovery, such as ICLS, as
a supplement to SLC revenues, should
that be eliminated or modified, as well?
If so, when, and how, should that
support be eliminated? If not, how
would that continuing support
mechanism operate in the absence of
SLCs?
340. Even if the overall magnitude of
common line revenues are justified and
SLCs are retained, the Commission
seeks further comment on the operation
of the SLCs and the specific levels of the
SLC caps, including whether they
should be modified in any respect. For
example, should the Commission
require greater disaggregation or
deaveraging of SLCs, either in terms of
classes of customers or services or in
terms of geographic areas? If so, what is
the appropriate scope of customers,
services, or geography? Would new
cap(s) be appropriate for the new
categories of SLCs, and if so, at what
level? Conversely, as part of its
intercarrier compensation reform, the
Commission allows the ARC to be set at
the holding-company level. Would that,
or another more aggregated or averaged
approach be warranted, and if so, what?
341. Advertising SLCs. As described
in the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
although the ARC is distinct from the
SLC for regulatory purposes, the
Commission expects incumbent LECs to
include the new ARC charges as part of
the SLC charge for billing purposes.
However, commenters observe that SLC
charges frequently are not included in
the advertised price for incumbent
LECs’ services, making it more difficult
for customers to evaluate and compare
the price of service among different
providers. Thus, the Commission seeks
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
comment on requiring incumbent LECs
(and other carriers, if they charge a SLC
or its equivalent) to include such
charges in their advertised price for
services subject to SLC charges. Could
the Commission require that carriers
include SLC charges (including ARCs)
in their advertised price for services, or
condition their ability to impose SLCs
or ARCs or to receive CAF support on
their doing so? Are there alternative
approaches the Commission should take
to ensure greater disclosure of such
charges to customers in a way that
advances price comparison and
evaluation? Could the Commission
adopt such requirements pursuant to its
authority under 47 U.S.C. 201(b) of the
Act or on another basis?
P. IP-to-IP Interconnection Issues
342. As recommended by the National
Broadband Plan, the Commission has
set an express goal of facilitating
industry progression to all-IP networks,
and ensuring the transition to IP-to-IP
interconnection is an important part of
achieving that goal. As stated in
recommendation 4.10 of the National
Broadband Plan, [t]he FCC should
clarify interconnection rights and
obligations and encourage the shift to
IP-to-IP interconnection. Likewise, in
the USF/ICC Transformation NPRM the
Commission sought comment on steps
the Commission can take to promote IPto-IP interconnection. The Commission
received some comment on the issue but
hope to develop a more complete record
on IP-to-IP interconnection issues, in
light of the reforms undertaken in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order. As the
Commission states in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the duty to
negotiate in good faith has been a
longstanding element of interconnection
requirements under the
Communications Act and does not
depend upon the network technology
underlying the interconnection, whether
TDM, IP, or otherwise. Commission
requirements implementing the duty to
negotiate IP-to-IP interconnection in
good faith could take their primary
guidance from one or more of various
provisions of the Communications
law—47 U.S.C. 4, 201, 251(a), or 251(c)
of the Communications Act, or 706 of
the 1996 Act, 47 U.S.C. 1302. The
Commission seeks comment on which
of the available approaches is most
consistent with its statutes as a whole
and sound policy. The Commission
therefore seeks comment on the
implementation of the good faith
negotiation requirement, and also seeks
comment on any additional actions the
Commission should take to encourage
transitions to IP-to-IP interconnection
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
where that is the most efficient
approach.
343. The comprehensive reforms the
Commission adopted in its order on
ICC–USF reform takes initial steps to
eliminate barriers to IP-to-IP
interconnection. In this regard, the
Commission notes that the intercarrier
compensation transition it adopts in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order
specifies default rates but leaves carriers
free to negotiate alternative
arrangements. The Commission
concludes that the preexisting
intercarrier compensation regime did
not advance technology neutral
interconnection policies because it
provided LECs a more certain ability to
collect intercarrier compensation under
TDM-based interconnection, with less
certain compensation for IP-to-IP
interconnection. Under the
Commission’s new framework, even if a
carrier historically has relied on
intercarrier compensation revenue
streams, it need not wait until
intercarrier compensation reform is
complete to enter IP-to-IP
interconnection arrangements. Rather,
to the extent that certainty regarding
intercarrier compensation is important
to a particular carrier during the
transition, it is free to negotiate
appropriate compensation as part of an
arrangement for IP-to-IP interconnection
under the Commission’s transitional
framework.
344. Some commenters express
concern that additional protections are
needed to ensure IP-to-IP
interconnection, however. The
Commission expects all carriers to
negotiate in good faith in response to
requests for IP-to-IP interconnection for
the exchange of voice traffic, and that
such good faith negotiations will result
in interconnection arrangements
between IP networks, and the
Commission seeks comment on which
of the various possible statutory
provisions as well as standards and
enforcement mechanisms it should
adopt to implement its expectation that
carriers negotiate in good faith. The
Commission also seeks comment on
actions the Commission could take to, at
a minimum, encourage the transition to
IP-to-IP interconnection where efficient.
In particular, the Commission proposes
that if a carrier that has deployed an IP
network receives a request to
interconnect in IP, but instead requires
TDM interconnection, the costs of the
IP-to-TDM conversion would be borne
by the carrier that elected TDM
interconnection. The Commission seeks
comment on this proposal. The
Commission also seeks comment on
other measures that Commission might
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78421
adopt to encourage efficient IP-to-IP
interconnection.
345. The Commission also seeks
comment on proposals to require IP-toIP interconnection in particular
circumstances under different policy
frameworks. In this regard, the
Commission observes that 47 U.S.C. 251
of the Act is one of the key provisions
specifying interconnection
requirements, and that its
interconnection requirements are
technology neutral—they do not vary
based on whether one or both of the
interconnecting providers is using TDM,
IP, or another technology in their
underlying networks. The specific
application of the interconnection
requirements of 47 U.S.C. 251 depend
upon factual circumstances and other
considerations, and the Commission
seeks comment on the resulting
implications in the context of IP-to-IP
interconnection, along with other legal
authority that might bear on the
Commission’s ability to adopt any
particular IP-to-IP interconnection
policy framework. Moreover, the
Commission seeks comment on how to
carefully circumscribe the scope of
traffic or services subject to any such
framework to leave issues to the
marketplace that appropriately can be
resolved there.
346. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on proposals that the
Commission leave IP-to-IP
interconnection to unregulated
commercial agreements. Although the
Commission has relied on such an
approach in some contexts in the past,
the Commission seeks comment on the
factual basis for whether, and when, to
adopt such an approach here.
i. Scope of Traffic Exchange Covered by
an IP-to-IP Interconnection Policy
Framework
347. It is important that any IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework
adopted by the Commission be narrowly
tailored to avoid intervention in areas
where the marketplace will operate
efficiently. The Commission thus seeks
comment on the scope of traffic
exchange that should be encompassed
by any IP-to-IP interconnection policy
framework for purposes of this
proceeding. The Commission stated in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order that
it expects carriers to negotiate in good
faith in response to requests for IP-to-IP
interconnection for the exchange of
voice traffic. But, the Commission notes
that various types of services can be
transmitted in IP format, and
commenters recognize that many pairs
of providers are exchanging both VoIP
traffic and other IP traffic with each
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78422
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
other. Further, different commenters
appear to envision IP-to-IP
interconnection policy frameworks
encompassing different categories of
services provided using IP transmission.
The Commission seeks comment on
those issues, along with any other
recommendations commenters have for
defining the scope of an IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework in
this context. For any proposed scope of
IP-to-IP interconnection, the
Commission also seeks comment on
whether it is necessary, or appropriate,
to address classification issues
associated with particular IP services.
348. Some comments proposed that
an IP-to-IP interconnection framework
address the exchange of voice traffic.
For some commenters, this would
broadly encompass all VoIP traffic,
whether referred to as packetized voice
traffic, IP voice traffic, or simply VoIP.
Is it technologically possible to adopt
such an approach? Does it make sense
as a policy matter to adopt an IP-to-IP
interconnection framework focused
specifically on voice service, and how
would such an approach be
implemented? For example, would this
approach have the result of compelling
providers to exchange VoIP traffic under
a different technological or legal
arrangement from what those providers
use to exchange other IP traffic? Could
the interconnection framework be
structured to provide certain
interconnection rights with respect to
the exchange of VoIP traffic, while
giving those providers the freedom to
exchange other IP traffic in a consistent
manner? What impact, if any, would
such an approach have on any
preexisting arrangements for the
exchange of non-voice IP traffic?
349. Other comments propose IP-to-IP
interconnection frameworks that would
encompass narrower categories of VoIP
services, such as managed or facilitiesbased VoIP, as distinct from over the top
VoIP. Are there advantages or
disadvantages to focusing on this
narrower universe of voice traffic as a
technological, policy, or legal matter?
For example, are there different costs or
service quality requirements associated
with such services such that those
services would warrant distinct
treatment? How would such traffic or
services be defined? Would
interconnection for other VoIP services
be left unaddressed at this time? Or
would they be subject to a different
policy framework, and if so, what
framework would be appropriate?
350. Alternatively, other comments
seem to anticipate that IP
interconnection policies could
encompass IP traffic other than voice.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Would it be appropriate to encompass
any non-voice IP traffic or services in
such a framework, and how would they
be defined? The Commission notes, for
example, that it historically has not
regulated interconnection among
Internet backbone providers. If a
different interconnection policy
framework were adopted in this context,
how would it be distinguishable? To
what extent would an IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework
address interconnection rights for both
voice and non-voice traffic, or to what
extent would providers simply have the
freedom to use otherwise-available
interconnection arrangements to
exchange particular IP traffic or
services?
ii. Good Faith Negotiations for IP-to-IP
Interconnection
a. Standards and Enforcement for Good
Faith Negotiations
351. Building upon its statement in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order that
the duty to negotiate in good faith under
the Act does not depend upon the
network technology underlying the
interconnection, whether TDM, IP, or
otherwise, the Commission seeks
comment on the particular statutory
authority that provides the strongest
basis for the right to good faith
negotiations for IP-to-IP
interconnection. As a threshold matter,
however, the Commission seeks
comment on the appropriate scope and
nature of requirements for good faith
negotiations generally that should
apply, as well as the associated
implementation and enforcement. For
example, should the Commission focus
on all carriers generally, or adopt
differing standards for particular subsets
of carriers such as terminating carriers,
incumbent LECs, or carriers that may
have market power in the provision of
voice services, or should the
Commission focus on some other scope
of providers? Should the right to good
faith negotiations for IP-to-IP
interconnection be limited to traffic
associated with particular types of
services? How would the Commission
determine whether or not a particular
provider negotiated in good faith under
such an approach? For example, should
such claims be evaluated in the same
manner as claims that a carrier failed to
negotiate in good faith as required by 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(1) of the Act, or regulatory
frameworks from other contexts? Are
there other criteria that commenters
believe the Commission should address
with respect to the standards and
enforcement for good faith negotiations?
For example, should enforcement occur
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
at the Commission, state commissions,
courts, or other forums?
352. Would the Commission need to
address or provide guidance regarding
the contours of a range of
reasonableness for IP-to-IP
interconnection rates, terms, and
conditions themselves to assess whether
a party’s negotiating positions are
reasonable and in good faith? For
example, would the Commission need
to specify whether direct physical
interconnection is required, or whether
indirect interconnection could be
sufficient in order to judge whether
particular negotiations are in good faith?
Are there other criteria or guidance
regarding the substance of the
underlying IP-to-IP interconnection that
the Commission would need to specify
to make enforcement of a good faith
negotiation requirement more
administrable?
353. The Commission observes that
certain statutory provisions may give
the Commission either broader or
narrower leeway to define the scope of
entities covered by the requirement, the
standards for evaluating whether
negotiations are in good faith, and the
associated enforcement mechanisms.
Thus, in addition to seeking comment
on the particular statutory authority the
Commission should adopt for good faith
negotiation requirements, commenters
should discuss any limitations on the
substance and enforcement of the good
faith negotiation requirements arising
from the particular statutory provision
at issue, or what particular approaches
to defining and enforcing good faith
negotiations are appropriate in the
context of the Commission’s exercise of
particular legal authority. In addition,
the Commission seeks comment not
only on any rules the Commission
would need to adopt or revise, but also
any forbearance from statutory
requirements that would be needed to
implement a particular framework for
good faith negotiations for IP-to-IP
interconnection.
b. Statutory Authority To Require Good
Faith Negotiations
354. In this section, the Commission
notes that there are various sections of
the Act upon which the right to good
faith negotiations for IP-to-IP
interconnection could be grounded, and
seeks comment on the policy
implications of selecting particular
provisions of the Act. In the subsequent
section, the Commission seeks comment
on the possible legal authority
commenters have cited in support of
substantive IP-to-IP interconnection
obligations, including 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1), 251(c)(2), and other
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
provisions of the Act; section 706 of the
1996 Act, 47 U.S.C. 1302; as well as the
Commission’s ancillary authority under
Title I. The Commission thus likewise
seeks comment on those and other
provisions as a basis for the right to
good faith negotiations regarding IP-toIP interconnection, as well as resulting
implications for the scope and
enforcement of that right.
355. The Commission seeks comment
on whether the Commission should
utilize 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) as the basis
for the requirement that all carriers must
negotiate in good faith in response to a
request for IP-to-IP interconnection.
Section 251(a)(1), 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1),
requires all telecommunications carriers
to interconnect directly or indirectly.
The requirements of this provision thus
extend broadly to all
telecommunications carriers, and are
technology neutral on their face with
respect to the transmission protocol
used for purposes of interconnection.
The Commission thus seeks comment
on whether the Commission should rely
upon 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) as the primary
source of a right to good faith
negotiations for IP-to-IP
interconnection. Should the
Commission create a specific
enforcement mechanism and, if so,
should the remedy be at the state level
or with the Commission? The
Commission notes that 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(1) of the Act expressly adopts a
requirement for incumbent LECs, and
requesting carriers seeking
interconnection with them, to negotiate
in good faith in accordance with 47
U.S.C. 252 to implement the
requirements of 47 U.S.C. 251(b) and (c).
Although the requirements of 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1), standing alone, are not
encompassed by that provision, the
Commission does not believe that
would preclude the Commission from
concluding that a separate good faith
negotiation requirement is required
under 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1). What is the
appropriate mechanism for enforcing a
right to good faith negotiations for IP-toIP interconnection under 251(a)(1)?
Similarly, to the extent that the good
faith negotiation requirement adopted
for 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) interconnection
must be distinct from that imposed by
47 U.S.C. 251(c)(1), would the
Commission need to adopt a different
approach to evaluating claimed
breaches of good faith from the
framework used under 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(1)? If so, what framework for
evaluating such claims should the
Commission adopt?
356. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether the requirement of
good faith negotiations for IP-to-IP
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
interconnection should be based on 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(2). Section 251(c)(2), 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(2), requires incumbent
LECs to provide direct physical
interconnection to requesting carriers
when the criteria of 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2)(A)–(D) are met. When 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(2) applies, it is subject to
a statutory requirement of good faith
negotiations under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(1),
with enforcement available through
state arbitrations under 47 U.S.C. 252.
Further, the Commission already has
adopted guidance for evaluating
claimed breaches of good faith
negotiations under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(1).
Would that guidance remain
appropriate for evaluating alleged
failure to negotiate IP-to-IP
interconnection in good faith under this
provision? Under the terms of 47 U.S.C.
251(c), the Commission believes that the
obligations of 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2) apply
only to incumbent LECs, and thus under
the terms of the statute the associated
duty to negotiate interconnection in
good faith under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(1)
only would extend to incumbent LECs
and requesting carriers seeking
interconnection with them. The
Commission notes, however, that good
faith negotiations under the USF/ICC
Transformation Order are expected of
all carriers, not just incumbent LECs. As
a result, would the Commission need to
rely on additional statutory provisions
for the basis of good faith negotiation
requirements for IP-to-IP
interconnection among other types of
carriers?
357. Alternatively, the Commission
seeks comment on whether the
obligation to negotiate in good faith for
IP-to-IP interconnection arrangements
should be grounded in 47 U.S.C. 201,
particularly in conjunction with other
provisions of the Act and the Clayton
Act. The Commission previously
interpreted 47 U.S.C. 2(a), 201 and 202
collectively as requiring common
carriers to negotiate the provision of
their services in good faith and thus
requiring LECs to negotiate
interconnection in good faith with
CMRS providers. It found it appropriate
to extend the requirement of good faith
negotiations not only to interconnection
for the exchange of interstate services,
but for intrastate services as well,
reasoning that departures from its good
faith requirement [in the context of
intrastate services] could severely affect
interstate communications by
preventing cellular carriers from
obtaining interconnection agreements
and consequently excluding them from
the nationwide public telephone
network. The Commission further
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78423
concluded that its authority to mandate
good faith negotiations is also derived
from 47 U.S.C. 309(a) and 314 of the Act
and Section 11 of the Clayton Act, 15
U.S.C. 21, which require the
Commission to remedy anticompetitive
conduct, given that delays in the
negotiating process could place a carrier
at a competitive disadvantage. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission should adopt these
provisions as the legal basis for a
requirement of good faith negotiations
among carriers regarding IP-to-IP
interconnection. Would the
considerations cited by the Commission
in the context of LEC–CMRS
interconnection likewise justify a right
to good faith negotiations in this
context? If so, what standards and
processes should apply in evaluating
and enforcing good faith negotiations
under this provision? The Commission
notes that interconnection with LECs for
access traffic historically—and as
preserved by 251(g)—was addressed
through exchange access and related
interconnection regulations, including
through the purchase of tariffed access
services. How should any right to good
faith negotiation of IP-to-IP
interconnection for the exchange of
access traffic be reconciled with those
historical regulatory frameworks? Does
the Commission’s action in the
accompanying USF/ICC Transformation
Order to supersede the preexisting
access charge regime and adopt a
transition to a new regulatory
framework affect this evaluation?
358. In addition, the Commission
seeks comment on the relative merits of
section 706 of the 1996 Act, 47 U.S.C.
1302, as the statutory basis for carriers’
duty to negotiate IP-to-IP
interconnection in good faith. Some
commenters suggest that section 706, 47
U.S.C. 1302, would provide the
Commission authority to regulate IP-toIP interconnection. Would the statutory
mandate in section 706, 47 U.S.C. 1302,
justify a requirement that carriers
negotiate in good faith regarding IP-toIP interconnection? If so, what
standards and enforcement processes
would be appropriate? If the
Commission were to rely on section 706
of the 1996 Act, 47 U.S.C. 1302, to
impose a good faith negotiation
requirement, would it also need to
adopt associated complaint procedures,
or could the existing informal and
formal complaint processes, which
derive from 47 U.S.C. 208, nonetheless
be interpreted to extend more broadly
than alleged violations of Title II duties?
Could the Commission, relying on
section 706, 47 U.S.C. 1302, extend the
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78424
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
obligation to negotiate in good faith
beyond carriers to include all providers
of telecommunications? If so, should the
Commission do so?
359. The Commission also seeks
comment on whether 47 U.S.C. 256
provides a basis for the good faith
negotiation requirement for IP-to-IP
interconnection. Although 47 U.S.C.
256(a)(2) says that the purpose of the
section is to ensure the ability of users
and information providers to seamlessly
and transparently transmit and receive
information between and across
telecommunications networks, 47 U.S.C.
256(c) provides that nothing in this
section shall be construed as expanding
or limiting any authority that the
Commission may have under law in
effect before February 8, 1996.
Particularly in light of 47 U.S.C. 256(c),
is it reasonable to interpret 47 U.S.C.
256 as a basis for the good faith
negotiation requirement? If so, what are
the appropriate details and enforcement
mechanism? Even if it is not a direct
source of authority in that regard,
should it inform the Commission’s
interpretation and application of other
statutory provisions to require carriers
to negotiate IP-to-IP interconnection in
good faith?
360. Alternatively, should the
Commission rely upon ancillary
authority as a basis for requiring that
carriers negotiate in good faith in
response to requests for IP-to-IP
interconnection? Because it is
communications by wire or radio, the
Commission clearly has subject matter
jurisdiction over IP traffic such as
packetized voice traffic. Is the
requirement that carriers negotiate in
good faith in response to requests for IPto-IP interconnection reasonably
ancillary to the Commission’s exercise
of its authority under a statutory
provision? If so, what standards and
enforcement mechanisms should apply?
If the Commission were to rely on
ancillary authority to impose a good
faith negotiation requirement, would it
also need to adopt associated complaint
procedures, or could the existing
informal and formal complaint
processes, which derive from 47 U.S.C.
208, nonetheless be interpreted to
extend more broadly than alleged
violations of Title II duties? Similarly, if
the Commission relies on ancillary
authority, could it extend the obligation
to negotiate in good faith beyond
carriers to include all providers of
telecommunications? If so, should the
Commission do so?
361. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on whether the obligation for
carriers to negotiate IP-to-IP
interconnection in good faith should be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
grounded in other statutory provisions
identified by commenters. If so, what
statutory provisions, and what are the
appropriate standards and enforcement
mechanisms? Alternatively, should the
Commission rely on multiple statutory
provisions? If so, which provisions, and
how would they operate in conjunction?
iii. IP-to-IP Interconnection Policy
Frameworks
a. Alternative Policy Frameworks
362. The Commission seeks comment
on the appropriate role for the
Commission regarding IP-to-IP
interconnection. In particular, the
Commission seeks specific comment on
certain proposed policy frameworks.
With respect to each such framework,
the Commission seeks comment not
only on the policy merits of the
approach, but also the associated
implementation issues. These include
not only any rules the Commission
would need to adopt or revise, but also
any forbearance from statutory
requirements that would be needed to
implement the particular framework for
IP-to-IP interconnection.
(i) Measures To Encourage Efficient IPto-IP Interconnection
363. At a minimum, the Commission
believes that any action the Commission
adopts in response to this FNPRM
should affirmatively encourage the
transition to IP-to-IP interconnection
where it increases overall efficiency for
providers to interconnect in this
manner. The Commission seeks
comment on possible elements of such
a framework, as well as alternative
approaches for encouraging efficient IPto-IP interconnection.
364. Responsibility for the Costs of IPto-TDM Conversions. Some commenters
have proposed that carriers electing
TDM interconnection be responsible for
the costs associated with the IP–TDM
conversion. In particular, these
commenters contend that carriers that
require such conversion, sometimes
despite the fact that they have deployed
IP networks themselves, effectively raise
the costs of their competitors that have
migrated to IP networks. If a carrier that
has deployed an IP network receives a
request to interconnect in IP, but,
chooses to require TDM
interconnection, the Commission
proposes to require that the costs of the
conversion from IP to TDM be borne by
the carrier that elected TDM
interconnection (whether direct or
indirect). The Commission seeks
comment on how to define the scope of
carriers with IP networks that should be
subject to such a requirement. The
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Commission further seeks comment on
what specific functions the carrier
electing TDM interconnection should be
financially responsible for under such a
requirement. Should the financial
responsibility be limited to the
electronics or equipment required to
perform the conversion? Or should the
financial responsibility extend to other
costs, such as any potentially increased
costs from interconnecting in many
locations with smaller-capacity
connections rather than (potentially)
less expensive interconnection in a
smaller number of locations with
higher-capacity connections? If there are
disputes regarding payments, should the
losing party bear the cost of those
disputes?
365. Would the Commission need to
take steps to ensure the rates associated
with those functionalities remain
reasonable, and under what regulatory
framework? For example, would ex ante
rules or ex post adjudication in the case
of disputes be preferable? Would the
costs of the relevant functions need to
be measured, and if so how? In the case
of rates for such functionalities charged
by incumbent LECs, should the
otherwise-applicable rate regulations
apply to such offerings? In the case of
carriers other than incumbent LECs,
how, if at all, would such rates be
regulated? Would the ability of the
carrier electing TDM interconnection to
self-deploy the IP-to-TDM conversion
technology or purchase it from a third
party rather than paying the other
provider constrain the rate the other
provider could charge for such
functionality? Would the Commission
also need to regulate the terms and
conditions of such services? If so, what
is the appropriate regulatory approach?
366. Would some pairs of carriers
with IP networks that interconnect
directly or indirectly in TDM today both
choose to continue interconnecting in
TDM? If so, how would the commission
ensure that any requirements it adopted
addressing financial responsibility for
IP-to-TDM conversions did not alter the
status quo in such circumstances? For
example, could the obligation to pay
these charges be triggered through a
formal process by which one
interconnected carrier requests IP-to-IP
interconnection and, if the second
interconnected carrier refuses (or fails to
respond), the second carrier then would
be required to bear financial
responsibility for the IP-to-TDM
conversion? Would the Commission
need to specify a timeline for the
process, including the time by which a
carrier receiving a request for IP-to-IP
interconnection either must respond or
be deemed to have refused the request
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
(and thus become subject to the
financial responsibility for the IP-toTDM conversion)? If so, what time
periods are reasonable?
367. What mechanism would be used
to implement any such charges? Should
carriers rely solely on agreements? Or
should carriers tariff these rates,
perhaps as default rates that apply in
the absence of an agreement to the
contrary? Should the carrier seeking to
retain TDM interconnection be
permitted to choose to purchase the
conversion service from any available
third party providers of IP-to-TDM
conversions, rather than from the carrier
seeking IP-to-IP interconnection? If so,
how would that be implemented as part
of the implementation framework?
(ii) Specific Mechanisms To Require IPto-IP Interconnection
368. The Commission seeks comment
on certain other approaches for
requiring IP-to-IP interconnection raised
in the record.
369. Scope of Issues To Address
Under Different Policy Frameworks
Requiring IP-to-IP Interconnection. The
Commission seeks comment on the
general scope of the Commission’s
appropriate role concerning IP-to-IP
interconnection, subject to certain
baseline requirements. For example, if
the baseline only extended to certain
terms and conditions, would providers
have adequate incentives to negotiate
reasonable IP-to-IP interconnection
rates? What specific terms and
conditions would need to be subject to
the policy framework, and which could
be left entirely to marketplace
negotiations? Should any oversight of
terms and conditions take the form of
general guidelines, perhaps subject to
case-by-case enforcement, rather than
more detailed ex ante rules? Where in
a provider’s network would IP need to
be deployed for it to be subject to such
requirements? To inform its analysis of
these issues, the Commission seeks
comment on the physical location of IP
POIs, with concrete examples of traffic
and revenue flows, as well as who bears
the underlying costs of any facilities
used, whether in the original
installation, or in maintenance and
network management. What are the
implementation costs of the provision of
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) at the
point of interconnection, and the extent
to which voice quality would be
compromised without such provision?
How would current policies, if
maintained, provide efficient or
inefficient incentives for point-ofinterconnection consolidation, and/or
the provision of efficient
interconnection protocols, such as SIP?
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Would adopting a timetable for all-IP
interconnection be necessary or
appropriate, or would carriers have
incentives to elect IP-to-IP (rather than
TDM) interconnection whenever it is
efficient to do so?
370. In addition, would it be
necessary or appropriate to address
providers’ physical POIs in the context
of IP-to-IP interconnection? What factors
should the Commission consider in
evaluating possible policy frameworks
for physical POIs, such as the
appropriate burden each provider bears
regarding the cost of transporting traffic?
If the Commission were to address POIs,
would the Commission need to mandate
the number and/or location of physical
POIs, or would general encouragement
to transition to one POI per geographic
area larger than a LATA be appropriate?
If so, what should that larger area be?
How, if at all, would any regulations of
physical POIs impact the relative
financial responsibilities of the
interconnected carriers for transporting
the traffic?
371. The Commission also seeks
comment on providers’ incentives under
a policy framework that involves some
Commission oversight of IP-to-IP
interconnection rates, as well as terms
and conditions. If an IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework
addresses interconnection rates, how
should it do so? For example, would it
be sufficient to require that all VoIP
traffic be treated identically, including
in terms of price? Would it be
appropriate to require that
interconnection for the exchange of
VoIP traffic be priced the same as
interconnection for the exchange of all
other IP traffic? If the price for the
interconnection arrangement itself is
distinct from the compensation for the
exchange of traffic, how should each be
regulated? Would a differential between
the costs/revenues in the pricing of IPto-IP interconnection and traffic
exchange relative to TDM
interconnection and traffic exchange
create inefficient incentives to elect one
form of interconnection rather than the
other? If so, should any charges for both
the interconnection arrangement and
traffic exchange under an IP-to-IP
interconnection framework mirror those
that apply when carriers interconnect in
TDM? Or should the Commission adopt
an alternative approach? For example,
should the Commission provide for
different rate levels or rate structures
than otherwise apply in the TDM
context? What is the appropriate
mechanism for implementing any such
framework? Should the regulated rates,
terms, and conditions be defaults that
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78425
allow providers to negotiate
alternatives?
372. Specific Proposals For IP-to-IP
Interconnection. Some commenters
contend that the Commission should
require incumbent LECs to directly
interconnect on an IP-to-IP basis under
47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2) of the Act. In
addition to the 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2) legal
analysis upon which it seeks comment,
the Commission seeks comment on the
policy merits of such an approach. What
requirements would the Commission
need to specify under such an
approach? In addition, by its terms, 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(2) only imposes
obligations on incumbent LECs. Is that
focus appropriate, or would the
Commission need to address the
requirements applicable to other
carriers, as well? If so, how could that
be done under such an approach?
373. Alternatively, should the
Commission adopt a case-by-case
adjudicatory framework somewhat
analogous to the approach of 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2) and 252, where the
Commission require IP-to-IP
interconnection as a matter of principle,
but leave particular disputes for case-bycase arbitration or adjudication? Under
such an approach, would the
Commission need to establish some
general principles or guidelines
regarding how arbitrations or
adjudications will be resolved, and if so,
with respect to what issues? Which
providers should be subject to any such
obligations—incumbent LECs, all
carriers that terminate traffic, or a
broader scope of providers? Should the
states and/or the Commission provide
arbitration or dispute resolution when
providers fail to reach agreement, and
what processes should apply? Does the
Commission have legal authority to
adopt such an approach?
374. Other commenters propose that
the Commission require IP-to-IP
interconnection under 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1). The Commission seeks
comment on the possibility of
designating one of the carriers as
entitled to insist upon direct (rather
than indirect) interconnection under 47
U.S.C. 251(a)(1). However, if the
Commission required IP-to-IP
interconnection under 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1) but permitted either carrier to
insist upon indirect interconnection,
could the Commission require the
carrier making that election bear certain
costs associated with indirect
interconnection, such as payment to the
third party for the indirect
interconnection arrangement, bearing
the cost of transporting the traffic back
to its own network and customers from
the point where the carriers are
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78426
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
indirectly interconnected, or other
costs?
375. As another alternative, T–Mobile
and Sprint proposed that each service
provider establish no more than one POI
in each state using Session Initiation
Protocol (SIP) to receive incoming
packetized voice traffic and be required
to provide at its own cost any necessary
packet-to-TDM conversion for a shortterm transition period. Then, in the
longer term, the parties suggest that the
Commission use the Technical Advisory
Committee (TAC) to develop
recommendations for the protocol for
receiving packet-based traffic and to
propose efficient regional packet-based
interconnection points. T–Mobile and
Sprint suggest acting on the TAC’s
recommendations after public notice
and the opportunity for comment. The
Commission seeks comment on T–
Mobile and Sprint’s proposal. If the
Commission moves forward with an
approach like T–Mobile/Sprint’s, how
much time should the Commission
allow for each of the two time periods
proposed? Based on the transition
periods adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, how would this
two-step approach work?
376. The Commission also seeks
comment on XO’s proposal to facilitate
the move to IP-to-IP interconnection.
XO recommends that the Commission
require every telecommunications
carrier to provide IP-based carrier-tocarrier interconnection (directly or
indirectly) within [five] years, regardless
of the technology the carrier uses to
provide services to its end users. During
the transition period parties could
continue to negotiate an agreement with
a third party to fulfill its
interconnection obligations. XO
suggests that if a carrier chose to
continue delivering traffic to the TDM
POI, it would continue to pay higher
intercarrier compensation rates while
the IP termination rate would be set
lower to incentivize carriers to deliver
traffic in an IP format and therefore
deploy IP networks to avoid the costs of
converting from TDM to IP. After the
proposed five-year transition, XO
recommends that terminating carriers
would be able to refuse to accept traffic
via TDM interconnection where IP
interconnection is available. The
Commission notes that it has adopted a
different approach to intercarrier
compensation for VoIP traffic in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order than
that recommended by XO. What impact
would that have on XO’s IP-to-IP
interconnection proposal? In addition,
is a five-year transition period to IP
interconnection sufficient? Should the
Commission allow providers to refuse
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
TDM traffic as XO proposes? Are there
any potential negative consequences for
having different pricing for TDM and IP
interconnection?
377. The Commission also observes
that many providers interconnect
indirectly today, and some commenters
anticipate that indirect interconnection
will remain important in an IP
environment, as well. If an IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework
granted providers the right to direct IPto-IP interconnection, would this reduce
or eliminate providers’ incentives to
interconnect indirectly? Alternatively, if
the policy framework gave providers
flexibility to interconnect either directly
or indirectly, would this result in
demand for indirect IP-to-IP
interconnection that gives some
providers incentives to offer services
that enable third parties to interconnect
on an IP-to-IP basis?
(iii) Commercial Agreements Not
Regulated by the Commission
378. The Commission also seeks
comment on proposals to adopt a policy
framework that would leave IP-to-IP
interconnection largely unregulated by
the Commission.
379. Incentives Under Unregulated
Commercial Agreements. Has the
Commission, through its actions in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order,
sufficiently eliminated disincentives to
IP-to-IP interconnection arising from
intercarrier compensation rules? Even if
there were no disincentive arising from
the intercarrier compensation rules,
would some competitors seek to deny
IP-to-IP interconnection on reasonable
rates, terms, and conditions to raise
their rivals’ costs? Are there
circumstances where a refusal to
interconnect on an IP-to-IP basis would
result in service disruptions?
380. Specific Proposals for
Unregulated Commercial Agreements.
Verizon contends that [t]he efficient
way to allow IP interconnection
arrangements to develop would be to
follow * * * the tremendously
successful example of the Internet,
which relies upon voluntarily
negotiated commercial agreements
developed over time and fueled by
providers’ strong incentives to
interconnect their networks. As AT&T
argues, the interdependence of IP
networks, along with the multiplicity of
indirect paths into any broadband ISP’s
network—for the transmission of a VoIP
call or any other type of IP application—
deprive any such ISP of any conceivable
terminating access ‘monopoly’ over
traffic bound for its subscribers. Thus,
commenters contend that the
government should avoid prescribing
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the terms that will govern complex and
evolving relationships among private
sector actors. In other contexts, the
Commission has recognized that a
provider might not always voluntarily
grant another provider access to its
network on just and reasonable rates,
terms, and conditions and that, in
certain circumstances, some regulatory
protections might be warranted. Is
interconnection in this context
distinguishable, and if so, how? If not,
how could the Commission identify the
circumstances where a less regulated (or
unregulated) approach might be
warranted from those where some
regulation is needed?
(iv) Other Proposals and Related Issues
381. In addition to the specific
proposals the Commission seeks
comment on any alternative approaches
that commenters would suggest. In
addition to the policy merits of the
approach, the Commission seeks
comment on its legal authority to adopt
the approach, and how that approach
would be implemented, including any
new rules or rule changes.
382. The Commission also observes
that there is a growing problem of calls
to rural customers that are being
delayed or that fail to connect. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
any issues related to those concerns are
affected by carriers’ interconnection on
an IP-to-IP basis, or to any
interconnection policy framework the
Commission might adopt in that
context. Are there components of, or
modifications to, any such framework
that the Commission should consider in
light of concerns about calls being
delayed or failing to connect?
b. Statutory Interconnection
Frameworks
383. The Commission anticipates that
the Commission may need to take some
steps to enable the efficient transition to
IP-to-IP interconnection, and the
Commission seeks comment on the
contours of its statutory authority in this
regard. Just as there are varied positions
regarding the appropriate policy
framework for IP-to-IP interconnection,
so too are there varied positions on the
application of various statutory
provisions in this regard. The
Commission therefore seeks comment
on the appropriate interpretation of
statutory interconnection requirements
and other possible regulatory authority
for the Commission to adopt a policy
framework governing IP-to-IP
interconnection. In addition, insofar as
the Commission addresses IP-to-IP
interconnection through a statutory
framework historically applied to TDM
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
traffic, the Commission seeks comment
on whether any resulting changes will
be required to the application of those
historical TDM interconnection
requirements, either through rule
changes or forbearance.
384. Section 251. The Commission
agrees with commenters that nothing in
the language of 47 U.S.C. 251 limits the
applicability of a carrier’s statutory
interconnection obligations to circuitswitched voice traffic and that the
language is in fact technology neutral. In
addition, the Commission seeks
comment on whether the provisions of
47 U.S.C. 251 interconnection are also
service neutral, or do they vary with the
particular services (e.g., voice vs. data,
telecommunications services vs.
information services) being exchanged?
If so, on what basis, and in what ways,
do they vary? A number of commenters
go on to contend that the Commission
can regulate IP-to-IP interconnection
pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 251 of the Act. If
the Commission were to adopt IP-to-IP
interconnection regulations under the
47 U.S.C. 251 framework, would those
regulations serve as a default in the
absence of a negotiated IP-to-IP
interconnection agreement between
parties? In addition to those overarching
considerations regarding the application
of 47 U.S.C. 251 generally, the
Commission recognize that the scope of
the interconnection requirements of 47
U.S.C. 251(a)(1) and 251(c)(2) are tied to
factual circumstances or otherwise
circumscribed in various ways, and the
Commission seeks comment on the
resulting implications in the context of
IP-to-IP interconnection.
385. Section 251(a)(1). Section
251(a)(1) of the Act, 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1),
requires each telecommunications
carrier to interconnect directly or
indirectly with the facilities and
equipment of other telecommunications
carriers. The Commission previously
has recognized that this provision gives
carriers the right to interconnect for
purposes of exchanging VoIP traffic.
However, could a carrier satisfy its
obligation under 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) by
agreeing to interconnect directly or
indirectly only in TDM, or could the
Commission require IP-to-IP
interconnection in some circumstances?
386. Section 251(a)(1), 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1), does not expressly specify
how a particular pair of interconnecting
carriers will decide whether to
interconnect directly or indirectly. How
should the Commission interpret 47
U.S.C. 251(a)(1) in this regard? If the
Commission were to require IP-to-IP
interconnection under 47 U.S.C.
251(a)(1), would this effectively require
direct interconnection in situations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
where there was no third party that
could facilitate indirect IP-to-IP
interconnection? Would this be
consistent with the Commission’s prior
interpretation of 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) that
telecommunications carriers should be
permitted to provide interconnection
pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 251(a) either
directly or indirectly, based upon their
most efficient technical and economic
choices? Should the Commission
interpret 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1) to allow the
carrier requesting interconnection to
decide whether interconnection will be
direct or indirect or should the
Commission otherwise formally
designate one of the carriers as entitled
to insist upon direct (rather than
indirect) interconnection? If so, which
carrier should be entitled to make that
choice, and how would such a
framework be implemented?
387. In general, how would IP-to-IP
interconnection be implemented under
47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1)? To what extent
should the Commission specify ex ante
rules governing the rates, terms, and
conditions of IP-to-IP interconnection
under 47 U.S.C. 251(a)(1), or could
those issues be left to case-by-case
evaluation in state arbitrations or
disputes brought before the
Commission? If the Commission did not
address these issues through ex ante
rules, what standards or guidelines
would apply in resolving disputes?
388. Section 251(c)(2). Section
251(c)(2), 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2), requires
incumbent LECs to provide, for the
facilities and equipment of any
requesting telecommunications carrier,
interconnection with the local exchange
carrier’s network, subject to certain
conditions and criteria. Such
interconnection is for the transmission
and routing of telephone exchange
service and exchange access.
Interconnection must be direct, and at
any technically feasible point within the
carrier’s network that is at least equal in
quality to that provided by the
[incumbent LEC] to itself or to any
subsidiary, affiliate, or any other party
to which the carrier provides
interconnection. Finally, incumbent
LECs must provide interconnection
under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2) on rates,
terms, and conditions that are just,
reasonable, and nondiscriminatory. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the Commission should set a policy
framework for IP-to-IP interconnection
under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2), including on
the specific issues.
389. The Commission seeks comment
on the scope of an incumbent local
exchange carrier for purposes of 47
U.S.C. 251(c)(2). The Commission has
recognized that an entity that meets the
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78427
definition of incumbent local exchange
carrier in 47 U.S.C. 251(h) is treated as
an incumbent LEC for purposes of the
obligations imposed by 47 U.S.C. 251
even if it also provides services other
than pure telephone exchange service
and exchange access. Thus, under the
statute, an incumbent LEC retains its
status as an incumbent LEC as long as
it remains a local exchange carrier.
390. To the extent that, at some point
in the future, an entity that historically
was classified as an incumbent LEC
ceased offering circuit-switched voice
telephone service, and instead offered
only VoIP service, the Commission
seeks comment on whether that entity
would remain a local exchange carrier
(to the extent that it did not otherwise
offer services that were telephone
exchange service or exchange access).
The Commission notes that the
Commission has not broadly determined
whether VoIP services are
telecommunications services or
information services, or whether such
VoIP services constitute telephone
exchange service or exchange access. To
what extent would the Commission
need to classify VoIP services as
telecommunications services or
information services to resolve whether
the provider remained a LEC? Under the
reasoning of prior Commission
decisions, the Commission does not
believe that a retail service must be
classified as a telecommunications
service for the provider carrying that
traffic (whether the provider of the retail
service or a third party) to be offering
telephone exchange service or exchange
access. With specific respect to VoIP,
the Commission notes that some
providers contend that the classification
of their retail VoIP service is irrelevant
to determining whether telephone
exchange service and/or exchange
access is being provided as an input to
that service. The Commission seeks
comment on these issues.
391. In addition, the record reveals
that today, some incumbent LECs are
offering IP services through affiliates.
Some commenters contend that
incumbent LECs are doing so simply in
an effort to evade the application of
incumbent LEC-specific legal
requirements on those facilities and
services, and the Commission would be
concerned if that were the case. The
Commission notes that the DC Circuit
has held that the Commission may not
permit an ILEC to avoid § 251(c)
obligations as applied to advanced
services by setting up a wholly owned
affiliate to offer those services. In
reaching that conclusion, the court
relied on the fact that the affiliate at
issue was providing services with
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78428
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
equipment originally owned by its ILEC
parent, to customers previously served
by its ILEC parent, marketed under the
name of its ILEC parent. That holding
remains applicable here, but the
Commission also seeks comment more
broadly on when an affiliate should be
treated as an incumbent LEC under
circumstances beyond those squarely
addressed in that decision. What factors
or considerations should be weighed in
making that evaluation? Alternatively,
to what extent would those same, or
similar, considerations be necessary to a
finding that the affiliate is a successor
or assign of the incumbent LEC within
the meaning of 47 U.S.C. 251(h)(1)?
Could the affiliate be a successor or
assign if it satisfies only a subset of
those considerations or different
considerations? As another alternative,
even if an affiliate is not a successor or
assign of the incumbent LEC under 47
U.S.C. 251(h)(1), would the Commission
nevertheless be warranted to treat it as
an incumbent LEC under 47 U.S.C.
251(h)(2)? To treat the affiliate as an
incumbent LEC would require finding
that it is a LEC, potentially implicating
many of the same issues raised
regarding the classification of a retail
VoIP provider or its carrier partner as a
LEC. Would such affiliates be classified
as LECs or based on other factors? If an
affiliate is treated as an incumbent LEC
in its own right under 47 U.S.C.
251(h)(1) or (h)(2), what are the
implications for how 47 U.S.C. 251(c)
applies? For example, if a requesting
carrier were entitled to IP-to-IP
interconnection with that affiliate under
47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2), could it use that
interconnection arrangement to
exchange traffic only with the customers
of the affiliate, or could it use that
arrangement to exchange traffic with the
original incumbent LEC?
392. Section 251(c)(2)(A), 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2)(A), requires that
interconnection obtained under
251(c)(2) be for the transmission and
routing of telephone exchange service
and exchange access. The Commission
seeks comment on whether traffic
exchanged via IP-to-IP interconnection
would meet those criteria. The
Commission notes in this regard that
some providers of facilities-based retail
VoIP services state that they are
providing those services on a common
carrier basis, and expect that those
services would include the provision of
telephone exchange service and/or
exchange access to the same extent as
comparable services provided using
TDM or other transmission protocols.
Other providers of retail VoIP services
assert that, regardless of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
classification of the retail VoIP service,
their carrier partners are providing
telephone exchange service and/or
exchange access. Although the record
reveals that these carriers typically
provide these services at least in part in
TDM today, the Commission does not
believe that their regulatory status
should change if they simply performed
the same or comparable functions using
a different protocol, such as IP. The
Commission seeks comment on these
views, as well as on the need to address
this question given its holdings that
carriers that otherwise have 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2) interconnection arrangements
for the exchange of telephone exchange
service and/or exchange access traffic
are free to use those arrangements to
exchange other traffic—including toll
traffic and/or information services
traffic—with the incumbent LEC, as
well.
393. In the Local Competition First
Report and Order, Implementation of
the Local Competition Provisions in the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, CC
Docket Nos. 96–98, 95–185, First Report
and Order, 61 FR 45476, August 29,
1996 (Local Competition First Report
and Order), the Commission held that
an IXC that requests interconnection
solely for the purpose of originating or
terminating its interexchange traffic, not
for the provision of telephone exchange
service and exchange access to others is
not entitled to interconnection under
the language of 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2)(A)
because the IXC is not seeking
interconnection for the purpose of
providing telephone exchange service,
nor is it offering access, but rather is
only obtaining access for its own traffic.
By contrast, some commenters assert
that, in applying 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2)(A),
it is sufficient for the incumbent LEC to
be providing telephone exchange
service or exchange access, regardless of
whether the requesting carrier is doing
so. The Commission seeks comment on
this view. Under this interpretation, are
there any circumstances when a
requesting carrier would not be entitled
to interconnection under 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2) because the incumbent LEC is
not providing telephone exchange
service or exchange access? For
example, might Congress have
anticipated that incumbent LECs
eventually would offer interexchange
services on an integrated basis? To what
extent was the Commission’s prior
interpretation of the Local Competition
First Report and Order motivated by
commenters’ concerns that an
alternative outcome would permit IXCs
to evade the pre-1996 Act exchange
access rules, including the payment of
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
access charges, which were preserved
under 47 U.S.C. 251(g)? Would those
concerns be mitigated insofar as the
Commission is superseding the preexisting access charge regime in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order? Are
there other reasons why the new
interpretation of 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2)(A)
is warranted?
394. Section 251(c)(2)(B), 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2)(B), requires interconnection at
any technically feasible point within the
carrier’s network. The Commission
observes that IP-to-IP interconnection
arrangements exist in the marketplace
today, and seeks comment on whether
they demonstrate that IP-to-IP
interconnection is technically feasible at
particular points within a carrier’s
network. To what extent does the
requirement that incumbent LECs
modify their facilities to the extent
necessary to accommodate
interconnection or access to network
elements inform the evaluation whether
IP-to-IP interconnection is technically
feasible at particular points in the
network?
395. Section 251(c)(2)(C), 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2)(C), requires that the
interconnection provided by an
incumbent LEC be at least equal in
quality to that provided by the
incumbent LEC to itself or to any
subsidiary, affiliate, or any other party
to which the carrier provides
interconnection. To what extent are
incumbent LECs interconnecting on an
IP-to-IP basis with a subsidiary, affiliate,
or any other party today, and at what
quality? The Commission previously
has interpreted this language to require
incumbent LECs to design
interconnection facilities to meet the
same technical criteria and service
standards, such as probability of
blocking in peak hours and transmission
standards, that are used within their
own networks. Consistent with this
interpretation, to what extent must an
incumbent LEC be using IP transmission
in its own network before it could be
required to provide IP-to-IP
interconnection pursuant to this
language, and to what extent is that
occurring today? If the incumbent LEC
is not otherwise interconnecting on an
IP-to-IP basis with a subsidiary, affiliate,
or any other party, could the
Commission require it to provide IP-toIP interconnection as long as the other
criteria of 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2) are met?
Should such interconnection be
understood to be equal in quality to
what the incumbent LEC provides
others—albeit in a different protocol—or
should it be understood to be requiring
a superior network?
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
396. Section 251(c)(2)(D), 47 U.S.C.
251(c)(2)(D), requires that incumbent
LECs provide interconnection on rates,
terms, and conditions that are just,
reasonable, and nondiscriminatory. In
the Local Competition First Report and
Order, the Commission found that
minimum national standards for just,
reasonable, and nondiscriminatory
terms and conditions of interconnection
will be in the public interest and will
provide guidance to the parties and the
states in the arbitration process and
thereafter. If the Commission concludes
that IP-to-IP interconnection is required
under 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2), should it
follow a similar approach and adopt
minimum national standards? If so,
what should those standards be? If not,
what standards would be used to
resolve arbitrations regarding the
implementation of 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(2)?
397. Sections 201 and 332.
Historically, the Commission has
imposed interconnection obligations
pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 201. Section 201,
47 U.S.C. 201, applies to interstate
services, as well as to interconnection
involving CMRS providers under 47
U.S.C. 332(c)(1)(B). Do sections 201 (and
332 in the case of CMRS providers), 47
U.S.C. 201, 332, provide the
Commission authority to mandate IP-toIP interconnection, including for
intrastate traffic either alone, or in
conjunction with other provisions of the
Act and the Clayton Act? If so, what
standards or requirements would be
appropriate, and how would those
obligations be implemented? How
should any IP-to-IP interconnection
requirements regarding the exchange of
access traffic be reconciled with the
historical regulatory framework
governing the exchange of such traffic
with LECs, as well as with the
Commission’s action in the
accompanying USF/ICC Transformation
Order to supersede the preexisting
access charge regime and adopt a
transition to a new regulatory
framework for intercarrier compensation
for access traffic?
398. Section 706 of the 1996 Act.
Some commenters suggest that section
706, 47 U.S.C. 1302, would provide the
Commission authority to regulate IP-toIP interconnection. The Commission
seeks comment on the relationship
between the Commission’s statutory
mandate in section 706, 47 U.S.C. 1302,
and regulation of IP-to-IP
interconnection. If section 706, 47
U.S.C. 1302, provides Commission
authority to regulate IP-to-IP
interconnection, what standards or
requirements would be appropriate, and
how would those obligations be
implemented? If the Commission were
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
to rely on section 706 of the 1996 Act,
47 U.S.C. 1302, to require IP-to-IP
interconnection, would it also need to
adopt associated complaint procedures,
or could the existing informal and
formal complaint processes, which
derive from 47 U.S.C. 208, nonetheless
be interpreted to extend more broadly
than alleged violations of Title II duties?
399. Section 256. There also is some
record support for imposing IP-to-IP
interconnection requirements under
section 256 of the Act, 47 U.S.C. 256.
Section 256(a)(2), 47 U.S.C. 256(a)(2),
says that the purpose of the section is
to ensure the ability of users and
information providers to seamlessly and
transparently transmit and receive
information between and across
telecommunications networks. Do
commenters agree that 47 U.S.C. 256
authorizes Commission regulation of IPto-IP interconnection? In particular, to
what extent could 47 U.S.C. 256 provide
a source of authority for such regulation
given the statement in 47 U.S.C. 256(c)
that nothing in this section shall be
construed as expanding or limiting any
authority that the Commission may have
under law in effect before February 8,
1996? Even if it is not a direct source of
authority in that regard, should it
inform the Commission’s interpretation
and application of other statutory
provisions to require IP-to-IP
interconnection?
400. Title I Authority over IP-to-IP
Interconnection. Does the Commission
have ancillary authority to regulate IPto-IP interconnection? For example,
Sprint notes that the Commission has
subject matter jurisdiction over traffic
such as packetized voice traffic, and
asserts that regulation of IP-to-IP
interconnection is reasonably ancillary
to the Commission’s authority under the
Act. Sprint also asserts that its IP-to-IP
interconnection proposals for the
exchange of packetized voice traffic are
incidental to, and would affirmatively
promote, specifically delegated powers
under 47 U.S.C. 251–52 regarding
network interconnection, intercarrier
compensation, and dispute resolution.
Sprint further argues that its proposed
rules would advance other statutory
policies regarding the promotion of
competition, and the promotion of
communications services, including
advanced telecommunications services
and the Internet, among other things.
Thus, Sprint contends that even if
packetized voice services are . . .
classified as information services, the
Commission still possesses the authority
to adopt these rule proposals under its
Title I ancillary authority. The
Commission seeks comment on Sprint’s
analysis and other evaluations of
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78429
whether the Commission has ancillary
authority to regulate IP-to-IP
interconnection in particular ways.
401. Other Sources of Authority. The
Commission also seeks comment on any
other sources of Commission authority
for adopting a policy framework for IPto-IP interconnection. What is the scope
and substance of the Commission’s
authority to address IP-to-IP
interconnection under that authority?
Q. Further Call Signaling Rules for VoIP
402. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order accompanying this FNPRM, the
Commission adopts revised call
signaling rules to address intercarrier
compensation arbitrage practices that
led to unbillable or phantom traffic.
These rules apply to providers of
interconnected VoIP service as that term
is defined in the Commission’s rules.
The Commission also adopts a
framework of intercarrier compensation
obligations that applies to all VoIP–
PSTN traffic, which is defined as traffic
exchanged over PSTN facilities that
originates and/or terminates in IP format
and includes voice traffic from
interconnected VoIP service providers
as well as providers of one-way VoIP
service that allow end users to place
calls to, or receive calls from the PSTN,
but not both (referred to herein as oneway VoIP service).
403. The Commission recognizes that
the scope of the intercarrier
compensation obligations for VoIP
providers adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order is broader than
the definition of interconnected VoIP in
its rules to which the call signaling
obligations will apply. And, as with any
instance where similar entities are
treated differently under its rules, the
Commission is concerned about creating
additional arbitrage opportunities. But,
the Commission also recognizes that
there may be technical difficulties
associated with applying its revised call
signaling rules to one-way VoIP service
providers. The August 3 Public Notice
sought comment on the application of
call signaling rules to one-way VoIP
service providers. There was relatively
little comment on this issue, with some
commenters suggesting that the
Commission should not delay adoption
of other intercarrier compensation
reforms pending resolution of this issue.
Now that the rules applicable to VoIP
service providers adopted in the USF/
ICC Transformation Order provide
additional context, the Commission
seeks comment again on the need for
signaling rules for one-way VoIP service
providers.
404. If call signaling rules apply to
one-way VoIP service providers, how
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78430
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
could these requirements be
implemented? Would one-way VoIP
service providers have to obtain and use
numbering resources? If call signaling
rules were to apply signaling obligations
to one-way VoIP service providers, at
what point in a call path should the
required signaling originate, i.e. at the
gateway or elsewhere? Are there
alternative approaches for how signaling
rules could operate for originating
callers that do not have a telephone
number? In addition, would signaling
rules be needed for all one-way VoIP
service providers? Or, given the
terminating carrier’s need for the
information provided under the
Commission’s signaling rules, is it
sufficient to focus only on providers of
one-way VoIP service services that
allow users to terminate voice calls to
the PSTN (but not those that only allow
users to receive calls from the PSTN)?
405. If one-way VoIP service
providers were permitted to use a
number other than an actual North
American Numbering Plan (NANP)
telephone number associated with an
originating caller in required signaling,
would such use lead to unintended or
undesirable consequences? If so, should
other types of carriers or entities also be
entitled to use alternate numbering?
Would there need to be numbering
resources specifically assigned in the
context of one-way VoIP services? Are
there other signaling issues that the
Commission should consider with
regard to one-way VoIP calls?
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
R. New Intercarrier Compensation Rules
406. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on whether the new rules
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order may result in any conflicts or
inconsistencies. This could include
conflicts or inconsistencies within the
newly adopted rules or conflicts or
inconsistencies between the new rules
and the Commission’s existing rules. If
commenters believe conflicts or
inconsistencies are present, the
Commission asks that they identify the
specific rule or rules that may be
affected, explain the perceived conflict
or inconsistency, and proposes language
to address the conflict or inconsistency.
Also, the Commission seeks comment
on whether the new and revised rules it
adopts reflect all of the modifications to
the intercarrier compensation regimes
made in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order. If not, the Commission asks that
parties identify in their comments the
potential problem areas and proposes
specific language to address the possible
oversight.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
II. Procedural Matters
A. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
407. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA), the Commission has prepared
this Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) of the possible
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities by
the policies and rules proposed in this
FNPRM. Written comments are
requested on this IRFA. Comments must
be identified as responses to the IRFA
and must be filed by the deadlines for
comments on the FNPRM. The
Commission will send a copy of the
FNPRM, including this IRFA, to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration (SBA). In
addition, the FNPRM and IRFA (or
summaries thereof) will be published in
the Federal Register.
B. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Proposed Rules
408. The FNPRM seeks comment on
a variety of issues relating to
comprehensive reform of universal
service and intercarrier compensation.
As discussed in the USF–ICC
Transformation Order accompanying
the FNPRM, the Commission believes
that such reform will eliminate waste
and inefficiency while modernizing and
reorienting these programs on a fiscally
responsible path to extending the
benefits of broadband throughout
America. Bringing robust, affordable
broadband to all Americans is the
infrastructure challenge of the 21st
century. To allow the Commission to
help meet this challenge, the FNPRM
asks for comment in a number of
specific areas.
i. Universal Service
409. First, for providers receiving
Connect America Fund (CAF) support,
the FNPRM seeks further comment on
what public interest obligations should
apply to the receipt of these funds. How
should broadband service be measured,
and how should ‘‘reasonable
comparability’’ be determined for fixed
and mobile voice and broadband
services.
410. The FNPRM also seeks comment
on several proposed additional
requirements, including whether the
Commission should require CAF
recipients to offer IP-to-IP
interconnection for voice service,
beyond whatever framework it adopts
more broadly, whether CAF recipients
be required to make interconnection
points and backhaul capacity available
so that unserved high-cost communities
could deploy their own broadband
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
networks, and whether the Commission
should create a fund for a Technology
Opportunities Program in order to assist
communities with deploying their own
broadband networks.
411. In the USF–ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission concludes that
high-cost support received by
incumbent rate-of-return carriers should
be phased out over five years in study
areas where an unsubsidized facilitiesbased provider offers voice and
broadband services meeting the
specified public interest obligations.
The FNPRM seeks comment on the
specific methodology that should be
used to identify those areas, including
the appropriateness of the preliminary
analysis staff performed.
412. The Commission also begins a
represcription of the authorized
interstate rate of return, and the FNPRM
asks parties to identify what data the
Commission should collect to complete
the represcription, the current
applicability of the formulas contained
in the Commission’s rules for
performing necessary calculations, as
well as whether the remaining Regional
Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) or
some other group of carriers should be
used as a surrogate for incumbent local
exchange carriers (ILECs) that do not
issue stock or borrow money solely to
support interstate services.
413. In the USF–ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopts a rule to
use benchmarks for reasonable costs to
impose limits on reimbursable capital
and operating costs for high-cost loop
support received by rate-of-return
companies, and concludes that it should
also impose limits on reimbursable
capital and operating costs for interstate
common line support received by rateof-return companies. In the FNPRM, the
Commission seeks comments on a
specific methodology for calculating
individual company caps for HCLS set
forth in Appendix H, and seeks
comment on how specifically to
implement such a limit for ICLS.
414. In response to the USF/ICC
Transformation NPRM, 76 FR 11632,
March 2, 2011, several associations
representing rural ILECs (Rural
Associations) proposed the creation of a
new broadband-focused CAF
mechanism that ultimately would
entirely replace existing support
mechanisms for rate-of-return carriers.
Subsequently, the Rural Associations
provided draft rules that provide
additional context regarding the
operation of their proposed CAF. In the
FNPRM, the Commission seeks
comment on this proposal and ask
whether and how it could be modified
consistent with the framework adopted
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
in the USF–ICC Transformation Order to
provide a path forward for rate-of-return
or carriers to invest in extending
broadband to unserved areas.
415. In the FNPRM, the Commission
proposes that a recipient of high-cost
and CAF support should be required to
post financial security as a condition to
receiving support to ensure that it has
committed sufficient financial resources
to complying with its public interest
obligations under the Commission’s
rules. For example, should an
irrevocable standby letter of credit be
required, and if so, for what amount?
Further, the FNPRM seeks comment on
what penalties might be appropriate for
failure to meet build-out requirements,
service quality standards, or failure to
provide information to verify continuing
eligibility to receive support.
416. The CAF will target funding to
areas where federal support is needed to
maintain and expand modern networks
capable of delivering broadband and
voice services. In the FNPRM, aiming to
ensure that obligations and funding are
appropriately matched while avoiding
consumer disruption in access to
communications services, the
Commission seeks comment on what
Commission action may be appropriate
to adjust existing service obligations for
eligible telecommunications carriers
(ETCs) as funding shifts to new, more
targeted support mechanisms.
417. The FNPRM describes the Phase
II of the Mobility Fund, which will
provide ongoing support for mobile
broadband and high quality voice-grade
services. The Commission seeks
comment on the overall design for this
phase of the Mobility Fund, including
the use of reverse auctions, or the
possible use of a model. Funding in the
second phase of the Mobility Fund is
intended for geographic areas where
there is no private sector business case
to provide mobile broadband and high
quality voice-grade services. Comment
is sought on how best to: (1) Identify
these areas; (2) establish bidding and
coverage units; (3) maximize consumer
benefits; (4) establish the term of
support; (5) identify provider eligibility
requirements; and (6) set public interest
obligations.
418. The FNPRM next proposes
general auction rules for Phase II of the
Mobility Fund to govern the initial
auction process, including options for
basic auction design, application
procedures, permissible
communications and public disclosure
of auction-related information, auction
defaults, and auction suspension or
cancellation. The FNPRM reaffirms the
Commission’s commitment to address
Tribal needs and seeks comment on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
how ongoing universal service support
for mobile advanced services could be
tailored to meet the needs in Tribal
lands. The Commission seeks comment
on the adoption for Mobility Fund
Phase II of two bidding mechanisms
intended to promote greater service on
Tribal lands: a bidding credit for
Tribally-owned or controlled entities
and a mechanism that would allocate a
specified number of ‘‘priority units’’ to
particular unserved geographic areas
within Tribal lands that would reduce
the per-unit amount of bids covering
those unserved areas. The Commission
also seeks comment on the adoption of
a small business bidding preference and
the small business definition that
should apply if it adopts such a bidding
preference. In addition, comment is
sought on accountability and oversight
rules applicable to the second phase of
the Mobility Fund. Finally, the FNPRM
seeks comment on the use of an
economic model to determine support
for mobile wireless providers rather
than competitive bidding, including
possible model design and potential
changes to the proposed framework for
mobility support that could be
necessary if support is determined using
a model.
419. In the USF–ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopts a
framework for USF support in areas
served by price cap carriers where
support will be determined using a
combination of a forward-looking
broadband cost model and competitive
bidding. The FNPRM addresses
proposals for this competitive bidding
process, where applicable. Comment is
sought on: (1) The use of a forward
looking engineering cost model to
identify areas eligible for competitive
bidding; (2) establishing bidding and
coverage units; (3) maximizing
consumer benefits; (4) establishing the
term of support; (5) identifying provider
eligibility requirements; and (6) setting
public interest obligations.
420. The FNPRM next proposes
general auction rules governing the
auction process, including options for
basic auction design, application
procedures, permissible
communications and public disclosure
of auction-related information, auction
defaults, and auction suspension or
cancellation. The FNPRM also seeks
comment on whether to establish
special provisions to help ensure service
in Tribal lands. The FNPRM seeks
comment on the adoption for the
competitive bidding process of a
bidding credit for Tribally-owned or
controlled entities and a Tribal priority
units mechanism along the same lines
proposed for Phase II of the Tribal
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78431
Mobility Fund. The Commission also
seeks comment on the adoption of a
small business bidding preference and
the small business definition that
should apply if it adopts such a bidding
preference. In addition, comment is
sought on accountability and oversight
rules that would apply to recipients of
CAF support awarded through a
competitive bidding process.
421. In establishing a new Remote
Areas Fund (RAF), the budget of which
will be at least $100 million, the USF–
ICC Transformation Order addresses the
Commission’s commitment to ensure
that the less than one percent of
Americans living in areas where the cost
of deploying traditional terrestrial
broadband networks is extremely high
can obtain affordable broadband
through other technology platforms. The
FNPRM seeks comment on how RAF
support should be provided and how
the program should be implemented.
Comment is sought on how to: (1)
Identify geographic areas eligible for
support; (2) establish bidding and
coverage units; (3) maximize consumer
benefits; (4) establish the term of
support; (5) identify provider eligibility
requirements; and (6) set public interest
requirements. In addition, the FNPRM
seeks comment on how best to structure
the RAF general implementation issues,
provider qualifications, and public
interest obligations, such as service
performance criteria and pricing. The
FNPRM also seeks comment on related
matters like portable consumer subsidy
issues and service terms and conditions.
In addition, the FNPRM requests
comment on several auction approaches
to target CAF funding in extremely high
cost areas and general auction rules for
an auction process, including options
for basic auction design and for the
auction and post-auction processes, as
well as eligibility, accountability, and
oversight issues. The FNPRM also seeks
comment on the adoption of a bidding
preference for small businesses if
competitive bidding is used to provide
support from the RAF and the size of
any small business bidding credit
should the Commission adopt one. The
Commission seeks comment on the
small business definition that should
apply if it adopts such a small business
preference for remote area support
auctions.
ii. Intercarrier Compensation
422. The USF–ICC Transformation
Order adopts a bill-and-keep
methodology as the default end state for
all intercarrier compensation traffic.
Although it specifies the transition for
certain terminating access rates and
caps all interstate and most intrastate
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78432
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
charges, it does adopt a transition to a
bill-and-keep methodology for all ICC
rates, including originating switched
access, and certain transport rate
elements. The FNPRM seeks comment
on the appropriate transition to bill-andkeep for those rate elements not reduced
in the USF–ICC Transformation Order,
and asks what recovery, if any, should
be provided. The FNPRM also asks
whether Commission action is necessary
to address concerns that have been
raised regarding transit services, and are
other charges implicated by the
transition to bill-and-keep?
423. The FNPRM seeks comment on
any interconnection and related issues
that must be addressed to implement
bill-and-keep in an efficient and
equitable manner. Specifically,
comment is sought on points of
interconnection, how they are
established, what if anything, the
Commission should do going forward,
and the continued relevance of points of
interconnection in a bill-and-keep
regime. Likewise, comment is sought on
defining the ‘‘network edge,’’ the point
where bill-and-keep applies and the
point to which a provider is responsible
for delivering its traffic to another
provider. Comment is also sought on the
role of tariffs and interconnection
agreements for structuring intercarrier
relationships moving forward, including
the feasibility of extending our
interconnection rules to all
telecommunications carriers, including
competitive LECs and IXCs, and asks
questions about commenters’ concerns
about potential arbitrage that might
occur under a bill-and-keep
methodology.
424. The FNPRM also seeks comment
on the recovery mechanism adopted in
the USF–ICC Transformation Order, as
well as the pre-existing rules regarding
subscriber line charges (SLCs). With
respect to the recovery adopted in the
USF–ICC Transformation Order,
comment is sought about the
elimination of the access replacement
charge (ARC) at a date certain and, if so,
when. The FNPRM also asks about
modifying the baseline for recovery for
rate-of-return carriers by, for example,
increasing the percentage of reduction
each year and also alternative
approaches to the use of true-ups in
calculating recovery for rate-of-return
carriers. And, the FNPRM asks if ICC
CAF support for rate-of-return carriers
should be subject to a defined phaseout? In addition, parties are asked to
comment on existing SLCs, which are
not addressed here. In particular, the
FNPRM asks about the appropriate cap
for these charges, the long-term role, if
any, for SLCs as carriers move to IP
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
networks, and what, if anything, the
Commission should do about how
carriers advertise SLCs and ARCs.
425. The FNPRM seeks comment on
a number of issues regarding IP-to-IP
interconnection in light of the
Commission’s goal of facilitating
industry progression to all-IP networks.
In particular, the FNPRM seeks
comments on implementation of the
USF–ICC Transformation Order’s
statement that the Commission expects
that all carriers will negotiate in good
faith for IP-to-IP interconnection
arrangements for the exchange of voice
traffic, as well as associated
implementation and enforcement. The
FNPRM seeks comment on the
appropriate statutory authority for our
expectation of good faith negotiations,
and other possible regulatory authority
for the Commission to adopt a policy
framework governing IP-to-IP
interconnection. In addition, if the
Commission addresses IP-to-IP
interconnection through a statutory
framework historically applied to TDM
traffic, the FNPRM seeks comment on
whether any resulting changes will be
required to the application of those
historical TDM interconnection
requirements, either through rule
changes or forbearance.
426. Comment is also sought on the
scope of the traffic exchange that should
be encompassed by any IP-to-IP
interconnection policy framework to
avoid intervention in areas where the
market will operate efficiently. The
FNPRM seeks comment on the
appropriate role for the Commission
regarding IP-to-IP interconnection and
seeks specific comment on certain
proposed policy frameworks, including
the policy merits of each approach, and
associated implementation issues,
including any forbearance from
statutory requirements that would be
needed to implement the particular
framework for IP-to-IP interconnection.
427. The FNPRM asks whether call
signaling rules are needed for one-way
VoIP providers, and if so, what they
should be and how they should apply.
And finally, parties are asked to
comment on any conflicts or
inconsistencies they believe are present
as a result of the new rules adopted in
the USF–ICC Transformation Order,
either conflicts or inconsistencies
within the new rules or between the
new rules and existing Commission
rules.
C. Legal Basis
428. The legal basis for any action that
may be taken pursuant to the FNPRM is
contained in sections 1, 2, 4(i), 201–205,
214, 218–220, 251, 252, 254, 256, 303(r),
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
332, 403, and 706 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i),
201–205, 214, 218–220, 251, 252, 254,
256, 303(r), 332, 403, and 706, and
sections 1.1 and 1.1421 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR §§ 1.1,
1.421.
D. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
429. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA
generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small-business concern’’
under the Small Business Act. A ‘‘smallbusiness concern’’ is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.
430. Small Businesses. Nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 27.5
million small businesses, according to
the SBA.
431. Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, which
consists of all such companies having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
3,188 firms in this category, total, that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 firms had employment of
999 or fewer employees, and 44 firms
had employment of 1,000 employees or
more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small.
432. Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of local
exchange service are small entities that
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed in the FNPRM.
433. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to incumbent
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of
incumbent local exchange service are
small businesses that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
434. The Commission has included
small incumbent LECs in this present
RFA analysis. As noted above, a ‘‘small
business’’ under the RFA is one that,
inter alia, meets the pertinent small
business size standard (e.g., a telephone
communications business having 1,500
or fewer employees), and ‘‘is not
dominant in its field of operation.’’ The
SBA’s Office of Advocacy contends that,
for RFA purposes, small incumbent
LECs are not dominant in their field of
operation because any such dominance
is not ‘‘national’’ in scope. The
Commission has therefore included
small incumbent LECs in this RFA
analysis, although it emphasizes that
this RFA action has no effect on
Commission analyses and
determinations in other, non-RFA
contexts.
435. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (competitive LECs), Competitive
Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant
Service Providers, and Other Local
Service Providers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
specifically for these service providers.
The appropriate size standard under
SBA rules is for the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 1,442
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of either competitive
local exchange services or competitive
access provider services. Of these 1,442
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 186 have more
than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
fewer employees. In addition, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers. Of the
72, seventy have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
436. Interexchange Carriers (IXCs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
interexchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 359 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of interexchange services.
Of these 359 companies, an estimated
317 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
42 have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
437. Prepaid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for prepaid calling
card providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of
prepaid calling cards. Of these, an
estimated all 193 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and none have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of prepaid calling card providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
438. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 213
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale
services. Of these, an estimated 211
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of local
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78433
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the FNPRM.
439. Toll Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 881
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the FNPRM.
440. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to Other Toll
Carriers. This category includes toll
carriers that do not fall within the
categories of interexchange carriers,
operator service providers, prepaid
calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 284 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of other toll carriage. Of
these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and five have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most
Other Toll Carriers are small entities
that may be affected by the rules and
policies adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
441. 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (toll free)
subscribers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to our data, as of September
2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of
888 numbers assigned was 5,588,687;
the number of 877 numbers assigned
was 4,721,866; and the number of 866
numbers assigned was 7,867,736. The
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78434
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these
subscribers that are not independently
owned and operated or have more than
1,500 employees, and thus is unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of toll free
subscribers that would qualify as small
businesses under the SBA size standard.
Consequently, it estimates that there are
7,860,000 or fewer small entity 800
subscribers; 5,588,687 or fewer small
entity 888 subscribers; 4,721,866 or
fewer small entity 877 subscribers; and
7,867,736 or fewer small entity 866
subscribers.
442. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). Since 2007,
the SBA has recognized wireless firms
within this new, broad, economic
census category. Prior to that time, such
firms were within the now-superseded
categories of Paging and Cellular and
Other Wireless Telecommunications.
Under the present and prior categories,
the SBA has deemed a wireless business
to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.
Of this total, 1,368 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 15 had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Similarly, according
to Commission data, 413 carriers
reported that they were engaged in the
provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, Personal
Communications Service (PCS), and
Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR)
Telephony services. Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, the Commission
estimates that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
443. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. The
broadband personal communications
service (PCS) spectrum is divided into
six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The
Commission defined ‘‘small entity’’ for
Blocks C and F as an entity that has
average gross revenues of $40 million or
less in the three previous calendar
years. For Block F, an additional
classification for ‘‘very small business’’
was added and is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates, has
average gross revenues of not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These standards
defining ‘‘small entity’’ in the context of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
broadband PCS auctions have been
approved by the SBA. No small
businesses, within the SBA-approved
small business size standards bid
successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders
that qualified as small entities in the
Block C auctions. A total of 93 small
and very small business bidders won
approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses for Blocks D, E, and F. In 1999,
the Commission re-auctioned 347 C, E,
and F Block licenses. There were 48
small business winning bidders. In
2001, the Commission completed the
auction of 422 C and F Broadband PCS
licenses in Auction 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in this auction, 29
qualified as ‘‘small’’ or ‘‘very small’’
businesses. Subsequent events,
concerning Auction 35, including
judicial and agency determinations,
resulted in a total of 163 C and F Block
licenses being available for grant. In
2005, the Commission completed an
auction of 188 C block licenses and 21
F block licenses in Auction 58. There
were 24 winning bidders for 217
licenses. Of the 24 winning bidders, 16
claimed small business status and won
156 licenses. In 2007, the Commission
completed an auction of 33 licenses in
the A, C, and F Blocks in Auction 71.
Of the 14 winning bidders, six were
designated entities. In 2008, the
Commission completed an auction of 20
Broadband PCS licenses in the C, D, E
and F block licenses in Auction 78.
444. Advanced Wireless Services. In
2008, the Commission conducted the
auction of Advanced Wireless Services
(‘‘AWS’’) licenses. This auction, which
as designated as Auction 78, offered 35
licenses in the AWS 1710–1755 MHz
and 2110–2155 MHz bands (‘‘AWS–1’’).
The AWS–1 licenses were licenses for
which there were no winning bids in
Auction 66. That same year, the
Commission completed Auction 78. A
bidder with attributed average annual
gross revenues that exceeded $15
million and did not exceed $40 million
for the preceding three years (‘‘small
business’’) received a 15 percent
discount on its winning bid. A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that did not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years
(‘‘very small business’’) received a 25
percent discount on its winning bid. A
bidder that had combined total assets of
less than $500 million and combined
gross revenues of less than $125 million
in each of the last two years qualified
for entrepreneur status. Four winning
bidders that identified themselves as
very small businesses won 17 licenses.
Three of the winning bidders that
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
identified themselves as a small
business won five licenses.
Additionally, one other winning bidder
that qualified for entrepreneur status
won 2 licenses.
445. Narrowband Personal
Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for
Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in
1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ‘‘small
businesses’’ were entities with average
gross revenues for the prior three
calendar years of $40 million or less.
Through these auctions, the
Commission awarded a total of 41
licenses, 11 of which were obtained by
four small businesses. To ensure
meaningful participation by small
business entities in future auctions, the
Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the
Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order, 65 FR 35875, June 6, 2000. A
‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more
than $40 million. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has
average gross revenues for the three
preceding years of not more than $15
million. The SBA has approved these
small business size standards. A third
auction was conducted in 2001. Here,
five bidders won 317 (Metropolitan
Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.
Three of these claimed status as a small
or very small entity and won 311
licenses.
446. Paging (Private and Common
Carrier). In the Paging Third Report and
Order, 64 FR 33762, June 24, 1999, the
Commission developed a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in Paging or Messaging Service.
Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or
fewer employees, and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
majority of paging providers are small
entities that may be affected by our
action. An auction of Metropolitan
Economic Area licenses commenced on
February 24, 2000, and closed on March
2, 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned,
985 were sold. Fifty-seven companies
claiming small business status won 440
licenses. A subsequent auction of MEA
and Economic Area (‘‘EA’’) licenses was
held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514
licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold.
One hundred thirty-two companies
claiming small business status
purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
2,093 licenses. A fourth auction of 9,603
lower and upper band paging licenses
was held in the year 2010. Twenty-nine
bidders claiming small or very small
business status won 3,016 licenses.
447. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase I
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase
I licensing was conducted by lotteries in
1992 and 1993. There are approximately
1,515 such non-nationwide licensees
and four nationwide licensees currently
authorized to operate in the 220 MHz
band. The Commission has not
developed a small business size
standard for small entities specifically
applicable to such incumbent 220 MHz
Phase I licensees. To estimate the
number of such licensees that are small
businesses, the Commission applies the
small business size standard under the
SBA rules applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under this category, the SBA
deems a wireless business to be small if
it has 1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission estimates that nearly all
such licensees are small businesses
under the SBA’s small business size
standard that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
448. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase II
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The
Phase II 220 MHz service is subject to
spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz
Third Report and Order, the
Commission adopted a small business
size standard for ‘‘small’’ and ‘‘very
small’’ businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. This small
business size standard indicates that a
‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that do not
exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
Auctions of Phase II licenses
commenced on September 15, 1998, and
closed on October 22, 1998. In the first
auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in
three different-sized geographic areas:
three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional
Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses,
and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses.
Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were
sold. Thirty-nine small businesses won
licenses in the first 220 MHz auction.
The second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG
licenses. Fourteen companies claiming
small business status won 158 licenses.
449. Specialized Mobile Radio. The
Commission awards small business
bidding credits in auctions for
Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)
geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz
and 900 MHz bands to entities that had
revenues of no more than $15 million in
each of the three previous calendar
years. The Commission awards very
small business bidding credits to
entities that had revenues of no more
than $3 million in each of the three
previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards for the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
SMR Services. The Commission has
held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction was
completed in 1996. Sixty bidders
claiming that they qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard won 263 geographic area
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The
800 MHz SMR auction for the upper 200
channels was conducted in 1997. Ten
bidders claiming that they qualified as
small businesses under the $15 million
size standard won 38 geographic area
licenses for the upper 200 channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band. A second
auction for the 800 MHz band was
conducted in 2002 and included 23 BEA
licenses. One bidder claiming small
business status won five licenses.
450. The auction of the 1,053 800
MHz SMR geographic area licenses for
the General Category channels was
conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders won
108 geographic area licenses for the
General Category channels in the 800
MHz SMR band qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard. In an auction completed in
2000, a total of 2,800 Economic Area
licenses in the lower 80 channels of the
800 MHz SMR service were awarded. Of
the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78435
small business status and won 129
licenses. Thus, combining all three
auctions, 40 winning bidders for
geographic licenses in the 800 MHz
SMR band claimed status as small
business.
451. In addition, there are numerous
incumbent site-by-site SMR licensees
and licensees with extended
implementation authorizations in the
800 and 900 MHz bands. The
Commission does not know how many
firms provide 800 MHz or 900 MHz
geographic area SMR pursuant to
extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these
providers have annual revenues of no
more than $15 million. One firm has
over $15 million in revenues. In
addition, the Commission does not
know how many of these firms have
1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission assumes, for purposes of
this analysis, that all of the remaining
existing extended implementation
authorizations are held by small
entities, as that small business size
standard is approved by the SBA.
452. Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems,
previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (‘‘MDS’’) and
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘MMDS’’) systems, and
‘‘wireless cable,’’ transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide
two-way high speed data operations
using the microwave frequencies of the
Broadband Radio Service (‘‘BRS’’) and
Educational Broadband Service (‘‘EBS’’)
(previously referred to as the
Instructional Television Fixed Service
(‘‘ITFS’’)). In connection with the 1996
BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size
standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than
$40 million in the previous three
calendar years. The BRS auctions
resulted in 67 successful bidders
obtaining licensing opportunities for
493 Basic Trading Areas (‘‘BTAs’’). Of
the 67 auction winners, 61 met the
definition of a small business. BRS also
includes licensees of stations authorized
prior to the auction. At this time, the
Commission estimates that of the 61
small business BRS auction winners, 48
remain small business licensees. In
addition to the 48 small businesses that
hold BTA authorizations, there are
approximately 392 incumbent BRS
licensees that are considered small
entities. After adding the number of
small business auction licensees to the
number of incumbent licensees not
already counted, the Commission finds
that there are currently approximately
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78436
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
440 BRS licensees that are defined as
small businesses under either the SBA
or the Commission’s rules. The
Commission has adopted three levels of
bidding credits for BRS: (i) A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do
not exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years (small business) is eligible to
receive a 15 percent discount on its
winning bid; (ii) a bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues
that exceed $3 million and do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years (very small business) is
eligible to receive a 25 percent discount
on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $3 million
for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) is eligible to receive a 35
percent discount on its winning bid. In
2009, the Commission conducted
Auction 86, which offered 78 BRS
licenses. Auction 86 concluded with ten
bidders winning 61 licenses. Of the ten,
two bidders claimed small business
status and won 4 licenses; one bidder
claimed very small business status and
won three licenses; and two bidders
claimed entrepreneur status and won
six licenses.
453. In addition, the SBA’s Cable
Television Distribution Services small
business size standard is applicable to
EBS. There are presently 2,032 EBS
licensees. All but 100 of these licenses
are held by educational institutions.
Educational institutions are included in
this analysis as small entities. Thus, the
Commission estimates that at least 1,932
licensees are small businesses. Since
2007, Cable Television Distribution
Services have been defined within the
broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers;
that category is defined as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA defines a small
business size standard for this category
as any such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
and 16 firms had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus, under this
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
454. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses.
The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding
$40 million for the preceding three
years. A ‘‘very small business’’ is
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, the Lower 700
MHz Band had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural
Service Area (‘‘MSA/RSA’’) licenses,
identified as ‘‘entrepreneur’’ and
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these
small size standards. The Commission
conducted an auction in 2002 of 740
Lower 700 MHz Band licenses (one
license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs
and one license in each of the six
Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of
the 740 licenses available for auction,
484 licenses were sold to 102 winning
bidders. Seventy-two of the winning
bidders claimed small business, very
small business or entrepreneur status
and won a total of 329 licenses. The
Commission conducted a second Lower
700 MHz Band auction in 2003 that
included 256 licenses: 5 EAG licenses
and 476 Cellular Market Area licenses.
Seventeen winning bidders claimed
small or very small business status and
won 60 licenses, and nine winning
bidders claimed entrepreneur status and
won 154 licenses. In 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of 5
licenses in the Lower 700 MHz Band,
designated Auction 60. There were three
winning bidders for five licenses. All
three winning bidders claimed small
business status.
455. In 2007, the Commission
reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second
Report and Order, 72 FR 48814, August
24, 2007. The 700 MHz Second Report
and Order revised the band plan for the
commercial (including Guard Band) and
public safety spectrum, adopted services
rules, including stringent build-out
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
requirements, an open platform
requirement on the C Block, and a
requirement on the D Block licensee to
construct and operate a nationwide,
interoperable wireless broadband
network for public safety users. An
auction of A, B and E block licenses in
the Lower 700 MHz band was held in
2008. Twenty winning bidders claimed
small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do
not exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years). Thirty three winning
bidders claimed very small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years). In 2011, the Commission
conducted Auction 92, which offered 16
Lower 700 MHz band licenses that had
been made available in Auction 73 but
either remained unsold or were licenses
on which a winning bidder defaulted.
Two of the seven winning bidders in
Auction 92 claimed very small business
status, winning a total of four licenses.
456. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses.
In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules
regarding Upper 700 MHz band
licenses. In 2008, the Commission
conducted Auction 73 in which C and
D block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band were available. Three winning
bidders claimed very small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years).
457. 700 MHz Guard Band Licensees.
In the 700 MHz Guard Band Order, 65
FR 17594, April 4, 2000, the
Commission adopted a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. An auction of 52 Major
Economic Area (MEA) licenses
commenced on September 6, 2000, and
closed on September 21, 2000. Of the
104 licenses auctioned, 96 licenses were
sold to nine bidders. Five of these
bidders were small businesses that won
a total of 26 licenses. A second auction
of 700 MHz Guard Band licenses
commenced on February 13, 2001 and
closed on February 21, 2001. All eight
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
of the licenses auctioned were sold to
three bidders. One of these bidders was
a small business that won a total of two
licenses.
458. Cellular Radiotelephone Service.
Auction 77 was held to resolve one
group of mutually exclusive
applications for Cellular Radiotelephone
Service licenses for unserved areas in
New Mexico. Bidding credits for
designated entities were not available in
Auction 77. In 2008, the Commission
completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular
Radiotelephone Service, designated as
Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with
one provisionally winning bid for the
unserved area totaling $25,002.
459. Private Land Mobile Radio
(‘‘PLMR’’). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial,
business, land transportation, and
public safety activities. These radios are
used by companies of all sizes operating
in all U.S. business categories, and are
often used in support of the licensee’s
primary (non-telecommunications)
business operations. For the purpose of
determining whether a licensee of a
PLMR system is a small business as
defined by the SBA, the Commission
uses the broad census category, Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that
a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
The Commission does not require PLMR
licensees to disclose information about
number of employees, so the
Commission does not have information
that could be used to determine how
many PLMR licensees constitute small
entities under this definition. The
Commission notes that PLMR licensees
generally use the licensed facilities in
support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to
assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular
industry subsector to which the licensee
belongs.
460. As of March 2010, there were
424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands
below 512 MHz. The Commission notes
that any entity engaged in a commercial
activity is eligible to hold a PLMR
license, and that any revised rules in
this context could therefore potentially
impact small entities covering a great
variety of industries.
461. Rural Radiotelephone Service.
The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for small businesses specific to
the Rural Radiotelephone Service. A
significant subset of the Rural
Radiotelephone Service is the Basic
Exchange Telephone Radio System
(‘‘BETRS’’). In the present context, The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Commission will use the SBA’s small
business size standard applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
There are approximately 1,000 licensees
in the Rural Radiotelephone Service,
and the Commission estimates that there
are 1,000 or fewer small entity licensees
in the Rural Radiotelephone Service that
may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed herein.
462. Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service. The Commission has not
adopted a small business size standard
specific to the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service. The
Commission will use SBA’s small
business size standard applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
There are approximately 100 licensees
in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service, and the Commission estimates
that almost all of them qualify as small
under the SBA small business size
standard and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
463. Aviation and Marine Radio
Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use
a very high frequency (VHF) marine or
aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an
emergency position-indicating radio
beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency
locator transmitter. The Commission has
not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these
small businesses. For purposes of this
analysis, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. Most
applicants for recreational licenses are
individuals. Approximately 581,000
ship station licensees and 131,000
aircraft station licensees operate
domestically and are not subject to the
radio carriage requirements of any
statute or treaty. For purposes of our
evaluations in this analysis, the
Commission estimates that there are up
to approximately 712,000 licensees that
are small businesses (or individuals)
under the SBA standard. In addition,
between December 3, 1998 and
December 14, 1998, the Commission
held an auction of 42 VHF Public Coast
licenses in the 157.1875–157.4500 MHz
(ship transmit) and 161.775–162.0125
MHz (coast transmit) bands. For
purposes of the auction, the
Commission defined a ‘‘small’’ business
as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $15 million
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78437
dollars. In addition, a ‘‘very small’’
business is one that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $3 million
dollars. There are approximately 10,672
licensees in the Marine Coast Service,
and the Commission estimates that
almost all of them qualify as ‘‘small’’
businesses under the above special
small business size standards and may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the FNPRM.
464. Fixed Microwave Services. Fixed
microwave services include common
carrier, private operational-fixed, and
broadcast auxiliary radio services. At
present, there are approximately 22,015
common carrier fixed licensees and
61,670 private operational-fixed
licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio
licensees in the microwave services.
The Commission has not created a size
standard for a small business
specifically with respect to fixed
microwave services. For purposes of
this analysis, the Commission uses the
SBA small business size standard for
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or
fewer employees. The Commission does
not have data specifying the number of
these licensees that have more than
1,500 employees, and thus is unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of fixed
microwave service licensees that would
qualify as small business concerns
under the SBA’s small business size
standard. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that there are up
to 22,015 common carrier fixed
licensees and up to 61,670 private
operational-fixed licensees and
broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in
the microwave services that may be
small and may be affected by the rules
and policies adopted herein. The
Commission notes, however, that the
common carrier microwave fixed
licensee category includes some large
entities.
465. Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
This service operates on several UHF
television broadcast channels that are
not used for television broadcasting in
the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are approximately
55 licensees in this service. The
Commission is unable to estimate at this
time the number of licensees that would
qualify as small under the SBA’s small
business size standard for Cellular and
Other Wireless Telecommunications
services. Under that SBA small business
size standard, a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.
466. 39 GHz Service. The Commission
created a special small business size
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78438
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
standard for 39 GHz licenses—an entity
that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous
calendar years. An additional size
standard for ‘‘very small business’’ is: an
entity that, together with affiliates, has
average gross revenues of not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. The
auction of the 2,173 39 GHz licenses
began on April 12, 2000 and closed on
May 8, 2000. The 18 bidders who
claimed small business status won 849
licenses. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the FNPRM.
467. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘LMDS’’) is a fixed broadband
point-to-multipoint microwave service
that provides for two-way video
telecommunications. The auction of the
986 LMDS licenses began and closed in
1998. The Commission established a
small business size standard for LMDS
licenses as an entity that has average
gross revenues of less than $40 million
in the three previous calendar years. An
additional small business size standard
for ‘‘very small business’’ was added as
an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards in
the context of LMDS auctions. There
were 93 winning bidders that qualified
as small entities in the LMDS auctions.
A total of 93 small and very small
business bidders won approximately
277 A Block licenses and 387 B Block
licenses. In 1999, the Commission reauctioned 161 licenses; there were 32
small and very small businesses
winning that won 119 licenses.
468. 218–219 MHz Service. The first
auction of 218–219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses
for 594 Metropolitan Statistical Area
(MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557
were won by entities qualifying as a
small business. For that auction, the
small business size standard was an
entity that, together with its affiliates,
has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes
(excluding any carry over losses), has no
more than $2 million in annual profits
each year for the previous two years. In
the 218–219 MHz Report and Order and
Memorandum Opinion and Order, the
Commission established a small
business size standard for a ‘‘small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and persons or entities
that hold interests in such an entity and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
their affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not to exceed $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and persons
or entities that hold interests in such an
entity and its affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $3
million for the preceding three years.
These size standards will be used in
future auctions of 218–219 MHz
spectrum.
469. 2.3 GHz Wireless
Communications Services. This service
can be used for fixed, mobile,
radiolocation, and digital audio
broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (‘‘WCS’’) auction as an entity
with average gross revenues of $40
million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an
entity with average gross revenues of
$15 million for each of the three
preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions. The Commission
auctioned geographic area licenses in
the WCS service. In the auction, which
was conducted in 1997, there were
seven bidders that won 31 licenses that
qualified as very small business entities,
and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
470. 1670–1675 MHz Band. An
auction for one license in the 1670–1675
MHz band was conducted in 2003. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity with attributable average
annual gross revenues of not more than
$40 million for the preceding three
years and thus would be eligible for a
15 percent discount on its winning bid
for the 1670–1675 MHz band license.
Further, the Commission defined a
‘‘very small business’’ as an entity with
attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years and thus
would be eligible to receive a 25 percent
discount on its winning bid for the
1670–1675 MHz band license. One
license was awarded. The winning
bidder was not a small entity.
471. 3650–3700 MHz band. In March
2005, the Commission released a Report
and Order and Memorandum Opinion
and Order that provides for nationwide,
non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial
operations, utilizing contention-based
technologies, in the 3650 MHz band
(i.e., 3650–3700 MHz). As of April 2010,
more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7433 sites have
been registered. The Commission has
not developed a definition of small
entities applicable to 3650–3700 MHz
band nationwide, non-exclusive
licensees. However, the Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimates that the majority of these
licensees are Internet Access Service
Providers (ISPs) and that most of those
licensees are small businesses.
472. 24 GHz—Incumbent Licensees.
This analysis may affect incumbent
licensees who were relocated to the 24
GHz band from the 18 GHz band, and
applicants who wish to provide services
in the 24 GHz band. The applicable SBA
small business size standard is that of
‘‘Cellular and Other Wireless
Telecommunications’’ companies. This
category provides that such a company
is small if it employs no more than
1,500 persons. The Commission believes
that there are only two licensees in the
24 GHz band that were relocated from
the 18 GHz band, Teligent and TRW,
Inc. It is our understanding that Teligent
and its related companies have less than
1,500 employees, though this may
change in the future. TRW is not a small
entity. Thus, only one incumbent
licensee in the 24 GHz band is a small
business entity.
473. 24 GHz—Future Licensees. With
respect to new applicants in the 24 GHz
band, the size standard for ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average annual gross revenues for the
three preceding years not in excess of
$15 million. ‘‘Very small business’’ in
the 24 GHz band is an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average gross revenues not
exceeding $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
These size standards will apply to a
future 24 GHz license auction, if held.
474. Satellite Telecommunications.
Since 2007, the SBA has recognized
satellite firms within this revised
category, with a small business size
standard of $15 million. The most
current Census Bureau data are from the
economic census of 2007, and the
Commission will use those figures to
gauge the prevalence of small
businesses in this category. Those size
standards are for the two census
categories of ‘‘Satellite
Telecommunications’’ and ‘‘Other
Telecommunications.’’ Under the
‘‘Satellite Telecommunications’’
category, a business is considered small
if it had $15 million or less in average
annual receipts. Under the ‘‘Other
Telecommunications’’ category, a
business is considered small if it had
$25 million or less in average annual
receipts.
475. The first category of Satellite
Telecommunications ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
providing point-to-point
telecommunications services to other
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.’’ For this category,
Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were a total of 512 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 464 firms had annual receipts of
under $10 million, and 18 firms had
receipts of $10 million to $24,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the FNPRM.
476. The second category of Other
Telecommunications ‘‘primarily
engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems. Establishments
providing Internet services or voice over
Internet protocol (VoIP) services via
client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this
industry.’’ For this category, Census
Bureau data for 2007 show that there
were a total of 2,383 firms that operated
for the entire year. Of this total, 2,346
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Other
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our
action.
477. Cable and Other Program
Distribution. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
and 16 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
478. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has developed its own
small business size standards, for the
purpose of cable rate regulation. Under
the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small cable
company’’ is one serving 400,000 or
fewer subscribers, nationwide. Industry
data indicate that, of 1,076 cable
operators nationwide, all but eleven are
small under this size standard. In
addition, under the Commission’s rules,
a ‘‘small system’’ is a cable system
serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.
Industry data indicate that, of 7,208
systems nationwide, 6,139 systems have
under 10,000 subscribers, and an
additional 379 systems have 10,000–
19,999 subscribers. Thus, under this
second size standard, most cable
systems are small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
479. Cable System Operators. The Act
also contains a size standard for small
cable system operators, which is ‘‘a
cable operator that, directly or through
an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer
than 1 percent of all subscribers in the
United States and is not affiliated with
any entity or entities whose gross
annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.’’ The Commission has
determined that an operator serving
fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be
deemed a small operator, if its annual
revenues, when combined with the total
annual revenues of all its affiliates, do
not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Industry data indicate that, of
1,076 cable operators nationwide, all
but ten are small under this size
standard. The Commission notes that it
neither requests nor collects information
on whether cable system operators are
affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million,
and therefore is unable to estimate more
accurately the number of cable system
operators that would qualify as small
under this size standard.
480. Open Video Services. The open
video system (‘‘OVS’’) framework was
established in 1996, and is one of four
statutorily recognized options for the
provision of video programming
services by local exchange carriers. The
OVS framework provides opportunities
for the distribution of video
programming other than through cable
systems. Because OVS operators provide
subscription services, OVS falls within
the SBA small business size standard
covering cable services, which is
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78439
‘‘Wired Telecommunications Carriers.’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: all such firms having 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 939 firms had employment of 999
or fewer employees, and 16 firms had
employment of 1000 employees or
more. Thus, under this second size
standard, most cable systems are small
and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Notice. In addition, the
Commission notes that it has certified
some OVS operators, with some now
providing service. Broadband service
providers (‘‘BSPs’’) are currently the
only significant holders of OVS
certifications or local OVS franchises.
The Commission does not have
financial or employment information
regarding the entities authorized to
provide OVS, some of which may not
yet be operational. Thus, again, at least
some of the OVS operators may qualify
as small entities.
481. Internet Service Providers. Since
2007, these services have been defined
within the broad economic census
category of Wired Telecommunications
Carriers; that category is defined as
follows: ‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
3,188 firms in this category, total, that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3144 firms had employment of 999
or fewer employees, and 44 firms had
employment of 1000 employees or
more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small. In addition, according to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 396 firms in the category Internet
Service Providers (broadband) that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 394 firms had employment of 999
or fewer employees, and two firms had
employment of 1000 employees or
more. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78440
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
482. Internet Publishing and
Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
Our action may pertain to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
Commission has not adopted a size
standard for entities that create or
provide these types of services or
applications. However, the Census
Bureau has identified firms that
‘‘primarily engaged in (1) publishing
and/or broadcasting content on the
Internet exclusively or (2) operating
Web sites that use a search engine to
generate and maintain extensive
databases of Internet addresses and
content in an easily searchable format
(and known as Web search portals).’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: all such firms having 500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 2,705
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 2,682 firms
had employment of 499 or fewer
employees, and 23 firms had
employment of 500 employees or more.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the
FNPRM.
483. Data Processing, Hosting, and
Related Services. Entities in this
category ‘‘primarily * * * provid[e]
infrastructure for hosting or data
processing services.’’ The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category; that size
standard is $25 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
8,060 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of these,
7,744 had annual receipts of under
$24,999,999. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of these firms are small entities that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the FNPRM.
484. All Other Information Services.
The Census Bureau defines this industry
as including ‘‘establishments primarily
engaged in providing other information
services (except news syndicates,
libraries, archives, Internet publishing
and broadcasting, and Web search
portals).’’ Our action pertains to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
SBA has developed a small business
size standard for this category; that size
standard is $7.0 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
367 firms in this category that operated
for the entire year. Of these, 334 had
annual receipts of under $5.0 million,
and an additional 11 firms had receipts
of between $5 million and $9,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected
by our action.
E. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
485. In this FNPRM, the Commission
seeks public comment on additional
steps to complete its comprehensive
universal service and intercarrier
compensation reform. The transition to
complete the reform of the universal
service programs and new intercarrier
compensation rules could affect all
carriers, including small entities, and
may include new administrative
processes. In proposing these reforms,
the Commission seeks comment on
various reporting, recordkeeping, and
other compliance requirements that may
apply to all carriers, including small
entities. The Commission seeks
comment on any costs and burdens on
small entities associated with the
proposed ruled, including data
quantifying the extent of those costs or
burdens.
1. Universal Service
486. In the Order, the Commission
adopts a rule requiring that actual speed
and latency be measured on each ETCs
access network from the end-user
interface to the nearest Internet access
point, as well as a rule that requires
ETCs to certify to and report the results
to USAC on an annual basis. In this
FNPRM, the Commission seeks
comment on whether the Commission
should adopt a specific measurement
methodology beyond what is described
in the Order and the format in which
ETCs should report their results.
Specifically, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it should specify
a uniform reporting format, such as a
format that can be produced to the
Universal Service Administrative
Company (‘‘USAC’’) and auditable such
that USAC or the state commissions
may confirm that a provider is, in fact,
providing broadband at the required
minimum speeds. The Commission also
seeks comment on whether providers
should be required to provide the
underlying raw measurement data to
USAC and, if so, whether there are
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
legitimate concerns with the
confidentiality of such data. In the
alternative, the Commission seeks
comment on whether it would be
sufficient to have a provider certify to
USAC that its network is satisfying the
minimum broadband metrics and retain
the results of its own performance
measurement to be produced on request
in the course of possible future audits.
487. In the Order, the Commission
also directs the Wireline Competition
Bureau and Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau to develop
and conduct a survey of voice and
broadband rates in order to compare
urban and rural voice and broadband
rates. In this FNPRM, the Commission
seeks comment on the components of
the survey.
488. In this FNPRM, the Commission
seeks comment on the Rural
Association’s proposed creation of a
new broadband-focused CAF
mechanism that ultimately would
entirely replace existing support
mechanisms for rate-of-return carriers.
The Commission seeks comment on
what information it would need to
require from carriers in order to evaluate
and implement this proposal.
489. Under the Order, rate-of-return
carriers will continue to receive for
some time a modified version of their
legacy universal service support. In this
FNPRM, the Commission seeks
comment on the appropriate data and
methodologies the Commission should
use to calculate the weighted average
cost of capital used to identify the rateof-return required to maintain the
current value of a firm.
490. The Commission proposes to
apply to recipients of Mobility Fund
Phase II support, CAF support, and
Remote Areas Fund support the same
rules for accountability and oversight.
Thus recipients of USF support through
any of these funding mechanisms would
be required to meet the same reporting,
audit, and record retention
requirements. Because of differences
between Mobility Fund support and
other USF high cost support
mechanisms, the Commission proposes
that Mobility Fund Phase II support
recipients include the same additional
information in their annual reports as
Mobility Fund Phase I support
recipients. This information includes
maps with service area and population
information, linear road mile coverage,
and drive test data, as well as updated
project information. To minimize waste,
fraud, and abuse, the Commission
proposes to require individuals who are
eligible for CAF support for remote
areas to certify that they are eligible and
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
periodically verify their continued
eligibility.
491. Where the Commission uses
competitive bidding to award Mobility
Fund II support, support in areas where
the price cap ETC declines to make a
state-level commitment, or support for
remote areas, the Commission proposes
to use a two-stage application process,
including ownership disclosure
requirements, similar to that used in
spectrum auctions and adopted for
Mobility Fund Phase I.
492. The Commission also seeks
comment in the FNPRM on whether
there are specific requirements in the
existing annual reporting rule for ETCs
that should be modified to reflect basic
differences in the nature and purpose of
the support provided for mobile
services. The Commission further seeks
comment on any other aspects of its
annual reporting requirements that
should be modified to better reflect the
nature of mobile services being offered
and the objectives of the USF support
provided for them.
2. Intercarrier Compensation
493. In the FNPRM, the Commission
seeks comment and data on issues that
must be addressed to complete its
comprehensive reform of the intercarrier
compensation system. These issues
include the appropriate path or
transition to modernize the existing
rules as needed to bring all intercarrier
compensation to the ultimate end point
of bill-and-keep, if and how carriers
should be allowed to recover revenues
that might be reduced by any additional
intercarrier compensation reforms, and
data to analyze the effects of proposed
reforms and need for revenue recovery.
494. Compliance with a transition to
a new system for all intercarrier
compensation may impact some small
entities and may include new or
reduced administrative processes. For
carriers that may be affected, obligations
may include certain reporting and
recordkeeping requirements to
determine and establish their eligibility
to receive recovery from other sources
as intercarrier compensation rates are
reduced. Additionally, these carriers
may need to modify some
administrative processes relating to the
billing and collection of intercarrier
compensation to comply with any new
or revised rules the Commission adopts
as a result of the FNPRM.
495. Modifications to the rules to
address potential arbitrage opportunities
or additional call signaling rules for
VoIP traffic also will affect certain
carriers, potentially including small
entities. To the extent that the
Commission further modifies the rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
adopted in the Order as a result of the
FNPRM, providers might be required to
modify or adopt administrative,
recordkeeping, or other processes to
implement those changes. Moreover, the
FNPRM considers possible rule
modifications to require IP-to-IP
interconnection, which may require
service providers to modify some
administrative processes. Further,
possible rule modifications to address
potential arbitrage, if adopted, may
affect certain carriers. For example,
carriers that engage in such arbitrage
may be subject to revised tariff filing or
other requirements. However, these
impacts are mitigated by the certainty
and reduced litigation that should occur
as a result of the reforms adopted,
including arbitrage loopholes that the
Commission has closed in the Order.
F. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered
496. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant, specifically
small business, alternatives that it has
considered in reaching its proposed
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives (among
others): ‘‘(1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance and reporting requirements
under the rules for such small entities;
(3) the use of performance rather than
design standards; and (4) an exemption
from coverage of the rule, or any part
thereof, for such small entities.’’
497. The FNPRM seeks comment from
all interested parties. The Commission
is aware that some of the proposals
under consideration may impact small
entities. Small entities are encouraged to
bring to the Commission’s attention any
specific concerns they may have with
the proposals outlined in the FNPRM.
498. The Commission expects to
consider the economic impact on small
entities, as identified in comments filed
in response to the FNPRM, in reaching
its final conclusions and taking action
in this proceeding. The reporting,
recordkeeping, and other compliance
requirements in the FNPRM could have
an impact on both small and large
entities. The Commission believes that
any impact of such requirements is
outweighed by the accompanying public
benefits. Further, these requirements are
necessary to ensure that the statutory
goals of Section 254 of the Act are met
without waste, fraud, or abuse.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78441
499. In the FNPRM, the Commission
seeks comment on several issues and
measures that may apply to small
entities in a unique fashion.
Specifically, the FNPRM seeks comment
on whether small businesses should be
eligible for a bidding preference if
competitive bidding is used to provide
Mobility Fund Phase II support, support
in areas where the price cap ETC
declines to make a state-level
commitment, or support for remote
areas. Entities seeking the small
business bidding preference would be
required to provide information about
their gross revenues. The Commission
believes that the benefits to small
businesses of a bidding preference, if
adopted, would significantly outweigh
the burden of any additional
information disclosure requirements. In
addition, the Commission seeks
comment on the data it will need to
complete its represcription of the
authorized interstate rate of return.
Although data is requested from the
industry generally, small carriers may
be differently affected by the ultimate
prescription of a new rate of return.
500. The FNPRM seeks comment on
several issues relating to bill-and-keep
implementation, including how points
of interconnection obligations will
function for rural and non-incumbent
LECs, definition of the network edge,
and the future role of tariffs and
interconnection agreements, The
Commission also seeks comment on the
appropriate sequence and timing of
intercarrier rate reductions for those rate
elements not covered by its Order
adopting of bill-and-keep as the ultimate
end-point for reform, particularly for
originating switched access, dedicated
transport, tandem switching and tandem
transport in some circumstances. The
Commission seeks comment on the
potential impact to small entities of
reduced intercarrier rates for these
additional rate elements, including
whether a different transition period
might be appropriate for particular
classes of carriers.
501. The FNPRM also seeks comment
on how recovery of reduced intercarrier
compensation revenues in the future
would impact carriers, and how
recovery, if any, for those reduced
revenues should be addressed. The
Commission asks if the recovery
approach adopted should be different
depending on the type of carrier or
regulation. The Commission also invites
comment on specific recovery
considerations for rate-of-return carriers
and whether any cost or revenue
recovery mechanism could provide rateof-return carriers with greater incentives
for efficient operation.
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78442
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
502. Finally, the Commission seeks
comment on whether separate
consideration for small entities is
necessary or appropriate for each of the
following issues discussed in the
FNPRM: the potential impact of
additional call signaling rules governing
VoIP traffic; the potential impact of
rules relating to potential future
arbitrage, including revised tariff-filing
requirements; and the potential impact
of rules relating to IP-to-IP
interconnection and related issues.
Specifically with regard to the IP-to-IP
interconnection, the FNPRM seeks
comment on the scope of traffic
exchange that should be included,
responsibility for costs of IP-to-TDM
conversions, and the statutory
framework and appropriate scope of any
IP-to-IP interconnection obligation.
G. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rules
503. None.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
H. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
504. The FNPRM contains proposed
new information collection
requirements. The new requirements
will be submitted to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) for
review under section 3507(d) of the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The
Commission, as part of its continuing
effort to reduce paperwork burdens,
invites the general public and OMB to
comment on the information collection
requirements contained in this
document, as required by PRA. In
addition, pursuant to the Small
Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002,
the Commission seeks specific comment
on how it might ‘‘further reduce the
information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25
employees.’’
I. Filing Requirements
505. Comments and Reply Comments.
Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, interested parties
may file comments and reply comments.
Comments on the matters synopsized in
paragraphs 1–303 of the Supplementary
Information and proposed 47 CFR part
54, subparts L, M, and N are due on or
before January 18, 2012 and reply
comments on the matters synopsized in
paragraphs 1–303 of the Supplementary
Information and proposed 47 CFR part
54, subparts L, M, and N are due on or
before February 17, 2012. Comments on
the matters synopsized in paragraphs
304–406 of the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION are due on or before
February 24, 2012 and reply comments
on the matters synopsized in paragraphs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
304–406 of the Supplementary
Information are due on or before March
30, 2012. All filings should refer to CC
Docket No. 01–92, WC Docket Nos. 10–
90, 07–135, and 05–337 and GN Docket
No. 09–51, and WT Docket No. 10–208.
Comments may be filed using: (1) The
Commission’s Electronic Comment
Filing System (ECFS), (2) the Federal
Government’s eRulemaking Portal, or
(3) by filing paper copies.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 54
Communications Common Carriers,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications,
Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR
part 54 to read as follows:
PART 54—UNIVERSAL SERVICE
1. The authority citation for part 54
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 201, 205,
214, 219, 220, 254, 303(r), 403, and 1302
unless otherwise noted.
2. Revise subpart L to part 54 to read
as follows:
Subpart L—Mobility Fund
Sec.
54.1011 Mobility Fund—Phase II.
54.1012 Geographic areas eligible for
support.
54.1013 Provider eligibility.
54.1014 Service to Tribal Lands.
54.1015 Application process.
54.1016 Public interest obligations.
54.1017 Letter of credit.
54.1018 Mobility Fund Phase II
Disbursements.
54.1019 Annual reports.
54.1020 Record retention for Mobility Fund
Phase II.
Subpart L—Mobility Fund
§ 54.1011
Mobility Fund—Phase II.
The Commission will use competitive
bidding, as provided in part 1, subpart
AA, of this chapter, to determine the
recipients of support available through
Phase II of the Mobility Fund and the
amount(s) of support that they may
receive for specific geographic areas,
subject to applicable post-auction
procedures.
§ 54.1012
support.
Geographic areas eligible for
(a) Mobility Fund Phase II support
may be made available for census blocks
or other areas identified as eligible by
public notice.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(b) Except as provided in § 54.1014,
coverage units for purposes of
conducting competitive bidding and
disbursing support based on designated
road miles will be identified by public
notice for each area eligible for support.
§ 54.1013
Provider eligibility.
(a) Except as provided in § 54.1014,
an applicant shall be an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in an area
in order to receive Mobility Fund Phase
II support for that area. The applicant’s
designation as an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier may be
conditional subject to the receipt of
Mobility Fund support.
(b) An applicant shall have access to
spectrum in an area that enables it to
satisfy the applicable performance
requirements in order to receive
Mobility Fund Phase II support for that
area. The applicant shall certify, in a
form acceptable to the Commission, that
such access at the time it applies to
participate in competitive bidding and
at the time that it applies for support
and that it will retain such access for ten
(10) years after the date on which it is
authorized to receive support.
(c) An applicant shall certify that it is
financially and technically qualified to
provide the services supported by
Mobility Fund Phase II in order to
receive such support.
§ 54.1014
Service to Tribal Lands.
(a) A Tribally-owned or -controlled
entity that has pending an application to
be designated an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier may
participate in an auction by bidding for
support in areas located within the
boundaries of the Tribal land associated
with the Tribe that owns or controls the
entity. To bid on this basis, an entity
shall certify that it is a Tribally-owned
or –controlled entity and identify the
applicable Tribe and Tribal lands in its
application to participate in the
competitive bidding. A Tribally-owned
or -controlled entity shall receive any
Mobility Fund Phase II support only
after it has become an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier.
(b) In any auction for support solely
in Tribal lands, coverage units for
purposes of conducting competitive
bidding and disbursing support based
on designated population will be
identified by public notice for each
census block eligible for support.
(c) Tribally-owned or -controlled
entities may receive a bidding credit
with respect to bids for support within
the boundaries of associated Tribal
lands. To qualify for a bidding credit, an
applicant shall certify that it is a
Tribally-owned or -controlled entity and
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
identify the applicable Tribe and Tribal
lands in its application to participate in
the competitive bidding. An applicant
that qualifies shall have its bid(s) for
support in areas within the boundaries
of Tribal land associated with the Tribe
that owns or controls the applicant
reduced by twenty-five (25) percent or
purposes of determining winning
bidders without any reduction in the
amount of support available.
(d) A winning bidder for support in
Tribal lands shall notify and engage the
Tribal governments responsible for the
areas supported.
(1) A winning bidder’s engagement
with the applicable Tribal government
shall consist, at a minimum, of
discussion regarding:
(i) A needs assessment and
deployment planning with a focus on
Tribal community anchor institutions;
(ii) Feasibility and sustainability
planning;
(iii) Marketing services in a culturally
sensitive manner;
(iv) Rights of way processes, land use
permitting, facilities siting,
environmental and cultural preservation
review processes; and
(v) Compliance with Tribal business
and licensing requirements.
(2) A winning bidder shall notify the
appropriate Tribal government of its
winning bid no later than five (5)
business days after being identified by
public notice as a winning bidder.
(3) A winning bidder shall certify in
its application for support that it has
substantively engaged appropriate
Tribal officials regarding the issues
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, at a minimum, as well as any
other issues specified by the
Commission, and provide a summary of
the results of such engagement. A copy
of the certification and summary shall
be sent to the appropriate Tribal
officials when it is sent to the
Commission.
(4) A winning bidder for support in
Tribal lands shall certify in its annual
report, pursuant to § 54.1019(a)(5), and
prior to disbursement of support,
pursuant to § 54.1018, that it has
substantively engaged appropriate
Tribal officials regarding the issues
specified in paragraph 54.1014(d)(1) of
this section, at a minimum, as well as
any other issues specified by the
Commission, and provide a summary of
the results of such engagement. A copy
of the certification and summary shall
be sent to the appropriate Tribal
officials when it is sent to the
Commission.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
§ 54.1015
Application process.
(a) Application to Participate in
Competitive Bidding for Mobility Fund
Phase II Support. In addition to
providing information specified in
§ 1.21001(b) of this chapter and any
other information required by the
Commission, an applicant to participate
in competitive bidding for Mobility
Fund Phase II support shall:
(1) Provide ownership information as
set forth in § 1.2112(a) of this chapter;
(2) Certify that the applicant is
financially and technically capable of
meeting the public interest obligations
of § 54.1016 in each area for which it
seeks support;
(3) Disclose its status as an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any area
for which it will seek support or as a
Tribal entity with a pending application
to become an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any
such area, and certify that the disclosure
is accurate;
(4) Describe the spectrum access that
the applicant plans to use to meet
obligations in areas for which it will bid
for support, including whether the
applicant currently holds a license for
or leases the spectrum, and certify that
the description is accurate and that the
applicant will retain such access for at
least ten (10) years after the date on
which it is authorized to receive
support;
(5) Make any applicable certifications
required in § 54.1014.
(b) Application by winning bidders for
Mobility Fund Phase II support.
(1) Deadline. Unless otherwise
provided by public notice, winning
bidders for Mobility Fund Phase II
support shall file an application for
Mobility Fund Phase II support no later
than 10 business days after the public
notice identifying them as winning
bidders.
(2) Application Contents. (i)
Identification of the party seeking the
support, including ownership
information as set forth in § 1.2112(a) of
this chapter.
(ii) Certification that the applicant is
financially and technically capable of
meeting the public interest obligations
of § 54.1016 in the geographic areas for
which it seeks support.
(iii) Proof of the applicant’s status as
an Eligible Telecommunications or as a
Tribal entity with a pending application
to become an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any area
for which it seeks support and
certification that the proof is accurate.
(iv) A description of the spectrum
access that the applicant plans to use to
meet obligations in areas for which it is
winning bidder for support, including
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78443
whether the applicant currently holds a
license for or leases the spectrum, and
certification that the description is
accurate and that the applicant will
retain such access for at least ten (10)
years after the date on which it is
authorized to receive support.
(v) A detailed project description that
describes the network, identifies the
proposed technology, demonstrates that
the project is technically feasible,
discloses the budget and describes each
specific phase of the project, e.g.,
network design, construction,
deployment and maintenance.
(vi) Certifications that the applicant
has available funds for all project costs
that exceed the amount of support to be
received from Mobility Fund Phase II
and that the applicant will comply with
all program requirements.
(vii) Any guarantee of performance
that the Commission may require by
public notice or other proceedings,
including but not limited to the letters
of credit required in § 54.1017, or a
written commitment from an acceptable
bank, as defined in § 54.1017(a)(1), to
issue such a letter of credit.
(viii) Certification that the applicant
will offer service in supported areas at
rates that are within a reasonable range
of rates for similar service plans offered
by mobile wireless providers in urban
areas for a period during the term of the
support the applicant seeks.
(ix) Any applicable certifications and
showings required in § 54.1014.
(x) Certification that the party
submitting the application is authorized
to do so on behalf of the applicant.
(xi) Such additional information as
the Commission may require.
(3) Application Processing. (i) No
application will be considered unless it
has been submitted in an acceptable
form during the period specified by
public notice. No applications
submitted or demonstrations made at
any other time shall be accepted or
considered.
(ii) Any application that, as of the
submission deadline, either does not
identify the applicant seeking support
as specified in the public notice
announcing application procedures or
does not include required certifications
shall be denied.
(iii) An applicant may be afforded an
opportunity to make minor
modifications to amend its application
or correct defects noted by the
applicant, the Commission, the
Administrator, or other parties. Minor
modifications include correcting
typographical errors in the application
and supplying non-material information
that was inadvertently omitted or was
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
78444
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
not available at the time the application
was submitted.
(iv) Applications to which major
modifications are made after the
deadline for submitting applications
shall be denied. Major modifications
include, but are not limited to, any
changes in the ownership of the
applicant that constitute an assignment
or change of control, or the identity of
the applicant, or the certifications
required in the application.
(v) After receipt and review of the
applications, a public notice shall
identify each winning bidder that may
be authorized to receive Mobility Fund
Phase II support, after the winning
bidder submits a Letter of Credit and an
accompanying opinion letter as required
by § 54.1016, in a form acceptable to the
Commission, and any final designation
as an Eligible Telecommunications
Carrier that any Tribally-owned or
-controlled applicant may still require.
Each such winning bidder shall submit
a Letter of Credit and an accompanying
opinion letter as required by § 54.1016,
in a form acceptable to the Commission,
and any required final designation as an
Eligible Telecommunications Carrier no
later than 10 business days following
the release of the public notice.
(vi) After receipt of all necessary
information, a public notice will
identify each winning bidder that is
authorized to receive Mobility Fund
Phase II support.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
§ 54.1016
Public interest obligations.
(a) Deadline for Construction. A
winning bidder authorized to receive
Mobility Fund Phase II support shall, no
later than three (3) years after the date
on which it was authorized to receive
support, submit data from drive tests
covering the area for which support was
received demonstrating mobile
transmissions supporting voice and data
to and from the network covering 75%
of the designated coverage units in the
area deemed uncovered, or an
applicable higher percentage established
by public notice prior to the competitive
bidding, and meeting or exceeding the
following:
(1) Outdoor minimum data
transmission rates of 200 kbps uplink
and 768 kbps downlink at vehicle
speeds appropriate for the roads
covered;
(2) Transmission latency low enough
to enable the use of real time
applications, such as VoIP.
(b) Coverage Test Data. Drive tests
submitted in compliance with a
recipient’s public interest obligations
shall cover roads designated in the
public notice detailing the procedures
for the competitive bidding that is the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
basis of the recipient’s support.
Scattered site tests submitted in
compliance with a recipient’s public
interest obligations shall be in
compliance with standards set forth in
the public notice detailing the
procedures for the competitive bidding
that is the basis of the recipient’s
authorized support.
(c) Collocation Obligations. During
the period when a recipient shall file
annual reports pursuant to § 54.1019,
the recipient shall allow for reasonable
collocation by other providers of
services that would meet the
technological requirements of Mobility
Fund Phase II on newly constructed
towers that the recipient owns or
manages in the area for which it
receives support. In addition, during
this period, the recipient may not enter
into facilities access arrangements that
restrict any party to the arrangement
from allowing others to collocate on the
facilities.
(d) Voice and Data Roaming
Obligations. During the period when a
recipient shall file annual reports
pursuant to § 54.1019, the recipient
shall comply with the Commission’s
voice and data roaming requirements
that were in effect as of October 27,
2011, on networks that are built through
Mobility Fund Phase II support.
(e) Liability for Failing To Satisfy
Public Interest Obligations. A winning
bidder authorized to receive Mobility
Fund Phase II support that fails to
comply with the public interest
obligations in this paragraph or any
other terms and conditions of the
Mobility Fund Phase II support will be
subject to repayment of the support
disbursed together with an additional
performance default payment. Such a
winning bidder may be disqualified
from receiving Mobility Fund Phase II
support or other USF support. The
additional performance default amount
will be a percentage of the Mobility
Fund Phase II support that the applicant
has been and is eligible to request be
disbursed to it pursuant to § 54.1018.
The percentage will be determined as
specified in the public notice detailing
competitive bidding procedures prior to
the commencement of competitive
bidding. The percentage will not exceed
twenty percent.
§ 54.1017
Letter of credit.
(a) Before being authorized to receive
Mobility Fund Phase II support, a
winning bidder shall obtain an
irrevocable standby letter of credit
which shall be acceptable in all respects
to the Commission. Each winning
bidder authorized to receive Mobility
Fund Phase II support shall maintain
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the standby letter of credit or multiple
standby letters of credit in an amount
equal to the amount of Mobility Fund
Phase II support that the winning bidder
has been and is eligible to request be
disbursed to it pursuant to § 54.1018
plus the additional performance default
amount described in § 54.1016(e), until
at least 120 days after the winning
bidder receives its final distribution of
support pursuant to this section.
(1) The bank issuing the letter of
credit shall be acceptable to the
Commission. A bank that is acceptable
to the Commission is
(i) Any United States Bank that
(A) Is among the 50 largest United
States banks, determined on the basis of
total assets as of the end of the calendar
year immediately preceding the
issuance of the letter of credit,
(B) Whose deposits are insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
and
(C) Who has a long-term unsecured
credit rating issued by Standard &
Poor’s of A¥ or better (or an equivalent
rating from another nationally
recognized credit rating agency); or
(ii) Any non-U.S. bank that
(A) Is among the 50 largest non-U.S.
banks in the world, determined on the
basis of total assets as of the end of the
calendar year immediately preceding
the issuance of the letter of credit
(determined on a U.S. dollar equivalent
basis as of such date),
(B) Has a branch office in the District
of Columbia or such other branch office
agreed to by the Commission,
(C) Has a long-term unsecured credit
rating issued by a widely-recognized
credit rating agency that is equivalent to
an A¥ or better rating by Standard &
Poor’s, and
(D) Issues the letter of credit payable
in United States dollars.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) A winning bidder for Mobility
Fund Phase II support shall provide
with its Letter of Credit an opinion letter
from its legal counsel clearly stating,
subject only to customary assumptions,
limitations, and qualifications, that in a
proceeding under Title 11 of the United
States Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq. (the
‘‘Bankruptcy Code’’), the bankruptcy
court would not treat the letter of credit
or proceeds of the letter of credit as
property of the winning bidder’s
bankruptcy estate under section 541 of
the Bankruptcy Code.
(c) Authorization to receive Mobility
Fund Phase II support is conditioned
upon full and timely performance of all
of the requirements set forth in
§ 54.1016, and any additional terms and
conditions upon which the support was
granted.
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(1) Failure by a winning bidder
authorized to receive Mobility Fund
Phase II support to comply with any of
the requirements set forth in § 54.1015
or any other term or conditions upon
which support was granted, or its loss
of eligibility for any reason for Mobility
Fund Phase II support will be deemed
an automatic performance default, will
entitle the Commission to draw the
entire amount of the letter of credit, and
may disqualify the winning bidder from
the receipt of Mobility Fund Phase II
support or additional USF support.
(2) A performance default will be
evidenced by a letter issued by the Chief
of either the Wireless Bureau or
Wireline Bureau or their respective
designees, which letter, attached to a
standby letter of credit draw certificate,
and shall be sufficient for a draw on the
standby letter of credit for the entire
amount of the standby letter of credit.
§ 54.1018 Mobility Fund Phase II
disbursements.
(a) A winning bidder for Mobility
Fund Phase II support will be advised
by public notice whether it has been
authorized to receive support. The
public notice will detail disbursement
and will be made available.
(b) Mobility Fund Phase II support
will be available for disbursement to a
winning bidder authorized to receive
support on a quarterly basis for ten (10)
years following the date on which it is
authorized.
(c) Prior to each disbursement request,
a winning bidder for support in a Tribal
land will be required to certify that it
has substantively engaged appropriate
Tribal officials regarding the issues
specified in § 54.1014(d)(1), at a
minimum, as well as any other issues
specified by the Commission and to
provide a summary of the results of
such engagement.
(d) Prior to each disbursement
request, a winning bidder will be
required to certify that it is in
compliance with all requirements for
receipt of Mobility Fund Phase II
support at the time that it requests the
disbursement.
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
§ 54.1019
Annual reports.
(a) A winning bidder authorized to
receive Mobility Fund Phase II support
shall submit an annual report no later
than April 1 in each year for the five
years after it was so authorized. Each
annual report shall include the
following, or reference the inclusion of
the following in other reports filed with
the Commission for the applicable year:
(1) Electronic Shapefiles site coverage
plots illustrating the area newly reached
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
by mobile services at a minimum scale
of 1:240,000;
(2) A list of relevant census blocks
previously deemed unserved, with road
miles and total resident population and
resident population residing in areas
newly reached by mobile services
(based on Census Bureau data and
estimates);
(3) If any such testing has been
conducted, data received or used from
drive tests, or scattered site testing in
areas where drive tests are not feasible,
analyzing network coverage for mobile
services in the area for which support
was received;
(4) Certification that the winning
bidder offers service in supported areas
at rates that are within a reasonable
range of rates for similar service plans
offered by mobile wireless providers in
urban areas;
(5) Any applicable certifications and
showings required in § 54.1014; and
(6) Updates to the information
provided in § 54.1015(b)(2)(v).
(b) The party submitting the annual
report must certify that they have been
authorized to do so by the winning
bidder.
(c) Each annual report shall be
submitted to the Office of the Secretary
of the Commission, clearly referencing
WT Docket No. 10–208; the
Administrator; and the relevant state
commissions, relevant authority in a
U.S. Territory, or Tribal governments, as
appropriate.
§ 54.1020 Record retention for Mobility
Fund Phase II.
A winning bidder authorized to
receive Mobility Fund Phase II support
and its agents are required to retain any
documentation prepared for, or in
connection with, the award of Mobility
Fund Phase II support for a period of
not less than ten (10) years after the date
on which the winning bidder receives
its final disbursement of Mobility Fund
Phase II support.
3. Add subpart M to part 54 to read
as follows:
Subpart M—Connect America Fund Phase II
Competitive Bidding
Sec.
54.1101 Connect America Fund (CAF)
Phase II Competitive Bidding.
54.1102 Geographic areas eligible for
support.
54.1103 Provider eligibility.
54.1104 Service to Tribal Lands.
54.1105 Application process.
54.1106 Public interest obligations and
annual reports.
54.1107 Connect America Fund (CAF)
Phase II Competitive Bidding
Disbursements.
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
78445
Subpart M—Connect America Fund
Phase II Competitive Bidding
§ 54.1101 Connect America Fund (CAF)
Phase II Competitive Bidding.
The Commission will use competitive
bidding, as provided in part 1, subpart
AA, of this chapter, to determine the
recipients of support available through
Connect America Fund Phase II
Competitive Bidding and the amount(s)
of support that they may receive for
specific geographic areas, subject to
applicable post-auction procedures.
§ 54.1102
support.
Geographic areas eligible for
(a) CAF Fund Phase II Competitive
Bidding support may be made available
for census blocks or other areas
identified as eligible by public notice.
(b) Except as provided in § 54.1104,
coverage units for purposes of
conducting competitive bidding and
disbursing support based on the number
of residential and business locations
will be identified by public notice for
each area eligible for support.
§ 54.1103
Provider eligibility.
(a) Except as provided in § 54.1104,
an applicant shall be an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in an area
in order to receive CAF Phase II
Competitive Bidding support for that
area. The designation may be
conditional subject to the receipt of CAF
Phase II Competitive Bidding support.
(b) An applicant shall certify that it is
financially and technically qualified to
provide the services supported by CAF
Phase II Competitive Bidding support in
order to receive such support.
§ 54.1104
Service to Tribal Lands.
(a) A Tribally-owned or -controlled
entity that has pending an application to
be designated an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier may
participate in an auction by bidding for
support in areas located within the
boundaries of the Tribal land associated
with the Tribe that owns or controls the
entity. To bid on this basis, an entity
shall certify that it is a Tribally-owned
or -controlled entity and identify the
applicable Tribe and Tribal lands in its
application to participate in the
competitive bidding. A Tribally-owned
or -controlled entity shall receive any
CAF Phase II Competitive Bidding
support only after it has become an
Eligible Telecommunications Carrier.
(b) Tribally-owned or -controlled
entities may receive a bidding credit
with respect to bids for support within
the boundaries of associated Tribal
lands. To qualify for a bidding credit, an
applicant shall certify that it is a
Tribally-owned or -controlled entity and
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
78446
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
identify the applicable Tribe and Tribal
lands in its application to participate in
the competitive bidding. An applicant
that qualifies shall have its bid(s) for
support in areas within the boundaries
of Tribal land associated with the Tribe
that owns or controls the applicant
reduced by twenty-five (25) percent or
purposes of determining winning
bidders without any reduction in the
amount of support available.
(c) A winning bidder for support in
Tribal lands shall notify and engage the
Tribal governments responsible for the
areas supported.
(1) A winning bidder’s engagement
with the applicable Tribal government
shall consist, at a minimum, of
discussion regarding:
(i) A needs assessment and
deployment planning with a focus on
Tribal community anchor institutions;
(ii) Feasibility and sustainability
planning;
(iii) Marketing services in a culturally
sensitive manner;
(iv) Rights of way processes, land use
permitting, facilities siting,
environmental and cultural preservation
review processes; and
(v) Compliance with Tribal business
and licensing requirements.
(2) A winning bidder shall notify the
appropriate Tribal government of its
winning bid no later than five (5)
business days after being identified by
public notice as a winning bidder.
(3) A winning bidder shall certify in
its application for support that it has
substantively engaged appropriate
Tribal officials regarding the issues
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, at a minimum, as well as any
other issues specified by the
Commission, and provide a summary of
the results of such engagement. A copy
of the certification and summary shall
be sent to the appropriate Tribal
officials when it is sent to the
Commission.
(4) A winning bidder for support in
Tribal lands shall certify in its annual
report, pursuant to § 54.1106, and prior
to disbursement of support, pursuant to
§ 54.1107, that it has substantively
engaged appropriate Tribal officials
regarding the issues specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, at a
minimum, as well as any other issues
specified by the Commission, and
provide a summary of the results of
such engagement. A copy of the
certification and summary shall be sent
to the appropriate Tribal officials when
it is sent to the Commission.
§ 54.1105
Application process.
(a) Application to Participate in CAF
Phase II Competitive Bidding. In
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
addition to providing information
specified in § 1.21001(b) of this chapter
and any other information required by
the Commission, an applicant to
participate in competitive bidding for
CAF Phase II support shall:
(1) Provide ownership information as
set forth in § 1.2112(a) of this chapter;
(2) Certify that the applicant is
financially and technically capable of
meeting the public interest obligations
of § 54.1106 in each area for which it
seeks support;
(3) Disclose its status as an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any area
for which it will seek support or as a
Tribal entity with a pending application
to become an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any
such area, and certify that the disclosure
is accurate.
(4) Make any applicable certifications
required in § 54.1104 of this chapter.
(b) Application by Winning Bidders
for CAF Phase II Support.
(1) Deadline. Unless otherwise
provided by public notice, winning
bidders for CAF Phase II support shall
file an application for CAF Phase II
support no later than 10 business days
after the public notice identifying them
as winning bidders.
(2) Application Contents. (i)
Identification of the party seeking the
support, including ownership
information as set forth in § 1.2112(a) of
this chapter.
(ii) Certification that the applicant is
financially and technically capable of
meeting the public interest obligations
of § 54.1106 in the geographic areas for
which it seeks support.
(iii) Proof of the applicant’s status as
an Eligible Telecommunications Carrier
or as a Tribal entity with a pending
application to become an Eligible
Telecommunications Carrier in any area
for which it seeks support and
certification that the proof is accurate.
(iv) Certification that the applicant
will offer service in supported areas at
rates that are within a reasonable range
of rates for similar service plans offered
by providers in urban areas for a period
extending until 5 years after the date on
which it is authorized to receive
support.
(v) Any applicable certifications and
showings required in § 54.1104.
(vi) Certification that the party
submitting the application is authorized
to do so on behalf of the applicant.
(vii) Such additional information as
the Commission may require.
(3) Application Processing. (i) No
application will be considered unless it
has been submitted in an acceptable
form during the period specified by
public notice. No applications
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
submitted or demonstrations made at
any other time shall be accepted or
considered.
(ii) Any application that, as of the
submission deadline, either does not
identify the applicant seeking support
as specified in the public notice
announcing application procedures or
does not include required certifications
shall be denied.
(iii) An applicant may be afforded an
opportunity to make minor
modifications to amend its application
or correct defects noted by the
applicant, the Commission, the
Administrator, or other parties. Minor
modifications include correcting
typographical errors in the application
and supplying non-material information
that was inadvertently omitted or was
not available at the time the application
was submitted.
(iv) Applications to which major
modifications are made after the
deadline for submitting applications
shall be denied. Major modifications
include, but are not limited to, any
changes in the ownership of the
applicant that constitute an assignment
or change of control, or the identity of
the applicant, or the certifications
required in the application.
(v) A tribally-owned or -controlled
winning bidder that was not as an
Eligible Telecommunications Carrier
shall provide its final designation as an
Eligible Telecommunications Carrier.
(vi) After receipt of all necessary
information, the Commission shall
release a public notice identifying each
winning bidder that is authorized to
receive CAF Phase II support.
§ 54.1106 Public interest obligations and
annual reports.
A winning bidder authorized to
receive CAF Phase II shall satisfy all
public interest obligations and annual
reporting requirements of § 54.313.
§ 54.1107 Connect America Fund (CAF)
Phase II Competitive Bidding
Disbursements.
(a) A winning bidder for CAF Phase
II Competitive Bidding support will be
advised by public notice whether it has
been authorized to receive support. The
public notice will detail how
disbursement will be made available.
(b) CAF Phase II Competitive Bidding
support will be available for
disbursement to each winning bidder
authorized to receive support on a
quarterly basis for five (5) years after it
is authorized to receive support.
(c) Prior to each disbursement request,
a winning bidder for support in a Tribal
land will be required to certify that it
has substantively engaged appropriate
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 / Proposed Rules
§ 54.1203
Tribal officials regarding the issues
specified in § 54.1104(c)(1), at a
minimum, as well as any other issues
specified by the Commission and to
provide a summary of the results of
such engagement.
(d) Prior to each disbursement
request, a winning bidder will be
required to certify that it is in
compliance with all requirements for
receipt of CAF Phase II Competitive
Bidding support at the time that it
requests the disbursement.
4. Add subpart N to part 54 to read
as follows:
(a) An applicant applying for Remote
Areas Fund support must be designated
an Eligible Telecommunications Carrier
in any area for which it will seek
support. The designation may be
conditional subject to the receipt of
Remote Areas Fund support.
(b) An applicant applying for Remote
Areas Fund support must certify that is
financially and technically qualified to
provide the supported services.
Subpart N—Remote Areas Fund
Sec.
54.1201 Remote Areas Fund.
54.1202 Geographic areas eligible for
support.
54.1203 Provider eligibility.
54.1204 Public interest obligations and
annual reports.
54.1205 Remote areas fund disbursements.
Subpart N—Remote Areas Fund
§ 54.1201
Remote Areas Fund.
This subpart sets forth procedures for
determining the recipients of universal
service support pursuant to the Remote
Areas Fund and the amount(s) of
support that each recipient respectively
may receive.
§ 54.1202
support.
Geographic areas eligible for
sroberts on DSK5SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Remote Areas Fund support may be
made available for census blocks or
other areas identified by public notice.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:49 Dec 15, 2011
Jkt 223001
Provider eligibility.
§ 54.1204 Public interest obligations and
annual reports.
(a) Except as expressly provided in
this paragraph or otherwise by the
Commission, an applicant authorized to
receive Remote Areas Fund support
shall satisfy all public interest
obligations and annual reporting
requirements of § 54.313 for applicants
receiving CAF Phase II support.
(b) An applicant for Remote Areas
Fund support must pass the per location
support received along to the subscriber
at the qualifying location as a discount
on the price of service. Provided,
however, that the subscriber must pay,
or provide a deposit of, an amount
sufficient to assure that the subscriber is
able to pay for the services to which
they subscribe and to provide an
incentive to comply with any terms of
the service agreements regarding use
and return of equipment.
PO 00000
§ 54.1205 Remote Areas Fund
Disbursements.
(a) An applicant for Remote Areas
Fund support will be advised by public
notice that it is authorized to receive
support. Procedures by which
applicants authorized to receive support
may obtain disbursements will be
provided by public notice.
(b) Remote Areas Fund support will
be available for disbursement to an
applicant authorized to receive support
on a quarterly basis for five (5) years
following its authorization.
(c) Remote Areas Fund support will
be disbursed in an amount calculated
based on the number of newly served
residences or households within an
eligible area. For purposes of this
paragraph, ‘‘residence’’ and
‘‘household’’ shall use the same
definition applied in the Lifeline
Program. Applicants for Remote Areas
Fund support must certify the number
of qualifying locations newly served in
the most recent quarter, specifying the
number of signed contracts for
qualifying locations, and certify that
each location meets the qualifying
criteria established by the Commission.
(d) Prior to each disbursement
request, an applicant authorized to
receive support will be required to
certify that it is in compliance with all
requirements for receipt of Remote
Areas Fund support at the time that it
requests the disbursement.
[FR Doc. 2011–31924 Filed 12–15–11; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
78447
E:\FR\FM\16DEP3.SGM
16DEP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 242 (Friday, December 16, 2011)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 78384-78447]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-31924]
[[Page 78383]]
Vol. 76
Friday,
No. 242
December 16, 2011
Part III
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Part 54
Connect America Fund; A National Broadband Plan for Our Future;
Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
High-Cost Universal Service Support; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 242 / Friday, December 16, 2011 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 78384]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 54
[WC Docket Nos. 10-90, 07-135, 05-337, 03-109; GN Docket No. 09-51; CC
Docket Nos. 01-92, 96-45; WT Docket No. 10-208; FCC 11-161]
Connect America Fund; A National Broadband Plan for Our Future;
Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
High-Cost Universal Service Support
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Federal Communications Commission
(Commission) seeks comment on several issues related to Eligible
Telecommunications Carriers obligations, the funding mechanisms for
rate-of-return, price cap and mobile carriers, and a Remote Areas Fund.
The Commission also seeks comment on several issues related to bill-
and-keep, end user charges, IP-to-IP interconnection, and call
signaling rules. This is information will help the Commission to
comprehensively reform and modernize the universal service and
intercarrier compensation systems to ensure that robust, affordable
voice and broadband service, both fixed and mobile, are available to
Americans throughout the nation.
DATES: Comments on the matters synopsized in paragraphs 1-303 of the
Supplementary Information and proposed 47 CFR part 54, subparts L, M,
and N are due on or before January 18, 2012 and reply comments on the
matters synopsized in paragraphs 1-303 of the Supplementary Information
and proposed 47 CFR part 54, subparts L, M, and N are due on or before
February 17, 2012. Comments on the matters synopsized in paragraphs
304-406 of the Supplementary Information are due on or before February
24, 2012 and reply comments on the matters synopsized in paragraphs
304-406 of the Supplementary Information are due on or before March 30,
2012. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find
it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this FNPRM,
you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by WC Docket Nos. 10-90,
07-135, 05-337, 03-109; GN Docket No. 09-51; CC Docket Nos. 01-92, 96-
45; WT Docket No. 10-208; FCC 11-161, by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
Federal Communications Commission's Web Site: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/. Follow the instructions for submitting
comments.
People With Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: (202) 418-
0530 or TTY: (202) 418-0432.
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy Bender, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418-1469, Victoria Goldberg, Wireline Competition Bureau,
(202) 418-7353, and Margaret Wiener, Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau, (202) 418-2176 or TTY: (202) 418-0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a synopsis of the Commission's
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM) in WC Docket No. 10-90,
GN Docket No. 09-51, WC Docket No. 07-135, WC Docket No. 05-337, CC
Docket No. 01-92, CC Docket No. 96-45, WC Docket No. 03-109, and WT
Docket No. 10-208; FCC 11-161, released November 18, 2011. The complete
text of this document is available for inspection and copying during
normal business hours in the FCC Reference Information Center, Portals
II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. The
document may also be purchased from the Commission's duplicating
contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc., 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-
B402, Washington, DC 20554, telephone (800) 378-3160 or (202) 863-2893,
facsimile (202) 863-2898, or via the Internet at https://www.bcpiweb.com. It is also available on the Commission's Web site at
https://hraunfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_public/attachmatch/FCC-11-161A1.pdf.
Pursuant to Sec. Sec. 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules,
47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply
comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this
document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic
Comment Filing System (ECFS). See Electronic Filing of Documents in
Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121, May 1, 1998.
0
Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically using the
Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/.
0
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must file an original
and one copy of each filing. If more than one docket or rulemaking
number appears in the caption of this proceeding, filers must submit
two additional copies for each additional docket or rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service
mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary,
Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
0
All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for the
Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are 8
a.m. to 7 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber
bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of before
entering the building.
0
Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol
Heights, MD 20743.
0
U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic
files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice), (202)
418-0432 (tty).
I. Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
A. Broadband Public Interest Obligations
i. Measuring Broadband Service
1. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, adopted concurrently with
the FNPRM, the Commission adopts a rule requiring that actual speed and
latency be measured on the access network of each eligible
telecommunications carriers (ETC) from the end-user interface to the
nearest Internet access point, and requires that ETCs certify to and
report the results to the Universal Service Administrative Company
[[Page 78385]]
(USAC) on an annual basis. The Commission seeks comment on whether it
should adopt a specific measurement methodology beyond what is
described in the USF/ICC Transformation Order and the format in which
ETCs should report their results.
2. The Measuring Broadband America Report concludes that a
standardized set of broadband measurements can be implemented across a
range of ISPs and scaled to support detailed regional assessments of
broadband deployment and performance. The Commission notes that
commercial hardware and software as well as some free, non-commercial
options are available. Should the Commission adopt a uniform
methodology for measuring broadband performance? If so, should it be
uniform across different technologies? The Commission notes that it has
requested more information on measurement approaches for mobile
broadband in Comment Sought on Measurement of Mobile Broadband Network
Performance and Coverage, 75 FR 33303, June 11, 2010, and seeks to
incorporate that proceeding's record. How should wireless providers
measure speed? Should the Commission require fixed funding recipients
to install SamKnows-type white boxes at consumer locations to monitor
actual performance in a standardized way?
3. Should the Commission specify a uniform reporting format? Should
test results be recorded in a format that can be produced to USAC and
auditable such that USAC or the state commissions may confirm that a
provider is, in fact, providing broadband at the required minimum
speeds?
4. Should providers be required to provide the underlying raw
measurement data to USAC? Are there legitimate concerns with
confidentiality if such data are made public? Is it sufficient to have
a provider certify to USAC that its network is satisfying the minimum
broadband metrics and retain the results of its own performance
measurement to be produced on request in the course of possible future
audits?
5. Should the Commission consider easing the performance measuring
obligations on smaller broadband providers? If so, what would be the
appropriate threshold for size of provider before granting relief for
measuring broadband? If so, how can it ensure that their customers are
receiving reasonably comparable service?
ii. Reasonably Comparable Voice and Broadband Services
6. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission directs the
Wireline Competition Bureau (WCB) and Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau (WTB) (together, the Bureaus) to develop and conduct a survey of
voice and broadband rates to compare urban and rural voice and
broadband rates. The Commission seeks comment on the components of the
survey.
7. With respect to determining reasonable comparability of voice
service rates for universal service purposes, should the Commission
separately collect data on fixed and mobile voice telephony rates?
Should fixed and mobile voice services have different benchmarks for
purposes of reasonable comparability?
8. In the landline context, the Commission has previously surveyed
the basic R-1 voice rate. What would the equivalent basic offering be
in the mobile context? How should the Commission take into account
packages that offer varying numbers of minutes of usage and/or
additional features such as texting?
9. With respect to determining reasonable comparability of
broadband services, should the Commission separately collect data on
fixed and mobile broadband pricing and capacity requirements (if any)?
For purposes of that analysis, how should the Commission consider, if
at all, data cards provided by mobile providers?
10. For fixed broadband offerings subject to the Commission's
initial Connect America Fund (CAF) requirements of 4 Mbps downstream/1
Mbps upstream, should the Commission survey advertised rates for such
service, or the closest available offering in urban areas? How should
the Commission take into account promotional pricing that may require a
specific contractual commitment for a period of time?
11. Should fixed and mobile broadband services have different or
the same benchmarks for purposes of reasonable comparability?
12. The Commission also seeks comment on how to compare mobile
broadband to fixed broadband as product offerings evolve over time.
13. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission also
determines that rural rates for broadband service would be reasonably
comparable to urban rates under 47 U.S.C. 254(b)(3) if rural rates fall
within a reasonable range of the national average urban rate for
broadband service. The Commission seeks comment on how specifically to
define that reasonable range for broadband.
14. The Commission notes that in the voice context, today it
requires states to certify that basic R-1 voice rates for non-rural
carriers are no more than two standard deviations above the national
average R-1 rate. Would using two standard deviations be the
appropriate measure for reasonable comparability in the broadband
context, or should the Commission adopt a different methodology for
establishing such a reasonable range? Do unregulated broadband prices
show relatively small variations, making another methodology more
appropriate? For example, would prices normalized to disposable income
be appropriate?
15. Should the Commission adopt a presumption that if a given
provider is offering the same rates, terms and conditions (including
capacity limits, in any) to both urban and rural customers, that is
sufficient to meet the statutory requirement that services be
reasonably comparable?
iii. Additional Requirements
16. Some commenters propose to require CAF recipients to comply
with certain interconnection requirements. The Commission seeks comment
on whether the Commission should require CAF recipients to offer IP-to-
IP interconnection for voice service, beyond whatever framework it
adopts more broadly. If so, what would the scope and nature of any such
requirement be? Should any obligations be based on the requirements of
47 CFR 251(a)(1), since, as ETCs, the providers subject to these
requirements will be telecommunications carriers? How would any such
obligations be enforced?
17. The Commission also seeks additional comment on the proposal of
Public Knowledge and the Benton Foundation that CAF recipients be
required to make interconnection points and backhaul capacity available
so that unserved high-cost communities could deploy their own broadband
networks. How would such a requirement operate? Is it sufficient to
require CAF recipients to negotiate in good faith with community
broadband networks to determine a point of interconnection? If there
are disputes, who should resolve them? Should there be reporting
requirements associated with such an obligation (i.e., should CAF
recipients be required to report annually on unfulfilled requests for
interconnection from community broadband networks)? What benefits might
such a requirement bring that the Commission's other universal service
policies are not meeting? What would the costs of such a requirement
be, on funding recipients and on administration of the requirement?
18. The Commission also seeks comment on the proposal of Public
Knowledge and the Benton Foundation
[[Page 78386]]
that the Commission should create a fund for a Technology Opportunities
Program to assist communities with deploying their own broadband
networks. How much money should the Commission set aside for such a
program? Are there any legal impediments to the Commission running such
a pilot program out of the universal service fund? The Commission
acknowledges the important role that WISPs, non-profits, and other
small and non-traditional communications providers play in extending
broadband in rural America, including in areas where traditional
commercial providers have not deployed. Are there other things the
Commission should be doing to enable such entities to further extend
broadband coverage, particularly in currently unserved areas?
B. Connect America Fund for Rate-of-Return Carriers
19. In response to the USF/ICC Transformation NPRM, 75 FR 26906,
May 13, 2010, the Rural Associations (NECA, NTCA, OPASTCO, ERTA, and
WTA) proposed the creation of a new broadband-focused CAF mechanism
that ultimately would entirely replace existing support mechanisms for
rate-of-return carriers. Subsequently, the Rural Associations provided
draft rules that provide additional context regarding the operation of
their proposed CAF. The Commission now seeks focused comment on this
proposal and asks whether and how it could be modified consistent with
the framework adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation Order to provide a
path forward for rate-of-return or carriers to invest in extending
broadband to unserved areas. The Commission sets forth in Appendix G of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order the draft rules, modified to take into
account the rule changes adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
and seeks comment on those draft rules. These rules, as modified, are
not reproduced here, but are available in their entirety at https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC-11-161A1.pdf.
20. Under the Rural Association Plan, loop costs would be allocated
to the interstate jurisdiction based on the current 25 percent
allocator or the individual carrier's broadband adoption rate,
whichever is greater. This would have the practical effect of reducing
over time the size of legacy support mechanisms, like HCLS, that offset
some intrastate costs. The new interstate revenue requirement would
also include certain key broadband-related costs (i.e., middle mile
facilities and Internet backbone access). In conjunction with this
proposal, the Rural Associations also propose that their authorized
rate-of-return be reduced from 11.25 percent to 10 percent. CAF support
would be provided under this new mechanism for any provider's broadband
costs that exceeded a specified benchmark representing wholesale
broadband costs in urban areas. In particular, under this proposal, CAF
funding would be computed by subtracting the product of an urban
broadband transmission cost benchmark times the number of broadband
lines in service, from the actual company broadband network costs
(which would be the sum of last mile, second mile, middle mile, and
Internet connection costs). The broadband transmission benchmark would
have a fixed component that would increase from $19.25 in the first
year to $24.75 in the eighth year, and a variable component that is
tied to an individual company's broadband take rate. In addition, there
would be certain provisions to mitigate the impact on companies that
would receive reduced support under the modified mechanism. The purpose
of the transitional stability mechanism would be to ensure that no
study area would experience a reduction in total support of more than
five percent, on an annual basis, which would be funded by carriers
that receive a net increase in support.
21. The Rural Associations explain that their plan is calibrated to
aim for a budget target of $2.05 billion in combined funding for USF
and their suggested access restructure mechanism in the first year of
implementation, and may grow to $2.3 billion by the sixth year. In the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission adopts an overall budget
target for rate-of-return companies of $2 billion over the next six
years. Given that, how could the Commission best accommodate the Rural
Association Plan within the Commission's budgetary framework? If
savings are realized in other components of the CAF--for example, if
competitive bidding leads to less support being disbursed through the
CAF for price cap areas than has been budgeted for--should those
savings be used to increase funding for rate-of-return carriers under
the Rural Association Plan? Could the Commission more quickly
transition existing support mechanisms to the framework proposed by the
Rural Associations to stay within the overall budget? The Commission
seeks year-by-year financial projections of any new mechanisms and the
related impact on legacy support mechanisms, as well as the associated
data and assumptions supporting those projections.
22. With respect to plan specifics, the Commission seeks comment on
the benefits and the costs of providing support for middle mile
facilities and access to the Internet backbone under the Rural
Associations' proposal. On average for smaller carriers, approximately
what proportion of the costs to deploy broadband networks and provide
broadband services are attributable to middle mile and Internet
backbone costs today? Commenters are encouraged to provide factual
information to support any projections they submit into the record.
Consistent with the overall framework adopted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order to impose reasonable limits on recovery of loop
expenses, how could the Commission impose a constraint on the recovery
of middle mile costs under this proposal?
23. The Rural Associations propose that costs be shifted to the
interstate jurisdiction based on an individual carrier's Broadband Take
Rate, which equals its total broadband lines divided by its total
working access lines. Should this calculation be limited to residential
lines? The Rural Associations define Broadband Line to include any line
that supports voice and broadband, or only broadband, at a minimum
speed of 256 Kbps downstream. The Commission seeks comment on that
proposal, and asks whether broadband lines should be defined consistent
with the broadband characteristics required in its public interest
obligations. What would be the impact of a more stringent definition of
a broadband line in this context? If the Commission were to adopt this
proposal but shift costs to the interstate jurisdiction only for loops
that provide speeds of at least 4 Mbps downstream and 1 Mbps upstream,
how would that affect the financial projections regarding this
proposal? Are there any legal, policy or practical implications to
providing CAF support for lines where the end user customer does not
subscribe to voice service from the ETC? The Rural Associations' Plan
contemplates that rate-of-return carriers may offer standalone
broadband; to the extent they do so, absent any other rule changes,
what would be the impact on USF support for rate-of-return carriers?
What rule changes would help provide appropriate incentives for
investment in broadband-capable networks, while limiting unrestrained
growth in support provided to rate-of-return companies?
24. How does the Rural Associations' proposal to alter the current
25 percent allocation of loop costs fit within, or inform, the Federal-
State Joint Board on
[[Page 78387]]
Jurisdictional Separations' ongoing work to reform the separations
process? Are there components of the Rural Association plan that should
be referred to the Separations Joint Board and examined directly in
that ongoing process?
25. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission adopts a
requirement that rate-of-return carriers offer speeds of 4 Mbps
downstream and 1 Mbps upstream upon reasonable request. Should the
Commission adopt a rule that rate-of-return carriers are not required
to serve any location within their study area that is served by an
unsubsidized competitor and will not receive support for those lines to
the extent they choose to extend service to areas of competitive
overlap? How would the Commission implement the Rural Associations'
proposal in conjunction with such a rule? In particular, what would be
the methodology for removing the broadband costs associated with areas
of competitive overlap from the calculation of the proposed CAF
support?
26. Is a broadband urban wholesale benchmark the right approach to
determine support under a new rate-of-return mechanism, or would
another approach be more in keeping with the statute and prior
precedent? How does comparing wholesale urban costs relate to the
Commission's obligation to ensure that rural retail rates are
reasonable? Should such a benchmark be based on the wholesale cost of
providing broadband, or another metric? Can wholesale broadband costs
be calculated reliably, particularly where wholesale broadband services
are not typically offered in urban areas? As an alternative, should the
relevant benchmark be set based on the price of comparable retail
services in a sample of urban areas?
27. The Rural Associations' benchmark proposal contemplates a fixed
and variable component of the rural benchmark. How should the
Commission establish the levels for those components, and should there
be a company-specific component of the benchmark? If the benchmark is
tied in any manner to the National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA)
tariff rates or another industry metric, does that proposal bear any
risks of gamesmanship by carriers to raise or lower individual rates to
maximize universal service receipts?
28. What information would the Commission need to require from
carriers to evaluate and implement that Rural Association proposal?
Prior to implementation, should the Commission, for instance, require
carriers to submit analyses showing their broadband adoption trends for
service at varying speeds for the last five years for us to develop
reasonable projections regarding broadband penetration in the future?
What information should the Commission obtain regarding their middle
mile costs to better understand the implications of the proposal to
include middle mile costs in support calculations?
29. How would the proposed transitional stability plan mechanism
operate? What would be the distributional impact of this proposal in
terms of the number of companies that would see increases in support,
compared to the number of companies that would see decreases in
support?
30. The Rural Associations propose that incremental broadband
build-out commitments would be tied to an individual company's ability
to receive incremental CAF support for new investment, subject to
prospective capital investment constraints and the budget target
adopted by the Commission. If the Commission were to adopt such an
approach, what specific metrics or build-out milestones should be
established, and what reporting and certifications should be imposed to
improve the Commission's ability to enforce such commitments? How
should CAF associated with intercarrier compensation reform be
incorporated into any rate-of-return CAF mechanism? Would the public
interest obligations for CAF associated with intercarrier compensation
reform be updated to reflect any new obligations? The Commission seeks
comment more broadly on how its universal service policies can best
accelerate broadband deployment to consumers served by rate-of-return
carriers, many of whom reside in rural America. In the long term,
should universal service support for rate-of-return carriers be
distributed through separate mechanisms from the mechanisms used to
distribute support for other types of carriers, or is a uniform
national approach preferable to achieve its universal service
objectives? The Commission seeks comment on any other proposals to
transition areas served by rate-of-return carriers to CAF, or any other
analysis or recommendations that could facilitate this process.
C. Interstate Rate of Return Represcription
31. As explained in the Order, rate-of-return carriers will
continue to receive for some time a modified version of their legacy
universal service support. The level of support they receive depends,
in part, on the interstate rate of return allowed for plant in service.
As a result, the Commission concluded it was necessary to evaluate the
authorized interstate rate of return for rate-of-return carriers, which
has not been updated in over 20 years. Three major associations
representing rate-of-return carriers, as well as the State Members of
the Federal-State Joint Board on Universal Service, have proposed a
reduction in the current rate of return, which is currently set at
11.25 percent, in the context of overall reform. The Commission agrees
that it is appropriate at this time to reexamine the rate of return as
part of comprehensive reform of the universal service fund. The
Commission seeks comment more generally on how this prescription fits
within the broader reform framework for rate-of-return carriers, and
specifically in what manner this prescription process should be linked
to other proposals in this FNPRM, including the separate CAF support
mechanism for rate-of-return carriers.
32. With respect to the prescription process itself, the
Commission's statutory authority under 47 U.S.C. 205 provides the power
to determine and prescribe those elements that make up the charge,
including the interstate rate of return. The rate of return must be
high enough to provide confidence in the financial integrity of the
carrier, so that it can maintain its credit and attract capital. The
return should also be commensurate with returns on investments in other
enterprises having corresponding risks. On the other hand, the return
should not be higher than necessary for this purpose.
33. The Commission last prescribed the authorized interstate rate
of return in 1990, reducing it from 12 percent to 11.25 percent. The
Commission believes fundamental changes in the cost of debt and equity
since 1990 no longer allow it to conclude that a rate of return of
11.25 percent is necessarily just and reasonable as required by 47
U.S.C. 201(b). The rate-of-return carrier associations proposed a
reduction in the interstate rate of return from the current 11.25
percent to 10 percent. The State Members of the Federal-State Joint
Board proposed that the rate be reduced further to 8.5 percent. The
State Members highlight that the interest rate on a three month
Treasury Bill has fallen from 7.83 percent in 1990 to 0.15 percent in
January 2011. Further, the Commission observes that the average 10-year
treasury constant maturity rate has declined from approximately 8.1
percent in January 1991 to
[[Page 78388]]
approximately 2 percent in September 2011.
34. The Commission finds compelling evidence that its presently
applied interstate rate-of-return, 11.25 percent, is no longer
reflective of the cost of capital. The Commission believes updating the
rate of return is necessary for rate-of-return carriers to both attract
capital on reasonable terms in today's markets and encourage
economically sound network investments. The Commission welcomes input
from state regulators that may have insights from conducting intrastate
rate of return represcriptions in recent years. The Commission also
invites comment on how the Commission can ensure that the rate of
return over time remains consistent with changes in the financial
markets and cost of capital. The Commission seeks comment on means by
which the rate of return can be adjusted automatically based on some
set of financial triggers, and how any such triggers would operate.
35. When it last initiated an interstate rate of return
prescription proceeding in 1998, the Commission sought comment on the
methods by which it could calculate incumbent LECs' costs of capital.
The Commission seeks comment on the issues raised in the 1998
Prescription Notice generally and asks parties to provide the data
responsive to the previous requests. In particular, the Commission
seeks comment on the following:
36. WACC. Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) identifies the
rate of return required to maintain the current value of a firm;
alternatively, it is the minimum rate of return the firm needs to offer
to investors to maintain access to its current supply of capital. WACC
is the key component for prescribing the rate of return. The Commission
seeks comment on how to calculate the WACC for the relevant companies.
The Commission asks whether the formula to determine the WACC in 47 CFR
65.301-305 is the proper framework for this represcription, and whether
any modification or update to the formula or inputs is warranted or
necessary. Specifically, the Commission's rules provide that WACC is
the sum of the cost of debt, the cost of preferred stock, and the cost
of equity, each weighted by its proportion in the capital structure.
Does this remain the correct approach? Should the Commission augment,
or replace, its WACC calculation with any other analysis or approaches?
Looking to the WACC calculated for an entire company, rather than for a
specific line of business, is appropriate, for example, when thinking
about setting an allowed rate-of-return for an entire company. In
contrast, this overall WACC would not in general inform a business as
to whether to undertake a specific project. Typically, specific
projects that have greater risk and therefore a greater cost of capital
than the entire company are only undertaken when much higher rates of
return are expected. Given that many rate-of-return companies have
diversified beyond regulated voice services, for example to offer
broadband, video, or wireless services, should the WACC be computed for
only the regulated portion of the company's business, or at the level
of the entire company? The Commission seeks comment on this analysis,
and how, if at all, it should impact its rate-of-return calculation,
and use of WACC for these purposes.
37. Data. The Commission seeks comment on the appropriate data and
methodologies the Commission should use to calculate the WACC. The
Commission notes that some of the formulas in the rules rely on ARMIS
data, which are no longer collected. In the absence of ARMIS data, what
additional data should the Commission require and rely upon, and who
should be required to file the data? Are there other publicly available
data that could provide the necessary information? Does the absence of
any particular data necessitate a different approach to any of the
necessary calculations?
38. Capital Structure. Under the Commission's WACC calculation, the
estimated cost of debt, preferred stock, and equity of a company are
all weighted relative to their proportion in the firm's capital
structure. A firm's capital structure can be measured on a book basis
or market basis. The Commission seeks comment on whether the formula in
47 CFR 65.304 based on book values remains the correct approach, and
whether any modification to the formula or inputs is warranted or
necessary. Are there other components of the cost of capital that
should be included in the capital structure, and should any of the
elements listed in the rules be excluded?
39. Surrogates. Because the vast majority of rate-of-return
carriers are not publicly traded, the Commission must select an
appropriate set of surrogate firms, for which financial data is
available publicly, to use as a basis for the cost of capital analysis.
To do so, the Commission must select a group of companies for which
there is available financial data and that face similar risks to rate-
of-return carriers. The Commission's rules provide that the proper
group of surrogates is all local exchange carriers with annual revenues
equal to or above the indexed revenue threshold, which is $146 million
this year. In the 1998 Prescription Notice the Commission sought
comment on what group of companies should be selected as surrogates and
tentatively concluded at that time that the Regional Bell Operating
Companies' (RBOCs) risk most closely resembled the risk encountered by
the rate-of-return carriers. The Commission seeks comment on whether
that group should be used as surrogates here, or whether another group
of providers, for example smaller publicly traded carriers, not
including the RBOCs, would better serve this purpose. Should the
surrogate group include publicly traded rate-of-return companies only,
or a mixture of publicly traded rate-of-return companies and smaller
price-cap companies? Commenters proposing a particular surrogate group
should clearly define that group, identify the publicly available
financial data for that group, and explain how that group best reflects
the business risks and cost of capital of rate-of-return carriers.
40. Cost of Debt. A firm's cost of debt can be estimated by
dividing its total annual interest expense by its average outstanding
debt measured on a historic book basis, or alternatively, on a market
basis using the current yield to maturity. The Commission seeks comment
on the cost of debt formula in 47 CFR 65.302 of the Commission's rules
based on book values. The Commission had previously noted that the book
basis is more objectively ascertainable, but may not fully reflect
current investor expectations. The Commission seeks comment on that
assessment, and the relative weight either the book or market approach
should be given in its calculations. The Commission's rules provide
that this measurement should occur for the most recent two years. Is
this the correct time period, or is a longer or shorter period
warranted?
41. Cost of Preferred Stock. A firm's cost of preferred stock can
be calculated by dividing the total annual preferred dividends by the
total proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock. The Commission
asks whether the formula in 47 CFR 65.303 remains the correct one, and
whether any modification to the formula or inputs is warranted or
necessary. The Commission's rules provide that this measurement should
occur for the most recent two years. Is this the correct time period,
or is a longer or shorter period warranted? Can the WACC calculation be
simplified by ignoring the cost of preferred stock (and the amount of
preferred stock in the capital structure) without significantly
affecting the accuracy of the WACC?
[[Page 78389]]
42. Cost of Equity. A firm's cost of equity can be estimated using
a number of different approaches. The Commission's rules do not provide
a specific formula for determining the cost of equity. In 1990, the
Commission relied heavily on the discounted cash flow (DCF)
methodology, which assesses a firm's stock price and dividend rate and
forecasted growth rates to determine the cost of equity. There are a
number of different variations of DCF, including historic and classic
calculations. Alternatively, a firm's cost of equity can be calculated
using the capital asset pricing model (CAPM). To use the CAPM,
estimates of the risk free rate, the market risk premium, and the
correlation of surrogate companies' common stock returns with the
returns of the entire market of securities (or betas) must be made. The
Commission seeks comment on these approaches, and asks whether any
other methodologies should be incorporated into its analysis. For
instance, should the Commission rely upon any cost of equity
calculations made in state proceedings addressing intrastate rate of
return, or other benchmarks based on the stock market as a whole, or a
subset of companies or industries? Proponents of any particular
methodology should detail their preferred approach and the relevant
data required to perform the necessary calculations. Commenters should
also justify the relative weight any particular methodology or
comparison should have in the Commission's ultimate calculation. The
Commission also seeks comment on the need, if any, to make adjustments
with respect to flotation costs (i.e., costs of selling new securities
in the market) or dividends.
43. Zone of Reasonableness. The cost of equity, based on different
methodologies and sets of reasonable assumptions and input values, as
well as the WACC calculation can be used to develop a range from which
the Commission can prescribe the new authorized interstate rate of
return. This zone of reasonableness allows the Commission to take into
account additional policy considerations before finalizing the new rate
of return. The Commission seeks comment on the factors the Commission
should consider in determining the rate of return from within that zone
of reasonableness. The Commission asks how infrastructure deployment,
particularly broadband deployment, and today's reforms should be
accounted for in its analysis. Is the deployment of broadband
significantly more risky than the voice telephony business, and does it
have a significantly greater cost of capital? The Commission notes, for
instance, that voice telephony has nearly universal penetration, while
broadband adoption is more than 65 percent nationally. If some or all
of the surrogates on which the WACC estimates are based are large
companies such as Verizon and AT&T, should unique competitive and
market conditions for rate-of-return carriers be reflected, and should
any differences in diversification in rate-of-return carrier offerings
compared to large carrier offerings, which now may include voice,
video, wireless, and data services, be reflected, if at all? Should any
allowances made in 1990, or proposed in 1998, apply here? The
Commission also seeks comment on the need to make any adjustments to
capture changes in the telecommunications market generally, and ask
commenters proposing any such adjustments to explain why they are
necessary to prescribe the allowable rate of return for multi-use plant
that can provide voice, data, video and other services, in particular,
and how any such adjustments should be structured. Lastly, the
Commission asks whether any of these policy considerations should also
be reflected in any other components of the WACC calculation, and, if
so, in what manner.
44. Preliminary Analysis. The Commission estimate, using recent
public data, the WACC for AT&T and Verizon and find it in the range of
6 to 8 percent. This range is consistent with other analysts'
estimates. The Commission finds a similar range when considering other
mid-size and competitive carriers. Even if the interest rate were to
increase by 1.5 percent, which seems unlikely in today's economy, the
WACC would remain in the range of approximately 7 to 8 percent. This
preliminary analysis would conservatively suggest that the authorized
interstate rate of return should be no more than 9 percent. The
Commission seeks comment on this analysis and note that this
preliminary analysis does not prejudge the Commission's ability to
select a higher or lower rate of return in this proceeding.
45. Impact on Universal Service Funding. The Commission proposes
that any reduction in the rate of return be reflected in its universal
service rules by reducing the HCLS cap by a corresponding amount, and
repurposing that funding amount consistent with the CAF framework and
budget. The Commission also proposes that ICLS support be reduced by a
corresponding amount as well. The Commission seeks comment on these
proposals and how to calculate any such reductions. The Commission
seeks comment on whether any savings realized from reducing the rate of
return should be used to establish a new CAF mechanism for rate of
return companies that would support new broadband investment. How would
a change in the rate of return impact the Rural Association's CAF
proposal discussed in this FNPRM, and does this prescription process
impact the timing or operation of that proposal or any other transition
of rate-of-return carriers to CAF-based support? In the alternative,
the Commission seeks comment on the potential benefits of retaining the
HCLS cap at the same amount even if the rate of return is reduced,
which would have the effect of allowing funding to be redistributed to
lower cost rate-of-return carriers that are ineligible for HCLS support
today. Are there any other changes to other universal service
distribution mechanisms that should be made to reflect a change to the
rate of return?
46. Tribally-Owned and Operated Carriers. The Commission seeks
comment on how to account for Tribally-owned and operated carriers in
this prescription, and whether a different rate of return is warranted
for these carriers. Tribal governments, and by extension, Tribally-
owned and operated carriers, play a vital role in serving the needs and
interests of their local communities, often in remote, low-income, and
underserved regions of the country. Tribally-owned and operated
carriers serve cyclically impoverished communities with a historical
lack of critical infrastructure. Reservation-based economies lack
fundamental similarities to non-reservation economies and are among the
most impoverished economies in the country. Tribal Nations also cannot
collateralize trust land assets, and as a result, have more limited
abilities to access credit and capital. The Commission seeks comment on
how such considerations should be reflected in its analysis.
47. Other Considerations. Finally, the Commission asks commenters
to address any other changes that are needed to: (1) The data used in
the prescription process; or (2) the calculations the Commission must
perform to prescribe a new interstate rate of return. The Commission
also invites commenters to provide any other relevant evidence or
studies that could assist in this represcription.
D. Eliminating Support for Areas With an Unsubsidized Competitor
48. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission concludes
that it will phase out all high-cost support
[[Page 78390]]
received by incumbent rate-of-return carriers over three years in study
areas where an unsubsidized competitor, or combination of unsubsidized
competitors, offering voice and broadband service that meets its
performance obligations serves 100 percent of the residential and
business locations in the incumbent's study area. The Commission seeks
comment on a proposed methodology for determining the extent of
overlap, a process for preliminary determinations of such overlap, a
process for the affected ETC to challenge the accuracy of the purported
overlap, with input from the relevant state commission and the public,
and how to adjust support levels in situations with less than 100
percent overlap.
49. To determine what rate-of-return study areas have 100 percent
overlap by an unsubsidized competitor, staff performed a preliminary
analysis. The analysis relies on two sets of data: TeleAtlas Wire
Center Boundaries (6/2010) and data from the State Broadband Initiative
(SBI) program administered by NTIA as of December, 2010.
50. First, staff identified which census blocks are in each rate-
of-return study area, including a census block in a study area if the
centroid of that census block is within the TeleAtlas boundaries for a
wire center associated with the study area. Next, staff identified
study areas where a wired provider other than the incumbent local
exchange carrier offered broadband service at speeds of at least 3 Mbps
downstream/768 kbps upstream to all of the census blocks in the study
area. Staff excluded all resellers as identified in the SBI data and
included only xDSL, cable, and fiber technologies.
51. The Commission seeks comment on whether this is an appropriate
methodology for determining areas of overlap, which will result in
adjustments to support levels for the rate-of-return ETC.
52. The Commission's staff performed a preliminary analysis
examining census blocks smaller than two square miles and identified 18
rate-of-return study areas with 99 percent or greater overlap; and an
additional 19 with greater than 95 percent overlap (a total of 37 study
areas with greater than 95 percent overlap).
53. This analysis has several potential limitations. TeleAtlas data
may not represent the actual incumbent local exchange carrier footprint
in all instances. In addition, TeleAtlas data generally assign all
geographies to one incumbent provider's footprint or another; however,
in reality, there are large, generally unpopulated areas not served by
any incumbent carrier facilities. As such, this analysis may over-
estimate the rate-of-return ETC's footprint and under-estimate the
extent to which the populated portions of that footprint are completely
overbuilt by competitive networks.
54. SBI data have their limitations as well, as the Commission
acknowledged in its most recent Broadband Progress Report. In addition,
SBI data only measure the availability of broadband capable of
delivering at least 768 kbps downstream and 200 kbps upstream. There is
no direct measure of the availability of voice service, but the
Commission presumed that an unsubsidized xDSL, fiber, or cable
competitor that has deployed a broadband network that meets the SBI
standard also is offering voice services.
55. The Commission notes that small blocks could be reported as
served if as few as one location in that block has service or could
have service within a typical service interval. The Commission seeks
comment on whether this could lead us to count areas as served by an
unsubsidized competitor even if a meaningful number of locations are,
in fact, not served.
56. The Commission seeks comment on how best to deal with data
relating to large blocks. Since neither NTIA nor the Commission has
access to the actual location of businesses or homes, SBI population
estimates data relies on estimating home locations by random placement
of locations along roads. While this will provide an accurate view of
the fraction of large blocks that are served in aggregate, it will
likely lead to over- or under-estimates in any small number of some
large blocks. How can the Commission use such data to determine whether
a large block is served or not?
57. The Commission seeks comment on a process for identifying areas
with greater than 75 percent overlap. The Commission proposes that WCB
identify areas with greater than 75 percent overlap, utilizing the
finalized methodology, and then publish the results of that analysis.
The Commission proposes that WCB provide the affected ETC an
opportunity to challenge the accuracy of the purported overlap and to
take public comment for a period of time, such as 45 days. The
Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
58. Several commenters supported state involvement in a process to
determine areas of overlap. How could state commissions play a role in
determining the extent of overlap? For instance, after WCB performs the
overlap analysis, should there be a period of time for the relevant
state commission to comment on the analysis? What would be a reasonable
time frame to request an evaluation from a state commission regarding
such overlap? Alternatively, could the Commission establish a process
in which state commissions advise us, by a date certain, which study
areas served by rate-of-return carriers have unsubsidized facilities-
based competitors, and therefore should be subject to potential
adjustments in high-cost support?
59. The Commission also seeks comment on whether support levels
would need to be adjusted in areas where there is less than 100 percent
overlap by an unsubsidized facilities-based provider of terrestrial
fixed voice and broadband service. To the extent support levels do need
to be adjusted, the Commission seeks further comment on how to do so.
60. In the August 3 Public Notice, 76 FR 49401, August 10, 2010,
the Commission sought comment on how to allocate costs between the
overlap areas and the ILEC-only areas, including whether the Commission
should use a cost model to accomplish that allocation.
61. In response to the August 3 Public Notice, NCTA recommended
that the Commission should identify study areas served by rate-of-
return regulated incumbent LECs where (1) unsubsidized broadband
providers serve more than 75 percent of homes; and (2) current high-
cost support exceeds projected support under the cost model for the
remaining areas by more than 10 percent. During the interim period, in
any study area that meets those criteria, the Commission should provide
notice to the carrier that support will be reduced to the level
suggested by the cost model unless it can demonstrate that a higher
amount is necessary. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal.
62. The Commission notes that in the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
it directed WCB to develop and finalize a cost model for use in price
cap territories. Would it be appropriate to use such a model, after
appropriate public input, in the way described by NCTA to create a
presumptive reduction in support levels for rate-of-return carriers?
For purposes of determining whether model-determined support in the
remaining areas (i.e., the areas of no overlap) exceeded current
support by more than 10 percent, would the Commission need to allocate
the current high-cost support between the areas of overlap and the
areas where there is no overlap? To the extent that support would need
to be allocated between
[[Page 78391]]
areas of overlap and no overlap, what criteria or standards would
govern any such allocation? Should there be a rebuttable presumption
that all costs are divided pro rata among access lines, and allocated
to the census block in which that access line is located, so that
absent an appropriate showing the recipient would receive the same
support amounts per line, but only for those lines that fall outside
the area of overlap? Cablevision suggests that only costs solely
attributable to the non-competitive area should be supported, and that
most of the costs of overhead (which presumably are largely associated
with customers in the areas where there is competitive overlap) should
not be recoverable. Would that be a workable approach? How should the
Commission allocate costs associated with cable and wire facilities,
and central office equipment, between competitive and non-competitive
areas?
63. NCTA suggests that there be a process in which a carrier
subject to reductions could demonstrate that a higher amount is
necessary. Should reductions commence within a specified time period,
such as 120 days, absent a showing that additional support is
necessary? What process should be established for rate-of-return
carriers subject to potential support adjustments to contest any such
adjustments? For instance, should they be required to show that the
adjusted levels would be inadequate to continue to provide voice
service to consumers, for example, using the criteria the Commission
set forth in the USF/ICC Transformation Order for petitions for waiver?
Should the Commission undertake a total company earnings review in
those circumstances? Should the Commission seek input from the relevant
state commission on whether support amounts should be adjusted, and how
that would impact consumers in the relevant communities?
64. If the Commission were to adopt any of these proposals to
adjust support levels, over what time period should support levels be
transitioned to new levels in situations where there is less than 100
percent overlap?
E. Limits on Reimbursable Capital and Operating Costs for Rate-of-
Return Carriers
65. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission adopts a
rule to use benchmarks for reasonable costs to impose limits on
reimbursable capital and operating costs for high-cost loop support
received by rate-of-return companies. A specific methodology for
calculating individual company caps for HCLS is set forth in Appendix H
of the USF/ICC Transformation Order, which is available in its entirety
at https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC-11-161A1.pdf, and is summarized herein at section I.E.1. The
Commission seeks comment on using this methodology to impose limits on
reimbursement from HCLS and proposes to implement this methodology for
support calculations beginning July 1, 2012.
66. Appendix H of the USF/ICC Transformation Order uses, the
methodology of quantile regression analyses to generate a set of limits
for each rate-of-return cost company study area. These would limit the
values used in eleven of the twenty-six steps in NECA's Cost Company
Loop Cost Algorithm, which is used to calculate the study area's total
unseparated cost per loop, and ultimately its HCLS. The regression-
derived limits are set at the 90th percentile of costs for each
individual step in NECA's Cost Company Loop Cost Algorithm, compared to
similarly situated companies for each individual step. In other words,
a company whose actual costs for a particular step in the algorithm are
above the 90th percentile, compared to similarly situated companies,
would be limited to recovering amounts that correspond to the 90th
percentile of cost, i.e. the amount of cost that ninety percent of
similarly situated companies are at or below when they submit costs for
that particular step in the algorithm. The Commission seeks comment on
whether the 90th percentile is the appropriate dividing line to
disallow recovery of cost, or whether the Commission should establish a
lower or higher threshold, such as the 85th percentile or the 95th
percentile.
67. For the dependent variable in the regression analysis,
Commission staff limited its analysis to cost data filed by rural rate-
of-return companies that submit cost data, and excluded cost data filed
by price cap carriers. For the independent variables, staff used 2010
block-level Census data that it mapped to each study area. The
independent variables included: number of loops, number of housing
units (broken out by whether the housing units are in urbanized areas,
urbanized clusters, and nonurban areas), as well as several geographic
measures such as land area, water area, and the number of census blocks
(all broken out by urbanized areas, urbanized clusters, and nonurban
areas). The analysis thereby recognizes that many smaller study areas
(those with lower populations to serve) and more rural geographies
(those with lower population densities) legitimately have higher costs
per line (i.e., compared to the national average cost per loop) than
larger study areas that contain significant urban populations.
68. As explained more fully in Appendix H of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, quantile regression has several advantages over
other statistical techniques for identifying outliers. Although the
Commission finds that quantile regression is an appropriate technique
to use in setting benchmarks on reimbursable investment and expenses,
the Commission invites further comment on alternative statistical
techniques.
69. This methodology utilized variables that are currently
available to the Commission. The Commission acknowledges that in their
analysis using proprietary cost data, the Nebraska Companies also
included variables for frost index, wetlands percentage, soils texture,
and road intersections frequency. As noted in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the soils data from the Natural Resource
Conservation Service (NRCS) that the Nebraska study used do not cover
all the study areas used in its regressions (such as Puerto Rico, Guam,
American Samoa, U.S. Virgin Islands, Northern Mariana Islands, and
Alaska). The Commission seeks comment on sources of other soil data
that completely cover all the study areas or how to deal with those
study areas where the SSURGO data are missing or incomplete. To the
extent any commenter advocates use of a methodology that includes
additional independent variables, they should identify with specificity
the data source and the completeness and cost of the additional data,
if not publicly available.
70. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission concludes
that support will be redistributed to those carriers whose unseparated
loop cost is not limited by operation of the benchmark methodology.
Based on 2010 NECA data filed with the Commission, and using an
estimate of $455 for the national average cost per loop, it estimates
this proposed methodology would reduce HCLS payments to about 280 rural
rate-of-return cost study areas by an estimated $110 million, with
approximately $55 million redistributed to approximately 340 cost
company study areas whose unseparated loop cost is not limited by
operation of the benchmark methodology. The Commission thus estimates
that more study areas could see increases in HCLS than would see
decreases.
71. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission concludes
that it should also limit recovery of excessive
[[Page 78392]]
capital and operating costs through the interstate common line support
mechanism. The Commission seeks comment on how specifically to
implement such a limit for ICLS.
72. Although the Commission currently does not receive detailed
cost data for determining ICLS, the Commission believes the best
approach for calculating benchmarks to limit reimbursable capital and
operating costs for ICLS would be to use a methodology similar to the
one developed for HCLS, and seeks comment on this proposal. In the USF/
ICC Transformation Order, the Commission modifies its rules to require
NECA to provide to the Commission upon request underlying data
collected from ETCs to calculate payments under the current support
mechanisms, including ICLS. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the
Commission directs NECA to file the detailed revenue requirement data
it receives from carriers no later than thirty days after release of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order so that WCB could evaluate whether it
should adopt a methodology using these data.
73. The Commission seeks comment on two other alternatives that
would not use the detailed revenue data from NECA or require carriers
to file additional data. First, the Commission could run a single
regression using the total interstate revenue requirement for each
carrier, but this approach does not distinguish between capital and
operating costs. Second, the Commission could use the decrease in cost
per loop resulting from the regressions used to limit HCLS to limit a
carrier's interstate revenue requirement. While the Commission
recognizes that there are some differences between the costs used to
calculate unseparated loop costs and the common line revenue
requirement, and between loops and access lines, the Commission seeks
comment on whether they are equivalent enough for purposes of
establishing benchmarks for reasonable costs.
74. The Commission seeks comment generally on whether network
operation and investment by Tribally-owned and operated carriers is
significantly different from non-Tribal conditions to warrant special
treatment for purposes of establishing benchmarks for permissible
capital and operating costs. The Commission seeks comment on whether
the 90th percentile is the appropriate dividing line to disallow
recovery of costs, or whether it should establish a lower or higher
threshold, such as the 85th percentile or the 95th percentile. The
Commission seeks comment here on whether a different percentile is
appropriate for Tribally-owned and operated carriers, or whether it
should otherwise alter the methodology to take into account the unique
circumstances of Tribally-owned and operated carriers that are just
beginning to serve their communities.
1. Modeling Limits on Reimbursable Operating and Capital Costs
75. Overview. This section summarizes the methodology set forth in
Appendix H of the USF/ICC Transformation Order, which is available in
its entirety at https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2011/db1122/FCC-11-161A1.pdf, for determining carrier-specific
limits on High Cost Loop Support (HCLS) payments to rate-of-return cost
carriers with very high capital expenses (capex) and operating expenses
(opex) relative to their similarly situated peers. The methodology
operates within the current HCLS calculation algorithm, using
information that is readily available to the Commission and to the
public. This section describes both the econometric process used to
establish carrier-specific limits to HCLS payments and the
implementation process.
76. This work significantly extends the analyses submitted by the
Nebraska Rural Independent Companies, which use ordinary least squares
regression analysis to develop a framework to predict capital and
operating expenditures. The Nebraska study examines data for a subset
of rural rate-of-return carriers, and uses proprietary data not
available to the Commission or to the public. In contrast, the proposed
methodology described herein uses data currently available to the
Commission and sets forth a detailed and implementable mechanism for
examining all rural rate-of-return cost study areas and limiting HCLS
pa